As many of us were, I was completely thrown by Jim's behavior during my first viewing of Gay Witch Hunt (GWH). However, after repeated viewings, a review a previous analyses, and a couple of nights to ponder, I've come to the conclusion that Jim behaved just the way he should. We actually predicted his behavior in the original Jim Paradox! Subjective opinion just got in the way of us accepting the fact that JAM did not happen. Seriously, though, what would we have to talk about if it did in the very first episode!?

Jim's behavior seems baffling at first (giving up so easily, walking away, not crying again, etc.), however, his behavior follows a previously established pattern of conduct. Every line, every move, and every facial expression is 100% pure Jim. That being said, we must remember his behavior is always a bit of a paradox. He feels one thing and does another. It's this paradoxical standard that will help us understand the events in GWH.

The Kiss Aftermath:

After the kiss ends, Jim stares Pam down. He's trying to determine her reaction. He's just made a huge move and he's wondering if it was the right move. Jim knows he's plowing over a line that she may not be ready to cross. He knows there is a strong chance of another rejection. She did after all turn him down twice already in the same evening. He's taking the last bit of confidence he has regarding her, for a final flight. What else has he got to lose? This is going to leave Jim in a very nervous and uncertain state of mind. As per the promo, he's laid his heart on the line.

Jim doesn't do anything until Pam slides her hands into his. He feels safe enough to smile as soon as he receives this perceived green light. He also feels safe enough to be blatantly honest with her that he's wanted to do that for a long time. The smile he gives while telling her this is wrought with highly charged emotions. He's thrilled and happy that she hasn't pushed him back or rejected him yet. He has the safety of her hand is his, to help further this emotion.

However, she also hasn't said anything yet or given an oral indication of her reaction. This is causing Jim's anxiety level to rise. Through both previous seasons, we have seen Jim make nervous smiles around Pam. This is how he deals with tough situations with her. Variations of this nervous smile pop up in Booze Cruise, Halloween, E-Mail Surveillance, The Secret, and even in Casino Night, (check out the ever so slight smile that briefly appears on his face after he says "I'm in love with you."�). This a mechanism Jim uses to escape his fear. He is also smiling nervously, because his facial expression is asking her what she is thinking and if it's acceptable that he went this far at the same time he delivers his statement.

When she responds with "Me to,"� it's clear that he is relieved. His posture changes to a more relaxed stance. For this split second, he feels he may have won her over. She has given him the reaction he wanted to hear. You can almost feel his heart leap.

Pam however, ensures that this feeling will be short lived when she mentions they both might be drunk. Jim posture immediately stiffens and he is now worried that he misread her and did push her too far. He knows something is up, its written all over his face. Her statement comes as a bit of a shock, because of her initial positive reaction. He is however quick to respond, probably out of desperation. He's trying to save what has been for the most part a perfect and wonderful moment. He assures her that he is sober, mostly as a way to tell her that he meant to kiss her. It wasn't a mistake or something done in a drunken stupor. He then immediately asks her if she is drunk. This is a the natural next question to ask, but there is another reason why he asks. The last time Pam kissed him was when she was drunk at The Dundies. He doesn't want a repeat of a kiss that means nothing. Otherwise all of his actions will have been for naught. Furthermore, he asks about her sobriety as a way to reassess her feelings. Her response of "No."� again raises his hopes.

Even though we see him from behind, he is clearly smiling. This response lulls him into a false sense of security that she is receptive to his offer. He decides to test the waters again and leans in for another kiss. When Pam stops him, it takes him by surprise. He doesn't pull back all the way at first, there is a small pause. It's in this pause that he looks at her and realizes she's not ready for this and its over. This is a huge blow. This is the rejection he was dreading the entire time. What makes it so bad is that it came just as he was becoming confident that she felt the same way and that he had a chance with her.

Jim takes the only course of action left for him, when he says "You're really going to marry him."� It's both a defense mechanism to protect himself and a reality check that he's just made a move on an engaged woman. He's looking to verify that she's rejecting him because of Roy, not because of him. The statement also has indelible implications in that he is stating an obvious reason for the rejection and is looking for Pam to verify her intent to marry Roy.

Sadly, Jim is still hopeful that Pam will answer no or at least become undecided in her resolve to marry Roy. This is his last hope. Pam's affirmative nod is all Jim needs to realize that he is out of options. He knows he is beaten. This is where we start to see Jim bottle everything back up again. In his face its clear that he is holding back about a million things he wishes he could say to her.

Here's where the paradox kicks in. He's desperately in love her, but at this point he will no longer act on it. He will not make any more attempts. Jim is returning to his familiar mode of backing down when he's in a lose-lose (ha-ha, get it?) situation with Pam. Instances of this behavior can be seen in The Fight, Booze Cruise, The Secret, The Fire, The Alliance and The Client. He is choosing to let it go, because he realizes Pam is not ready and he knows he will upset her if he pushes it further.

In this instance, we are seeing Jim put Pam's emotional welfare above his own. Furthermore, he's smart enough to know that pushing it further, will drive an even larger wedge between them. He doesn't want to risk that. Jim's simple response of "Okay"� is all he can muster. He says it with a clenched face. This isn't what he really wants to say, but he knows it's all he can say. He knows she wanted to kiss him, but he also now knows that Pam was not ready. He is in a way telling her that he understands this, and is reassuring her that he will not pursue this again. Jim knows if he says any more than that he runs the risk of being hurt further. Additionally, he runs the risk of distressing Pam. That is not a road he is willing to take.

The simplicity of the "Okay" has one more implication. Jim knew walking into this, that there was a huge chance Pam would turn him down. He accepted this before he even walked in the room. The Okay is a simple culmination of the acceptance of his fate. It's time for him to let go and he knows it.

Interestingly, he doesn't let got of her right away. He takes a good long look in her eyes, before he starts to back away. He is hoping she will stop him in one respect, but in another he is taking his last look before he buries his feelings once again. He hangs onto her as long as he can before he finally lets go.

Noticeably missing from this scenario is a tear or two from Jim. He let one sneak out earlier in the evening, but not in this situation. It begs one to question: Why? The answer is simple. He already let Pam see him crack once earlier in the evening. The way he wiped his tear away almost indicates a sense of embarrassment that he let her see him react in that way. He doesn't want to expose that much of his soul to her again, especially after just being rejected, again. He's able to hold it in this time because he is resigned to the fact that he has lost her. Moreover, he has already bottled up his emotions; they are sealed airtight.

Bottom Line: Jim now knows Pam isn't ready. He put her well being above his own and walks away.

Current Status:

Jim's current status is a little tough to ascertain. We were not given as much information for him as we were with Pam. In Jim's talking head he tells us that he transferred because he was promoted. I couldn't help but pick up on the pause, before he said it. We all know he transferred because of Pam.

He's tightlipped for a number of reasons. Not only is he trying to move on, but he's also not ready to talk about her. The biggest reasons for his silence goes all the way back to Casino Night, when he bottled up his feelings; it's still an airtight seal. This transfer was just another way for him to escape his pain, pick up the pieces and start over. He is not however, willing to divulge that to anyone beyond himself. He doesn't mention her name once.

Work wise, he appears to be flourishing. On a personal level, however, it is obvious from the first time we see him in Stamford that he is having trouble adjusting. It's obvious that he is having trouble adjusting to his new surroundings. He hasn't exactly hit it off with his new co-workers. We can assume this because he appears to be very lonely. I couldn't help but feel his estrangement as he stared out the window at the "view" he touted in his talking head.

His loneliness is again highlighted when he's pretty sure no one knows his real name. He's not exactly thrilled with his nickname either. Jim is used to being the center of attention in Scranton. In Stamford, he's the outcast. Jim attempts recreate the acceptance he had in Scranton by using his humor. Jim prides himself on his humor and ability to pull off a good prank. He's even chosen his new "Dwight" with Andy. When his trademark Jell-O prank backfires, this further separates him from his new co-workers.

The fact that he is playing pranks exemplifies his desire for thing to be normal again. He is delighted when Michael calls and he has the chance to be his old self. The phone call puts him back Scranton, even if for a little while. It's clear that Jim misses everyone, not just Pam. He has both a sad and nostalgic look on his face when he says "I miss that." He's homesick. We know this because he actually takes the time and expense of mailing Dwight a gaydar (hee-hee). He won't even be there to see Dwight's reaction, but it doesn't matter, because he's doing something that feels like home. Plus, Jim can't pass up a chance to mess with Dwight's head!

Despite Jim's difficulties in his new environment, he's sticking it out. He is trying desperately to start over and forget the past. He makes a number of changes to achieve this goal. His wardrobe is the first noticeable difference. We are accustomed to Jim's casual style; rolled up sleeves, Dockers, shaggy hair, etc. In Stamford, he's in a full suit. The shaggy hair is still there, but Jim has changed his image to fit with his new job. His desk is clean and professional looking as opposed to his usually messy desk (with toys) in Scranton. He even changed his trademark ham and cheese sandwich for a tuna sandwich (at least once.)!

All of these changes are just new manifestations of Jim's habit of escaping. All through Season 2 we saw Jim constantly wiggling out of difficult situations regarding Pam. Planning a trip to Australia, making dates with other women, and the transfer itself are all examples of this. Jim is trying desperately to get away from Pam and anything that reminds him of her. It's almost as if Jim is changing himself as a person to escape dealing with his feelings and his broken heart.

As much as Jim is trying to get away from Pam, he simply can't escape her. The transfer itself is a constant reminder. A poignant example of this is when we see Jim sitting in another Diversity Day training session. Mr. Brown says its necessary because of problems in Scranton (did you catch that?). This obviously takes Jim back to Scranton and everything he misses. He looks at the empty chair next to him and thinks of Pam. She fell asleep on his shoulder at the last Diversity Day. It was probably one of his favorite moments with her. We see him smile a smile of remembrance and sadness. All those feelings he tries so hard keep bottled up escape every once in a while. He misses her and he can't help it. It doesn't matter where he is, she is always on his mind.

Even though its an escape from the emotional pain the Pam/transfer connection has other implications. Pam is essentially the catalyst that gives Jim the motivation to break out of his rut. Without her he wouldn't have gone for the promotion. Whether this is a good thing or a bad thing remains to be seen!

Bottom Line: Jim is a lost soul in Stamford.

As with The Pam Dichotomy I was hoping my multiple personality disorder would clear up, but its only gotten worse. Both sides have developments from GWH to support their viewpoint

Jim as a fixed element:

• He misses her
• He's homesick
• Indifferent to blonde in the break room
• He didn't want to let her go

Jim as a Variable:

• He's in Stamford
• He's buried his feelings
• He won't make another move
• Pam rejected him again

Again, what makes this particular analysis so difficult is that there are a number of unknown variables. Here's a list of what we don't know that will have an impact on the accuracy of the above analysis:

• We don't know if Roy knows about the events of Casino Night.
• We don't know if Pam has contacted Jim.
• We don't know how Jim and Pam acted around one another prior to his departure.
• We don't know when Jim left.
• We don't know if they knew the cameras caught their kiss and conversation
• We don't know if Jim is aware that Pam called off the wedding.

Poor Jim. His heartbreak is enough to make me cry. Oh Pam, if you only knew the pain of this man! In this episode we begin to see Jim crack a little bit. As hard as he is trying to adjust to his new life in Stamford, he just can't let go of Pam and Scranton. In GWH he was unwilling to talk about Pam or admit that she was the reason for all the changes in his life. The Convention is a different story. He can't hold it in anymore. Because of his inability to keep his emotions quiet, we find out the answers to some of our questions.

Many arguments have been made in favor and against whether Jim knew about the canceled wedding. I'll either settle the argument or I'll be starting a slew of new disagreements with this analysis. In the name of organization, I've broken down my thoughts into four sections. Each section represents a Jim scene that connects to JAM.

Buffet Line:

Jim was already feeling homesick while in Stamford. Being around his former Scranton co-workers is making the feeling even stronger. This is making him miss Pam even more. Hence, he is curious about her and now has a source of information in Michael. This is something he hasn't had since moving to Stamford.

It's a safe assumption that he and Pam have not communicated since he moved away. This lack of contact is creating a void in his life. Plus, he's in the process of a broken heart. He's obviously thinking about her all the time (despite his attempts to forget her) and now here comes his chance to satisfy his curiosity, even if against his better judgment.

All Jim needs is a little push: When Michael brings up Ryan's new location, it takes Jim back to the old days. We see Jim unleash his curiosity when he almost asks Michael about Pam. We can see the "p" sound ready to come out. The problem is he's not sure if he's ready to hear about her. As soon as he notices the camera is focused on him he shuts down, and asks about Toby instead, (thanks those on The Pam Dichotomy S3 for this observation). He realizes that if he asks about her he will be opening old wounds. Being around Michael is already scratching at the scab, it's only a matter of time before the bleeding starts again.

The fact that Jim is even considering asking about Pam, shows he doesn't know about the wedding cancellation. Why would he ask about a woman he knows is married? This ties directly into ripping open old wounds. He's asking because he doesn't know. He changes his mind at the last second because he knows he's not ready to hear that she's married. He knows he's opening a can of worms that will wreak havoc on his heart. The camera plays into this as well, Jim doesn't trust himself with keeping his emotions in check when it comes to Pam. He doesn't want to reveal too much to the camera, at least not with this part of his life. Furthermore, he doesn't want to humiliate himself further. He's already hit the pinnacle of humiliation when Pam turned him down; he doesn't need to add more to a full pot.

The Phone Call:

Jim gets smacked right between the eyes when Pam calls Michael's cell phone. This is probably the closest he's been to her in months. It's difficult again, to keep his emotions in check. His head pops up as soon as he hears her name. He managed to dodge the bullet earlier and found a way to avoid his thoughts of her, but this time there is no escape. He immediately looks uneasy and looks for a way to keep himself occupied and distracted. He picks up a ball and begins to play with it nervously. He's dealing with a flood of emotions at this point. Everything he's been holding in is ready to come out.

I see Jim trying to quickly rebuild his walls again or resealing his bottled up emotions. He is again very well aware that the camera is focused on him, so he's doing anything he can to save face and keep the dam from breaking. Michael only makes in worse with his oblivious action of telling everyone to say hello to Pam. Jim had to dig deep for his "Hi Pam." The internal emotional struggle comes through in his slightly raspy and forced response. These are probably the first words Jim has said to Pam since his move, (which gives us the ammo we need to say there's been no contact). He was completely caught off guard with this, and it shows. He reverts to playing with the ball again and looks a little melancholy. Perhaps he wanted to say more, but thought better of it. He could have very easily asked Michael to talk to her, but he passed on the chance.

The final part of the conversation is a major bombshell for Jim. When Michael makes mention of Pam's date, Jim is floored. He is initially so surprised he doesn't know what to think. His expression then quickly shifts to a mix of being upset, and hurt all at the same time. This is clearly the first time he's heard an indication that Pam is not married, (I got a male perspective on Jim's facial expression. My husband concurs with my analysis. His words: "He looks surprised and upset, that's exactly how a guy would react." He agrees that this is the first time Jim heard Pam is single.).

He is surely wondering why Pam didn't tell him. His head is spinning with possible reasons why she would keep this from him. This creates a whole new dynamic. Jim has a new fissure in his broken heart. For Jim, this is like being rejected all over again. For months, he's had an emotional justification for his attempts to let go. He could at least grab onto the fact that Pam did not reject him personally, but rather she rejected him because of her commitment to Roy. He could at least believe that she felt the same way about him despite her turning him down. He no longer has this to hold onto and it's devastating.

Dwight's Room:

Jim clearly needs something to make him feel better, so Dwight is a natural distraction. Armed with his room key, Jim enters with the intention of pulling one of his patented pranks. Much to his surprise he finds what he believes to be a hooker (a.k.a Angela). Jim is flabbergasted and runs out horrified. He also sees the humor in it and desperately wants to share this tidbit of information. He first impulse is to call Pam; that much is clear. He almost says her name. It's evident here that he again realizes how much he misses her. Coupled with the day's events, Jim becomes extremely vulnerable sending him to . . .

Michael's Room:

Jim enters Michael's room looking extremely down. His first attempt to feel better failed miserably. The Dwight debacle only further accentuated the void he feels without Pam. Michael is the only person he has left. Perhaps, Jim knows Michael is probably more pathetic than him and that in itself will make him feel better. Furthermore, Jim needs something familiar in his life and Michael is something he knows and that creates a comfort level Jim hasn't felt all day.

However, Jim walks in and immediately feels sorry for Michael and turns to his familiar mode of making Michael feel better. We saw Jim do this periodically throughout Season 2. Most notably in The Secret, Booze Cruise, and E-Mail Surveillance. Michael rants on and on about himself for being the reason Jim transferred. Jim immediately assures Michael that this is not the case initially as a way to help Michael.

Jim then realizes he has an open door to say what is really on his mind. This is readily apparent in his facial expression. He makes a split decision to talk to Michael about Pam. He can't hold it in anymore. We know this because he is no longer overly conscious of the camera as he was in earlier scenes. He is in dire need of someone to talk to about Pam. He's been keeping to himself for months. Plus, the day encompassed one emotional blow after another. Michael is the only person that has any understanding about his feelings for Pam, (aside from Pam). Jim needs to unload and Michael is unfortunately the only one that can fill this role. Michael may be the world's worst confidant, but at this point in the day, Jim is emotionally worn out and will take any relief he can get.

Jim is comfortable with Michael, because he is a piece of home. Deeper into the conversation, Michael tells Jim that Pam is single. Jim makes the remark the he'd heard something about that. It's this statement that lends to the argument that Jim first heard that Pam was single during the phone conversation. If he knew about Pam's status prior to the phone call, he would have said this with more confidence. Instead, he says it with a detached and uncertain air. This is a man still grappling with this development. He hasn't totally internalized it, nor has he fully come to terms with it yet. His emotions are still raw and in the way. He's still sorting through his mixing bowl of feelings, trying to make sense of it all, (again, I asked my husband about Jim's response. Without coaching from me, he said that Jim is referring to the phone call, not previous occasion.).

The only thing Jim can say with any certainty is that Pam rejected him twice before. This is something he's had time to think about and can almost accept. The way in which he said this statement is the way he would have said "I had heard something like that" if he had the same amount of consideration to think about Pam's cancelled wedding. There is no way he knew about the wedding, until that phone call. He's simply too emotional following the call. He hasn't had the time to fully ponder the development.

Personally, I think he was avoiding any and all information about Pam. Why rip open the wound? The Convention however, brought Pam right to the forefront. Not only does he have to deal with all the emotions he's been suppressing, he has a whole new dynamic to contend with; his heart is broken again. It's clear by the end of the conversation that Jim does not want Michael to talk to Pam. Again, the humiliation factor comes into play. Nothing would be worse than to have Michael talk to Pam.

Jim knows he needs to do this himself once he comes to terms with her single status. That being said, I don't believe Jim is in any position to make the first move. He's perceived another rejection and that is going to further prevent him from initiating contact. He is going to withdraw further. I found it incredibly sweet that Jim referred to Michael as his friend at the end of the scene. To me, this means that Jim actually does feel a little better and Michael was responsible. Jim just needed a shoulder and "his friend" gave him what he needed. Poor Jim, not only does he have a re-broken heart, but Michael is now his friend.

I know I probably stirred up a mess of controversy. But, I'm still anxious to hear what my fellow board members have to say. We are quite split on when Jim found out about the wedding cancellation. Did I maybe change your mind? I love a good debate, but again lets keep it civil and intelligent. So far, we have been a glowing example of how to argue with grace on this thread. I'm interested in other observations as well, there are a million ways to look at these scenes and I'm curious of other perspectives - please share!

Things we still don't know:

1. We don't know if Roy knows about the events of Casino Night.
2. We don't know how Jim and Pam acted around one another prior to his departure.
3. We don't know when Jim left.
4. We don't know if Jim has the emotional stamina to hang on for Pam (depressing I know but we must ask!)

Thoughts on Question 4:

I'm a little afraid and worried. Jim has suffered a major blow. I'm afraid this is the last straw. He may completely shut off and make himself numb to his feelings for Pam. I think he made mention of Pam's rejections in his conversation with Michael as a way to remind himself that she said no and that he must move on. This directly ties into arguments I made in the original Jim Paradox under the heading Jim has been rejected too many times. He may figure out a way to walk away from Pam. I know this is hard to swallow, but it bears mentioning!

Jim threw us a couple curve balls in this episode! He is, however, still behaving with paradoxical tendencies. He is thinking about Pam, but diverting his outward attention to someone else. He is so confused and desperate to find his niche. Despite his torture, I'm pleased that he is following some of the behavior patterns we predicted in previous posts on both The Jim Paradox (original) and this thread. Just like Pam, he is exhibiting behaviors and emotions that are necessary in order to JAM to happen. My only concern is that Jim is not one to fall in and out of love easily. Although, he may latch on to Karen a little more tightly than I'd like.

In the name organization, I will again divide this analysis into scenes as I did last week. Happy Reading!

Jim's Talking Head:

In this talking head, Jim still exudes his uneasiness in Stamford. He is still trying to adjust and find his niche. It is a slow process that has reaped little success. He finds himself even more of an outcast due to his inept skill at Call of Duty, (my step dad played this game incessantly, I about died laughing when this was the chosen computer game in Stamford. I know every weapon and phrase uttered in the game even though I have never played!)

Again, we see him compare Stamford to Scranton. We also see him revisit Pam during his memory trek to Scranton. Initially, its perplexing on why it was so easy for him to talk about Pam. He even cracked a smile! However, this makes perfect sense when connected to the earlier part of his monologue. Talking about Pam relieves his outcast status. Even though she is usually a painful thought on multiple levels, she is also familiar and comfortable. Reminiscing about Pam creates the comfort zone he is lacking, hence the smile. We saw this same behavior pattern in Gay Witch Hunt during Diversity Day training. Furthermore, he simply can't help it that he loves her, despite the pain. It's still slipping out even though he fights to keep it all tucked away.

Game Play/Conference Room:

Jim further feels his lack of belonging and confusion during game play. He doesn't realize that a team play game is taking place. Andy chastises him and this creates an even stronger sense of confusion and feeling lost. The game play itself is a perfect analogy to Jim's slow adjustment to Stamford. It doesn't help that when he asks about team play, Karen responds with a "yeah" that is a little demeaning although intended as sarcastic. This just adds to a slight sense of panic. We know how discombobulating it can when we are thrown into a game or situation in which we are the only ones who don't know the ropes or rules.

Josh adds to the panic by summoning a conference meeting to discuss game play. Jim is completely thrown off by this. It looked like he thought the conference room meeting was called to actually discuss business. His expression changes immediately when he realizes that the meeting is for the game. He simply can't comprehend the obsession with this game. This furthers his role as an outcast and he feels it quite sharply in this meeting. Especially, since he is being fully blamed for his team losing the game. Jim is not used to being in this position.

In Scranton, he was popular and well liked. In Stamford, he is odd man out. Nothing demonstrates this point more than a third shift in his facial expression to "are you kidding me." The seriousness of the game is ridiculous to him. He is terribly uncomfortable. Part of me wonders if he was wishing he was in Scranton in the back of his mind. All this confusion and sense of being out of place may help to push Jim back to Pam and Scranton.

It pains me to see Jim so uncomfortable, but the optimist in me realizes that he must stick it out. Jim knows this too. He's trying with every fiber of his being to adjust and fit in. We still see him trying to escape the pain of Pam. Unfortunately, the very differences of Stamford are making him long for the familiarity of Scranton.

Karen Shoots Jim

Here again, we see Jim in his almost usual lost state while demonstrating poor maneuvering skills in the game. He is in dire need of help and actually receives some from Karen. He is momentarily relieved for the help, until he realizes the she is right behind him. She shoots him! What's key in this scene is that she laughs. This puts Jim at ease. Humor has always been one of Jim's releases in stressful and/or uncomfortable situations. We even hear his patented "wow" in response to Karen's move. He takes it even further and makes a joke with "psych-o-path." He is creating a new comfort zone . . . without Pam. This is the first time that Jim has really been able to joke around with one of his new co-workers. He's had a tough and draining day and this was the release he needed.

Jim Leaving Work

Jim heads out of the office by letting out a puff of air that showcases how drained and frustrated he is from a rough day. Again, we see him resort to humor as a release. Only this time he's fusing humor with a touch of flirting. He builds on the one commonality he has with Karen, the game. He throws her an "air" grenade. He smiles at her response of "exploding" paperclips. Karen is the first person to show him any kind of acceptance. She's given him some much needed reassurance. She touched a nerve in Jim with her humor.

We know from his relationship with Pam that he values a sense of humor. It's obvious that Karen has one, albeit a little darker than Pam's. It's only natural for Jim to feel a connection to someone who has a sense of humor. Especially since he is so desperate to find a niche, a friend, or really anything to make his adjustment to Stamford go a little more smoothly. His memories of Pam can only go so far before he needs a real person.

Jim's interest in Karen also follows previously established behavior patterns. In Hot Girl and The Carpet we have seen Jim reach out to other women. Whenever, Jim is dealt a blow in regards to Pam, he sets up a date with someone else. Both Katy and Brenda filled this role. Now its Karen's turn. Only this might be a little different. Jim is in the process of trying to let Pam go. He may be in the position to allow himself to feel something for someone else.

As much of a travesty as this sounds, we need him to do this. He needs to forge a new relationship in order to get past the hurt he associates with Pam. Honestly, we can't expect Jim to forget all the hurt he's suffered. There's no way he can have a healthy relationship with Pam of any kind if he is still hanging on to all the pain of her rejecting him multiple times. Besides, we need Karen to be the rebound girl. As stated in many threads on this board and even on this thread, Jim and Pam can't be each other's rebound relationship. They need to work through their hang-ups before they can truly explore a relationship with each other.

As for Jim, he is on track to being a little less lost. I for one was happy to see Jim's old spark come through in The Coup. He's otherwise been a little distraught, melancholy, sad, etc. It's nice to see his smile and humor come through. I've missed that part of Jim. Karen may just be the one to get him out of the hole in which he is currently stuck.

Well, now I leave it to you guys! What do you think? Jim actually had me quite confused this week! I'm honestly questioning my analysis. I'm curious to hear about other angles in which to perceive Jim's behavior. Please share!

Questions to Ponder:

1. Will Karen be a rebound girl or something more?
2. Will Jim's hang-up on Pam prevent him from exploring a relationship with Karen?
3. Will a relationship with Karen give Jim the confidence he needs to have contact with Pam?
4. Will Jim ever be able to let go of Pam?
5. What will Jim's reaction be when he sees Pam again? How will his reaction change if he is with Karen or not with Karen at the time of the meeting?

Jim's paradoxical tendencies are at their most apparent in Grief Counseling. He is getting more difficult to read as a result of his amazing ability to think one thing and do another. We know he still loves Pam, but he appears to be flirting with Karen. The man is a walking example of duality! Everything he says and does in this episode stems from the scene in the conference room. He is again pegged as odd man out and this effects his confidence and need for acceptance. This is going to set off a chain reaction of behavior aimed at searching for validation anywhere he can find it. On the other hand, we see much of his charming, light-hearted, and playful personality come out with flying colors.

I will again be breaking it down into scenes, but I will be combining all the chip hunt scenes, as the same observations apply to all. Happy Reading!

Conference Room/Vending Machine:

Jim is still trying to find his way in Stamford. It isn't helping that his co-workers aren't exactly rolling out a friendly red carpet. In the conference room Josh asks Jim to make sure that Karen takes care of a project. Karen immediately gives him the evil eye and Andy calls him a suck up. Jim is again singled out as the outcast. Jim seemed to make some headway with Karen at the end of last week's episode. However, now that seems to have gone out the window. She probably resents the fact that the "new guy" is being asked to watch over her.

Jim now feels the need to find acceptance somewhere. He is desperate for a work friend, like the one he had in Pam. Karen is the likely target as she is the only one thus far who has given any sort of acceptance. Plus she's easier to be around than Andy! Therein, the foundation for all of Jim's behavior has been laid. He is desperately seeking to redeem himself with validation and acceptance wherever he can find it. So, naturally he is going to revert back to his Scranton behavior.

In Scranton, his humor and good natured fun made him popular and well-liked by most of his co-workers. It stands to reason that he can accomplish the same status by using the same strategy. He's already learned that pranks are not the way to go, so good natured fun is the next logical path. Furthermore, he seems to have taken a liking to Karen. Whether this is a real attraction or a simple need to move on has yet to be seen.

Karen's displeasure with the vending machine gives Jim the perfect opportunity to start up a conversation. She again zings him with the evil eye and a snotty remark concerning his authority over her. Jim immediately reverts to his Scranton behavior and turns on the charm. This accomplishes his psyche's two goals: find acceptance and validation. Plus, he can flirt a little with a woman he finds attractive, which may help him move on from Pam.

He is encouraged when his order to go and find chips is met with a smile. Jim needs this. He needs someone to goof around with. He is having trouble relating with his new co-workers. This may help him find some comfort. The "work" part of his new surroundings seems to be going well. But the social aspects have lost him completely. This is an exact opposite of the circumstances in Scranton. This is a situation Jim is not used to. Relating to people has never been a problem for him and now it is. He desperately needs to find someone to alleviate this impediment.

Just like last week, Karen may be the key in helping him find his way. As I've said many times he is a lost soul since leaving Scranton. Hopefully, Karen will help Jim learn a little more about himself so he can find his way back to Pam. (Oooo - the optimist in me is raging this evening!).

The Herr's Chip Hunt:

Throughout the chip hunt sequence it was hard not to notice that Jim treated Karen as if she were Pam, even though Karen is very different from Pam personality wise. When Karen appears to want to give up the chip hunt game. Jim teases her to prod her into playing with him further. He doesn't want to give up this chance to redeem himself nor does he want to lose the opportunity to have some fun. Jim likes to be distracted and this a perfect opportunity.

When Andy jumps into the game, Jim gets to play off Karen's humor in a way he hasn't be able to since Pam. Karen's sarcasm gave Jim the green light to play off of her comments. Jim has been thirsty for this type of humor since leaving Scranton. This is exactly what he and Pam would do to Dwight. He is clearly thrilled to have someone to bounce lines off of again, especially when messing with an annoying co-worker!

When Jim phones the company looking for his "store's" shipment of chips he is further encouraged by Karen. He gets in a little too deep and fails to come up with a convincing store number. Jim is doing this primarily to impress Karen, but comes up a little short. Karen laughs at him and teases him. Jim finds this amusing and takes it for acceptance. He even comes back at her with a playful "shut up."

We haven't seen Jim relate to anyone like this since Pam. Even though Karen is a completely different person, Jim is picking up on her similarities to Pam. She is willing to play along on his little game, she is finding the humor in it, and she is teasing him. Pam would have behaved the same way in this situation. For Jim this little game is about gaining Karen's good favor, but it is also filling the Pam Void. Jim needs a replacement and he feels he has found someone that can at least temporarily (oh I'm so the optimist!) fill Pam's place.

Later, Jim is impressed with Karen when she calls a store in Montreal and speaks in French to inquire about the chips. Part of what attracted Jim to Pam was her intelligence and wit. Naturally, he is going to pick on the same characteristics in Karen, as she displayed them throughout the chip hunt. It stands to reason that he will feel an attraction to someone else that displays the same characteristics.

This whole scenario is a perfect example of Jim's paradoxical behavior. He is clearly longing for Pam, but he is trying to move on without her! He has chosen someone who is very different from Pam, but grasps onto personality traits that mirror Pam's. Let's also not forget the undeniable parallel of chips. Jim once bought Pam French Onion Sun Chips in The Fight. This isn't the first time he's used chips as a way to gain (or regain) favor.

The End of the Hunt:

Jim makes a final dash for acceptance by actually tracking down Karen's chips. In true Jim fashion he plays it down with his usual good-natured sarcasm when Karen acknowledges his accomplishment. He is clearly pleased with himself. The real accomplishment isn't the chips, but in fact it is the acceptance and validation he has received via Karen. The hunt itself was partial validation in that she participated with him. Her acknowledgement of the chips was the final vote of acceptance that Jim needed. He even gives a glance of satisfaction to the camera.

This glance also has a more far reaching meaning. We saw him make a similar look to the camera in E-Mail Surveillance. He's done this before when he thinks he's made headway with Pam or a prank on Dwight. It's again, a search for validation. He got it from Karen and now he is looking to reaffirm it with the camera. This search for validation from Karen, of course has it roots with Pam. Her rejections are still steeping within him. Coupled with his complications in relating to people at work, his search for validation and acceptance has only heightened.

Karen has given him a release that he's been desperate for since he arrived. I hate to say it, but we need to give Karen a break. She is helping Jim heal. We can't very well have Jim mope himself into pathetic oblivion. We need him back to his old self to show Pam what she is missing! Karen may just be the girl to do it!

- - -

As with last week, Jim was a tough case to crack. Help me out here - did I get close?? It is really discombobulating to see Jim relating to Karen as he did with Pam. I'm doing my best to accept it and this analysis was very therapeutic in helping me understand the necessity of Karen. Regardless, Jim needs to get back to Scranton ASAP!

Questions to Ponder:

1. Will Jim ever discuss why he transferred with Karen? Will Pam ever be a topic of conversation between these two?
2. How far will the Jim and Karen relationship go?
3. Will Andy have a similar role of bringing Karen and Jim closer and Dwight did with Jim and Pam?

It seems no matter how hard Jim tries to avoid Pam, he always seems to find his way back to her. As many of the posters on this thread predicted, the conversation was an accidental connection. However, the connection between these two individuals is not. Amazingly, they are still able to communicate beyond a verbal level even when in different states! As stated in the Pam Dichotomy S3, there are two conversations going on here, both with what is being said and what is not being said.

Jim did an amazing job keeping his weaknesses at bay. His emotions were all over his face, but he never let it reach his voice. It's apparent that he wants to project a message to Pam that he is over the events of Casino Night (we know better!), possibly as a way to salvage any sort of relationship with Pam.

The paradox is also alive and well in this episode. Interestingly, a storyline with Karen is woven through the entirety of the episode to parallel the JAM conversation. Jim is clearly forging a connection with Karen for the same reasons as discussed in my post for Episode 4. She is still a mode of healing. The reconnection with Pam ironically falls during a time when Jim is attempting to find a connection with someone else to replace her. It'll be interesting to see if his behavior towards Karen changes as a result of reconnecting with Pam.

Again, this analysis will be broken down into a scene-by-scene analysis. I will refer back to the Pam Dichotomy S3 (Episode 5) frequently in order to avoid the repetition of identical analyses.

Beginning of Conversation:

Jim is caught off guard more than surprised, when he hears Pam's voice instead of the automated system. A hint of embarrassment is also detectable in his voice as he didn't expect to get "caught" calling the Scranton branch by Pam. This tells me he probably tried the after hours tactic a few times before with better success. In response to Pam's "oh my god" he simply says "hi." Interestingly, he is soft spoken and sounds comfortable even though he is noticeably uncomfortable and nervous as he shifts in seat. His face wears an expression that slightly resembles panic; it's more like an "oh crap," for lack of a better description.

Pam's return "hi" puts him at ease, but he still feels the need to go into a defense mode. He wants to make sure that she knows he wasn't calling her. He makes sure he tells her he thought she wasn't going to be there. Pam shot him down twice and he wants to project the message that he is not still pining for her, (event though we know that is not the case!). Jim's defense quickly crumbles at the feet of his curiosity.

As displayed in The Convention, his curiosity surrounding Pam is undeniable and uncontrollable. His curiosity comes out at various times throughout the conversation. This instance is the first. After a short pause, he asks her why she's still there. Pam's explanation is nothing short of amusing for Jim. Not only does it make him smile, it creates that sense of home that he has been lacking and trying to replace since his arrival in Stamford. Jim asks for a copy of that to fulfill the feeling of being homesick, but also as a way to possibly open the door for further conversation; he may have been hoping Pam would elaborate! He was a little hesitant to ask her to send it, but he was willing to test the waters to catch a gander at that activity list! He even laugh a little at this situation, but it is wrought with nervousness.

An awkward silence soon follows. Jim is still afraid to start the conversation. He's not sure if Pam wants to talk to him, so he's waiting for her to make the move. Unfortunately, the silence is so long that it creates nervousness on both ends that leads to a flustered exchange of words. Jim's "so" has an air of enthusiasm and hope at the fact that Pam broke the silence, but he's unsure of what to say due to the fact the conversation is near a dead end. So he does the natural thing of a man cornered, he pushes it back to her with "I'm sorry, go ahead."

At this point, he's not sure if she wants to talk to him or if she's trying to find a way to end the conversation. This awkward exchange could be interpreted either way by Jim. Jim is visibly relieved when Pam picks up the conversation with mentioning the status of Scranton. Not only is she initiating the start of a longer conversation, she is bringing up home. He grabs onto this normalcy and responds with "oh, good." Pam jumps right in with her "a little different."

As mentioned in the Pam Dichotomy S3, there is an undertone that tells him she misses him. Jim actually picks up on this. There is a flicker of that recognition on his face. He can still read her like a book over the phone and despite their recent lack of communication. However, he won't dare respond to it in that regard. Pam again puts him at ease by asking about the time. He picks up on the fact that she is nervous and this puts him at ease. Knowing that she is just as nervous as he is has a calming effect, as it probably would on anyone in this situation. He is even a little amused by her nervousness! So much so that he is comfortable enough to tease her with deadpan "duh" humor answer. He's even laughing and it's not a nervous laugh, like before.

He feels safe enough to continue by asking her how far she thought it was. She again responds with a disguised "I miss you." Again, Jim recognizes it, but this time he's brave enough to respond in kind with his (very sweet) "yeah." This was his equivalent of "I miss you, too." Jim needed to know Pam missed him. This provides a great deal of much needed comfort. Even though she didn't come right and say it, the message was still heard. I have no doubt that he believes Pam got the message as well. These two carefully guarded and disguised statements created the boundaries of the conversation. It was here that they actually told each other they were not going to bring up the pain of the past, but rather reconnect on a lighter level. The defense mechanism (Pam Dichotomy S3) was established at this point.

How fast can you type?

The conversation shifts from uncomfortable awkwardness to one of lighthearted playfulness. Jim is going to join Pam in employing the old reliable defense mechanisms of playful banter, humor, and light flirting as a way to mask deeper emotions. Jim used these same methods throughout season 1 and 2, just as Pam, (See Pam Dichotomy S3: Episode 5). He too had emotions to hide as a result of Pam's attachment to Roy.

Even though Pam's status has changed, he still has to mask his emotions, due to the events of Casino Night. He doesn't want to dredge up the pain of her rejecting him, nor does he want to exhume his feelings for her that he's managed to keep buried over the past few months. It's not a road he is willing to go down quite yet. Jim quickly reverts to his lighthearted humor with his Mavis Beacon joke. Jim is actually a little cautious at the beginning of this portion of the conversation, but he quickly put at ease when Pam starts to tease him.

When she pressures him to reveal his typing speed, his body language becomes noticeably looser. His physical gestures are indicators for many aspects of Jim's emotional state. He's reacting to Pam as if she was in the room with him. He is showing signs of comfort and relief with his smile, and embarrassment by covering his face. His comfortable and relieved that Pam is talking to him easily and not in a forced manner. His slight embarrassment stems from the fact that his playful conversation is giving Pam ammo to make fun of him. The embarrassment is not negative, but rather playful in that his own topic of conversation backfired in a humorous way. It almost looks like he's thinking "why did I bring this up, duh, she's a receptionist, of course she can type fast!"

When he realizes his answer is most likely a substandard speed, he plays a little hard to get by refusing to answer. I can't help but also notice that is face just lights up during this part of the conversation. He is still smitten with her and he can't hide it. He is lightly flirting with her by refusing to answer. When he finally does answer, Pam laughs at him. He likes it that he made her laugh. He even pokes fun at himself by telling her "you don't have to laugh," hoping to elicit further laughter from her. It's always been a connecting factor for these two.

As stated in the original Jim Paradox, Jim often used humor as a way to get close to Pam. In this case, humor is being used to foster a reconnection. Jim wants her in his life, despite his statement on Casino Night that he wants to be more than a friend. His willingness to engage in this conversation is an example of this. His time in Stamford has shown him how much he needs her, and at this point in time, he'll even accept having her as just a friend. He misses her that much. Plus, she's not with Roy anymore. There is that subconscious hope in the back of his mind, that he still might have a shot, (my husband tells me this is a common component of the male psyche).

On a more conscious level, however, Jim is more interested in simply reconnecting with someone familiar. He's in a new environment that hasn't exactly been welcoming or comfortable and Pam is giving him a comfort level he's been lacking for an extended period of time. We've even watched him attempt to recreate this comfort level with someone else, but with limited results. Pam is the only one that can offer him the connection he needs. He might be willing to forego his original stance that he can't be friends with her, at least for a little while. Even though he's demonstrated before that he can only keep his feelings suppressed for so long, he desperately needs the comfort level she provides.

Movie Story:

Jim's body language again cues us into his comfort level. In this portion of the conversation, he has his feet up on his desk and he's leaning back. The conversation has obviously continued for an extended period of time (second cut and it's now dark outside). He is clearly enjoying the ease of their conversation. We haven't seen him converse with anyone this easily in Stamford. Even though he's achieved a friendly demeanor with Karen, they have yet to have an easy going and relaxed conversation.

Jim is hanging on Pam's every word, thoroughly enjoying her story regarding "28 Days" and 28 Days Later." He's enjoying the fact that she's willing to admit her fault and even laugh about it. Again, his face lights up. Especially, when agreeing with her opinion that "28 Days Later" is "so scary." He finds it cute, (as most men find it cute when women are scared by a movie). He again flirts with her by taunting her with "you're making this up."

He follows this up by calling her "fancy new Beesly," along with bringing up her new apartment. He is clearly fascinated by Pam's new life and he wants to know more. It's even possible to sense that he is proud of her for the changes she has made. Even though Pam is a familiar and comfortable person, there are new parts to her that he wants to get to know. This is part of the reason he teases her about her apartment.

It would have very easy for him to ask about Roy and the wedding at this point. But, both are aware of how easily the conversation can turn from light and playful to heavy and emotional depending on how this topic is handled. Both engage in sarcasm and joking around to keep it light in order to maintain the conversation boundaries established earlier and to keep the humor that connects them in place.

End of Conversation:

Unfortunately, the level of comfort established during Pam's movie story is short lived. Jim continues to joke around with Pam when her end falls silent. He doesn't know why, so he calls her name twice thinking maybe the connection has been lost. In one respect it is; the silence is broken by Pam saying "um . . . Ok bye." Jim thinks she is talking to him. He is totally shaken by this. He was expecting the conversation to last longer.

He is probably now interpreting Pam's previous silence as her losing interest and wanting out of the conversation. Jim also looks a little worried that maybe he took the conversation too far. Maybe he joked around with her too much and made her uncomfortable. He doesn't know what to say, except for "I should probably go, too," even though this is the last thing he wants. It's all over his face, but not in his voice. Jim is doing his best to keep his emotions hidden from Pam. He doesn't want Pam to know he's still nursing a broken heart.

It's all part of the male ego, don't let it show. Last time he let her see his emotions, he was hurt on a very deep level. It's only natural that he'll keep his emotions guarded. Plus, this is part of the defense mechanism, it he doesn't show the emotions, he won't have to talk about them. Despite Jim's attempts to sound accepting of the situation, he does make an attempt to try and save the conversation by saying "I don't know, um . . ." as an attempt to re-open the door. Once again, he is throwing the ball in Pam's court.

Throughout this exchange, he is giving control of the conversation to Pam. It's up to her whether or not the conversation continues. Unfortunately, Pam doesn't pick up on it. She's waiting for him to save the conversation. Both are throwing control of the situation to each other because they don't know how to handle it. They're hoping the other one is holding the miracle to save the conversation.

Flustered herself, Pam is at a loss at what to say and blurts out "You have to go?" For Jim, this takes away all hope of the conversation continuing as he takes this as a signal that she is done talking to him. He responds with a natural "yeah." He doesn't know how to reestablish the conversation in that the awkwardness has returned between them. When Pam says she has to go too, Jim is pretty much resigned to the fact that the conversation is over. His "okay" hides his disappointment very well. He doesn't want to say goodbye to her, but he knows its time, the flow and comfort are gone. The safety net has crumbled and so have the defense mechanisms that were constructed at the beginning of the conversation.

If either one restarts the conversation, its going to follow the path of bringing up emotions neither is willing to deal with at this point. He again hides his disappointment by giving another, rather spirited "yeah" to give the impression that he is ok with the conversation ending. This is his way of again hiding how much he doesn't want to say goodbye. He doesn't want to sound sad or pathetic in front of Pam, (been there, done that).

Another silence follows, as neither wants to say goodbye. Jim is actually still giving Pam control of the conversation while he waits for her to say the first goodbye. He is also still holding onto a sliver of hope that she may still save the phone call. When he realizes the neither has the ability to save it, he takes the initiative and says goodbye. It's here that he lets some of his emotions out. His sadness seeps into his goodbye to her. He wasn't able to hold that in.

After he hangs up the phone, there is a trace of a smile on his face. She makes him happy. This small reconciliation with her, brought him more happiness than he's experienced in months. Mixed with this slight smile is the sadness that overcomes him with her absence. Many of the emotions he's managed to keep buried have come to the surface. As much as he's been trying to forget her and avoid her, he was reminded Pam is a constant in his life that he needs.

General Observations:

See the Pam Dichotomy S3 for initial general observations. The following serves as an addendum.

I'm still enamored with the fact that the conversation was very Pam centered. I think this is something propagated by Jim. He may have purposely kept the conversation centered around her for several reasons. An obvious reason centers around his curiosity of Pam's new life. He genuinely wants to know about her post-Roy life. Furthermore, deep down, he wants to hear about her being single and available. This may be a subconscious tactic to find out as much as he can about her status.

Unfortunately, things are just too weird between them for him to take any course of action beyond being a friend. Another reason he may keep the conversation focused on her is to avoid talking about himself. It's another defense mechanism. He is not happy in his new environment. He doesn't fit in and he's homesick. Talking to Pam about these issues will reveal vulnerability that he's not ready to show her. Plus, the only person he's remotely found a connection with, is another woman. There is no way he'll talk to Pam about Karen. It will send the wrong message and the subject can come dangerously close to leading into the events of Casino Night. Jim doesn't want to go that route. They are both trying to keep the conversation emotionally safe by talking about neutral topics.

So where's the paradox?

In the beginning of the episode we see Jim being very playful and flirty with Karen in regards to the squeaky chair. Let's face it, he was absolutely adorable rolling in his chair across the floor over to the copy machine. He is again relying on Karen for a connection and validation as we saw in Grief Counseling, (see Episode 4 post).

He continues to replace Pam with Karen as the squeaky chair issue continues. He teases her the same way he would have teased Pam, (the singing was funny and adorable - keep your day job Jim). However, we still aren't seeing an easy-going relationship between these two. Jim is continuing to make an effort to gain Karen's favor. He is still hitting a wall with her, albeit the wall is starting to come down. It's still not the same as with Pam.

The squeaky chair incident directly parallels the phone call. Jim is able to reestablish a relatively easy-going connection with Pam, despite a wall of awkwardness, hurt, and fear. The wall came down quite easily in comparison to his continuous efforts with Karen. This is an odd manifestation of the Paradox. It hasn't totally played out, but I think we will see the ramifications of the call in the upcoming episode. He will probably continue his efforts to forge a connection with Karen, despite the ease of his connection with Pam. I don't think he is going to give up on his resolve to move on without Pam, despite his feelings for her. That rejection still stings.

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1. Will Jim's behavior towards Karen change? Why or Why not? If yes, how will it change?
2. Do you agree that the conversation was Pam centered? If so, what are the reasons for this?
3. Is Karen a good match for Jim? (I know its tough to think about, but pretend Pam doesn't exist before you answer!)
4. Will Jim and Pam rekindle their full friendship while Jim is still in Stamford? Or does this require a face to face scenario?
5. Will Jim be brave enough to call Pam again or e-mail her?

Finally! It's done! This was an enormous undertaking. The writers amaze me every time in their ability to keep things realistic between these two characters. This is a great ride and I'm looking forward to the next twist. Jim's character increases in complexity with each episode. I hope his confusion and torment ends soon. How much can one person take?? At least he's handling it with his usual charm and good nature. Let's hope he's back in Scranton soon. I'm keeping my patience on this, but I don't know how much longer I can take a Jimless Scranton branch! Hurry home!

Jim didn't give me much to work with this week as he was pretty drunk for a large chunk of the episode! It's hard to pick apart a drunk person! Although, I must admit he was pretty entertaining to watch. No one crashes a bike better!

We see Jim continuing the same behavior patterns he has demonstrated ever since Season 3 started. He is desperately trying to fit in and make friends among his co-workers. In this episode he takes some drastic measures to find his niche. He's changed his transportation mode to work to mirror his boss and he's engaging in on the job drinking. These are two activities we typically wouldn't associate with Jim. However, given his current feeling of discomfort brings him to a whole level of effort to fit in.

Therein, lies the continuing paradox within Jim. He, like Pam, is engaging in activities he normally wouldn't do as a way to move on. The actions are strictly masks and tools he uses to bury how he really feels.

There is the possibility that the Initiation conversation has something to do with Jim's stepped up effort to fit in. Despite Casino Night events, the conversation showed Jim that Pam is still in his comfort zone. There is still a connection to her and he "fits in" when talking to her. She reminded him that he's not a total outcast as he feels he is in Stamford. That being said, the end of the conversation cast some doubt on that comfort level. He may be having second thoughts on how much of a connection he still has with Pam as well as the comfort level associated with Pam.

It can be easily assumed that this doubt will cause Jim to look towards his Stamford cohorts for a connection of some kind. He's been searching for a way to get his foot in the door all season with no success. Now he's even more motivated!

Sweaty Jim:

Jim comes into the office along with his bike and a very sweaty appearance, (and looking mighty fine, if I may add. He's one of a few men that can pull off the sweaty look in work clothes). We find out from a talking head that he has decided to start riding his bike to work. He gives a number of reasons from the environment to staying in shape to justify his bike ride. He probably genuinely likes the idea of riding to work, (don't we all get the fitness bug sometimes!).

However, the real reason lies with Josh. He saw Josh biking to work and has decided to emulate him. Jim is having trouble, still, with fitting in with his co-workers. He is still trying to adjust to the Stamford lifestyle. Josh is in a position of authority and therefore can possibly serve as a role model. He is generally liked by his employees (I'm not seeing any disgusted, offended, or overly annoyed looks by the other employees directed at Josh). So it's natural Jim may look to him for guidance.

Plus, Jim isn't getting anywhere with his co-workers aside from Karen and even that is a bit of a struggle. I've made the statement before that it would be unlikely for Jim to forge a friendship with Josh. I'm reneging that a little! Jim is running out of options. Josh is the last frontier of fitting in. I'm still holding to the idea that they won't be friends (no BFF!), but they will have a friendly rapport that will go a little deeper than work related issues. He can't seem to fit in with his co-workers, maybe he can fit in a little with Josh.

Jim ends up running into Andy's work area with his bike and catches a nasty look from Andy. Jim is already seeing his bike plan backfiring. There is also a sense of embarrassment on his face stemming both from being a klutz with his bike and his appearance. Then, Karen pokes fun at the basket on his bike. This is a little jab at Jim's confidence, but he is lighthearted enough to see the humor. He knows his bike is a blatant reference to Josh and he can laugh at himself for the attempt to fit in. Plus, he actually liked Karen's jab. It gives him a sense of fitting in with someone. Teasing and humor has always created a comfort level. Karen has been providing this sense of humor since The Coup.

Andy's Sam/Diane Reference:

Andy attempts conversation with Jim by telling him that he and Karen have had a hot and cold, Sam/Diane type of relationship. Jim is completely unimpressed with his statement. Jim has a hard time getting along with him because he is just so odd. Andy has some resemblance to Dwight with his weirdness. Jim finds him ridiculous and sees right through his attempts at getting attention. Jim has had plenty of experience in dealing with people who have an innate desire for attention; Michael has set the standard. This in itself makes Jim an outcast with Andy. He can usually get a response out of Karen or Josh, but Jim won't give him the satisfaction.

Correct me if I'm wrong, but did I sense an ever so slight tinge of jealousy on Jim's part in regards to Karen. He kept it well hidden, but I saw a trace of it on his face. I'm sure he's a little protective of the slight connection he has with her, but I have yet to fully conclude that he likes her as more than a friend. There isn't enough evidence yet.


Talking Head - Working Late:

This was a fabulous talking head. Old Jim came out with flying colors. It was fun to see his deadpan sarcasm coming back out to play. We've previously discussed Jim's apparent new fervor regarding his work. For the most part, we've come to the conclusion that he is throwing himself into his work as a way to get over Pam and to create a new life for himself.

He is now faltering in this new work attitude. He is first complaining that he has to work late and then continues by ensuring us that the task is "less interesting than it sounds." His sarcasm is back in all its glory. We haven't seen much sarcasm regarding his job in Stamford. He let it all fly tonight! He is bored with his job again. The new challenge of it is gone. The only challenge he has now is socially based. The luster of his promotion has dimmed.

This probably has a lot to do with the Initiation conversation. He's come to the realization that he can't hide from Pam behind his new job. So his humor is going to come out all over again. He's going to hide behind sarcasm and humor instead of his work. We saw him do this in Scranton constantly. Humor was both a connection factor and a veil to hide behind for Jim and Pam. He's always used humor as a way to escape anything irritating or difficult in his life.

Drinking Game:

There are a number of reasons why Jim opted to engage in Andy's drinking game. Many of which have been outlined above. He is feeling the outcast status, he's bored, and he's possibly still reeling from the Initiation conversation, (the awkward ending might still be bothering him). Of course, Jim is going take part.

Jim sees the drinking game as his chance to try and fit in. The bike didn't go well earlier in the day, so this might work out better! Furthermore, he "thinks" he is creating more of a connection with Karen. He looks to her first after taking a shot. She looks like she is drinking and therefore he feels like he's connecting with her and maybe fitting in a little more. With Andy drinking too, Jim feels like he is part of the group and not just the "new guy." Alcohol has a funny attribute of creating escape and illusion. It's giving Jim the illusion that he's fitting in, something he is desperately in need of at this point.

Even though drinking on the job isn't a usual Jim activity, he is taking drastic measures to fit in so he is willing to step outside the realm of his normal behavior. We've seen him do this all throughout the season with his new location, new job, new clothes, new sandwich, new transportation, etc. This irresponsible behavior is just another manifestation of this. It's sad but true. Jim is trying anything and everything to find his place.

In a Drunken Stupor:

What can I say here?? Besides the fact that Jim is a hilarious drunk. I laugh harder every time I see him fall into the bushes. Hee hee hee! One interesting thing I noticed was that Jim referred to Karen by her last name. Hmmmm. He's referred to Pam by her last name as well. We've debated the significance of the use of her last name before. The general consensus has been that this is not just a form of flirting, but also a manifestation of the familiarity they share. Could it be this was little slip on Jim's part?? Perhaps he's showing a little hint that he's attracted to Karen.

Here's some other food for thought, Jim may feel more connected to Karen for taking care of him when he needed her. It's been a long time since he's been on the receiving end. He's usually the one dispensing care. She took care of his bike, grabbed his bag, and gave him a ride. This will probably go a long way for Jim.

As much fun as it was to watch Jim be a clumsy drunk, I can't help but notice how his drunken state is symbolic of the mess his life is since moving to Stamford. Even though he has settled in a little, he's not comfortable and he's still a little lost. He's stumbling around trying to find his way in a new job and environment.

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1. Assess Jim's feelings for Karen. Is he attracted to her? Will Karen's kindness to Jim create a stronger connection/attraction?

2. Do you think Jim was a little jealous during Andy's Sam/Diane reference in regards to Karen?

3. Given the choice would rather have had Jim pick up his cell phone when it vibrated or would you rather wait for him to sober up? Why?

4. Did Karen take Jim home or to her house? (Think about it, is Jim sober enough to tell her where he lives? Does she even know where he lives?)

5. What will Jim's likely reaction be when/if he reads Pam's text message?

6. Where is Jim's phone?? (This isn't remotely analytical, but I'm curious of what theories are floating around. I completely lost track of it.)


One a last note . . . JIM PICK UP YOUR CELL PHONE! ( I can't take it anymore.)

Jim's carefully choreographed escape to Stamford still isn't enough to keep him away from Pam. As he learned in this episode, he can't get away from her geographically or emotionally. Fate just won't let him let go of her. He's on his way back to Scranton to face his fear and his pain associated with Pam.

Jim had a big decision on his plate once he was offered a job back in Scranton. It was truly difficult for him to come to the conclusion to return to Scranton. He is essentially deciding if he can handle being around Pam versus trying to find a new job. It's an odd conundrum, Pam is both a reason for coming back and a reason for staying away. She is someone he has a deep connection with, but she also broke his heart. What is Jim supposed to do???

The original meaning of the Jim Paradox is also back in play. We have to start asking ourselves if Jim will remain a fixture in the JAM scenario or if he is the variable that will walk away. It's obvious that he is not over her and still loves her, but he is very reluctant to accept a position back in Scranton. The love he has for her has been tempered by a new caution and wariness with his heart. He is fearful of getting hurt again, enough so to keep him from going out on any limbs. The prospect of facing Pam is terrifying in that he's going to have to deal with all the emotions he's been burying and escaping since his arrival in Stamford. Lucky for us, he's found the strength to go back to Scranton!

On a very silly note, I was ecstatic to hear my screen name over and over again in this episode. I feel so dumb for getting a kick out of it, but I loved it! It's really fun being an Office flan isn't it??

As in the Pam Dichotomy S3, I've included producer's cut scenes. Again, I don't feel they alter the storyline, nor previously established behavioral patterns. It's up to you whether or no you accept these scenes as part of the story.

Future Dwight Prank:

This really has nothing to do with JAM, but it needs to be mentioned! This is one of Jim's best pranks ever! I still laugh every time I see it (I've watched the episode at least 6 times and I'm still laughing!). As funny as this scene is, I think it serves as a bit of foreshadowing of Jim's imminent return to Scranton. He still can't let go of Scranton all the way. Even though Jim no longer works with Dwight, he still feels the need to mess with his head! I love it! Scranton will always be home to Jim, and his continued pranks on Dwight shows that.

Branch Closing News from Karen:

Karen comes over to Jim's desk and tells him that the Scranton branch is closing. Jim is sad, but he doesn't seem overly upset by the news. He responds as anyone would, when hearing that a former employer is shutting down. He doesn't work there anymore, so it's just not that big of a deal. At least that's what he's projecting to Karen. He is, of course, thinking of Pam in the back of his mind. But he doesn't want Karen to see an overly emotional response, as he doesn't want to risk his Pam emotions slipping out around her. At the end of the scene, he has a nostalgic and sad look on his face. He feels bad for Pam and feels bad for the rest of the Scranton crew. Plus, he realizes that that part of his life is now finally over. It's the end of an era. If anything, the Scranton branch closing may help him get over Pam, because she wouldn't be there anymore. We can't expect Jim to get too upset over Scranton closing. He still has a job and will obviously be happy about that.

Andy's Pep Rally:

While Andy and the rest of Stamford crew are having a little celebratory rally in honor the branch, Jim is sitting quietly at his desk. He looks like he's working, but really he is thinking about the consequences of Scranton closing. It's here that he realizes that some Scranton employees may be coming to Stamford.

Of course, his thoughts turn to Pam and the fact that she might be transferred to Stamford. He is already nervous and worried about even a minute possibility of seeing her. Jim is unsure if he can handle being around her. When Josh comes up to ask him what's going on, Jim can't help but ask about possible transfers. He tries to sound casual in asking, but his nervousness comes through. His voice is softer than usual and his eyes are little pleading. He desperately wants to know if Pam is coming and is let down when Josh can't give him an answer.

Talking Head:

Jim begins to display his hesitancy at the prospect of Scranton employees in Stamford, by equating it to a high school reunion. He is not happy about the possibility of Scrantonites in Stamford. He's worried about Scranton becoming a "forever" facet of his life. He worked at Scranton for a long time, but it's a part of his life he is trying to escape and leave behind. Even if Pam doesn't come to Stamford, any part of the Scranton staff will bring back painful memories of her.

Stamford, is supposed to be a fresh start. Seeing old co-workers from his old life will defeat the purpose. Stamford has provided a means to avoid Pam and now that shield is crumbling. Deep down, this all comes down Pam, but he is not about to reveal that in this talking head. Many of his buried feelings are starting to come up again, so he's artfully avoiding mentioning her name, while at the same time referring to her. Again, the idea of facing her again, is daunting and worrisome to Jim.

Josh's Office:

Jim goes into Josh's office and again asks about possible transfers. He obviously can't let it go. Again, he tries to come off as casual, but his nervousness still comes through. His again softer voice cracks while he's asking the question, (oh sooo cute!). When Josh still doesn't give him an answer, Jim doesn't give up. Instead of asking about people, he asks about departments, "sales . . . .accounting . . ." while tactfully avoiding "reception." This is his way of asking about Pam without actually saying her name. Josh again avoids the question, by telling him not to worry about it. Jim immediately picks up on the fact that something is up, but isn't quite sure what.

Jan then comes into the office to begin discussing the logistics of the Stamford branch's new role and the subsequent absorption of the Scranton Branch. Jim is thrilled when Jan offers him the #2 position with Josh. It's essentially the same job he has, but on a bigger scale. However, it's yanked away from him before he can really enjoy it, when Josh drops the bomb that he's taken a job with Staples. Jim is shocked and quite frankly disgusted with Josh. Jim's high opinion of Josh has plummeted. Jim is also hit with a whole sense of worry as he may not have a job. He knows there is no Stamford branch without Josh. It's here that Jim realizes there is an inkling of a possibility that Scranton will absorb Stamford. It's easy to see the scenario is playing in the back of his mind. Not only is he worried about his job, he's worried about the possibility of returning to Scranton and all the ramifications that go with it.

In a talking head at the end of the meeting we see Jim voice his disdain for Josh, in true Jim fashion. He builds Michael up, while taking Josh off his pedestal. This is one of the things I love about Jim, he isn't mean spirited enough to be completely negative in any situation, even if there is a good reason. He took the opportunity to remind us that Michael may be irritating, but his heart is in the right place. Jim's statement in this scene again offers a bit of foreshadowing into Jim's ultimate decision to return to Scranton. He is disillusioned with Josh and knows Michael is a good boss who looks out for his employees. Is he annoying and desperate for attention? Yes. But he has the best of intentions and would never screw over his employees. For Jim at this point, that sounds like a pretty good gig.

Conference Room:

We next see Jim pacing in the conference room. Obviously, still rehashing the revelation inside and outside of his head from the meeting in Josh's office. It's interesting to see a little nonverbal communication between himself and Karen. Again, this is highly reminiscent of nonverbal cues with Pam. No need to worry yet! No complicated messages were being sent like we've seen with JAM, but it still bares mentioning that they are exchanging communicative glances.

Jan comes into the conference room with the latest news that Stamford will indeed be absorbed into Scranton. Jim is surprised and even a little afraid to hear this. Even though he had to have some idea that this could happen, it was still surprising to hear it out loud. Jan again offers him the #2 position in Scranton if he wants it. From here, Jim is emotionally honest in all of his dialogue, while at the same time keeping his emotions in check around Jan. He's not as happy to be offered this position as he was before. The job doesn't carry the same luster in Scranton, because there is no escape attached to the heightened position.

The reason he went after the last promotion was to get away from Pam. Accepting this position will undo his escape. He tells Jan he has unpleasant memories of a personal nature. He is clearly shaken by his emotions. All the pain he's been suppressing is bubbling to the surface again. That broken heart of his is starting to throb. He is stumbling over his words and trying hard to keep his emotions in check. He is again soft spoken and his voice is cracking slightly.

Just before he tells Jan that it's "personal stuff" you can see his eyes shift and almost gloss over with the memories of Casino Night. After this quick trip down memory lane he makes the statement " I'm not ready to revisit that - I don't think." It's easy to see the pain on his face. The whole idea of going back brings back all the hurt. He can't get away from Pam if they work in the same office. The prospect of having the hurt stare him in face everyday is terrifying.

Jan doesn't let up and assures Jim that the company will do anything to keep him. Jim now faces an incredibly difficult decision: Take the job and face his fears or start over in Stamford with no job, but free of facing Pam. That's a tough one.

Talking Karen out of Scranton:

Let me start by saying that this conversation was among the most difficult scenes I've ever picked apart. I'd even venture to say it was harder than the Initiation conversation! There are so many levels to explore. What makes it so difficult is the state of confusion Jim is in when this conversation takes place! There are a million things going on in his head, and therefore a million possible motives for why he tries to talk Karen out of Scranton.

In the midst of trying to make a decision about his future, Karen grabs his attention and asks if he's made up his mind. Jim is still lost and even still surprised by the day's events and at the decision that lies before him. After telling her he's still undecided he shifts the topic to her plans. He knows Karen might ask him why he's having so much trouble deciding. Pam might come up and he doesn't want to go there. Karen alludes to the idea that she might move to Scranton if given the opportunity. Jim seemed very surprised by her answer. His expression was one of "Why?" This gives way to Jim sounding like he is trying to convince Karen to stay in Stamford or go to New York City. The question that immediately comes to mind is, "why would he do this?"

Quite honestly, there are a number of reasons why Jim choose this course of action. If I may borrow an analogy from "Shrek," this conversation is like an onion; it has layers. The first layer involves needing Karen as a sounding board. When Karen asks Jim what he's going to do, he still hasn't come close to making up his mind. He's only been thinking about it internally.

When Jim is giving Karen all the reasons to stay in Stamford, he is actually listing these reasons off for himself. He needed to vocalize his internal thoughts and she just happened to be sitting there and was available. Plus, she initiated the conversation giving him an opportunity to talk about his decision in a roundabout way. He's trying to find reasons to stay away from Scranton. We already know he is incredibly homesick (Dwight prank at the beginning exemplifies this), but going home means facing Pam. He needed Karen to agree with his given reasons. He needs someone or something to pull him in one direction.

The second layer of the conversation has Pam undertones. Jim probably realizes he could probably really "like" Karen, that is if he isn't already aware that he likes her (his level of attraction is still up for debate - he hasn't given very much away). If Karen comes to Scranton, this could create a new complex dimension to an already tense situation with Pam. He doesn't want to put himself or Karen in that position. He' s well aware that he'd be putting himself in the middle of two women. Facing Pam is hard enough, he doesn't want to make it more complicated by adding the Karen Factor.

The third layer to this conversation is rather simple. Jim simply isn't ready to have a relationship. He is pretty cautious with his heart these days. He wants to keep Karen at a distance. He has to have some awareness that Karen likes him. We even picked up on it before she admitted it in her talking head. As mentioned before, he knows that he could like her if lets himself. It just wouldn't be fair to Karen if he let's her get too close. He knows he'll hurt her. Especially, if she's in Scranton with Pam around. Jim knows how his previously attempted relationships have turned out with Pam in the picture. Between his wary heart and his issues with Pam, Karen is bound to get hurt and he knows that.

The fourth layer, is even simpler. Part of Jim is amused that Karen would actually want move to Scranton. As much as he loves Scranton (you know he does, c'mon he's homesick!), he's quick to point out that it's no Stamford or New York City. He had to have a little chuckle. When he turns back to his desk, he looks even more perplexed about the situation. He knows he may have hurt Karen's feelings by giving reasons to stay and he's still no closer to coming to a decision.

Making a Decision:

The next time we see Jim, he is literally wracking his brain. He's got his hand in his hair and a tormented look on his face. In order to understand why Jim is so torn, it's necessary to look at some of the issues plaguing his thoughts. For Jim, returning to Scranton will undo everything he's been trying to accomplish in Stamford. He's been trying to create a new life and start over. Stamford has been a challenge but overall it has given him the opportunities he needed. He has a more challenging job, new surroundings, and at least one new friend. Despite his difficulties with fitting in, Stamford has been good to him. Scranton represents the past, old Jim, and of course Pam.

Obviously, all the reasons he left are weighing heavy on his mind. He was hurt, and even a little embarrassed by the whole Pam situation. Stamford makes dealing with this avoidable. In Scranton he'll be forced to not only face it head on, but also come to terms with these emotions. Going back to Scranton will also bring Pam back into his life, the very person he tried to escape. He's become wary and cautious with his heart. It's still broken and there is still a lot of hurt. Jim is worried about how he'll handle being around her. He mentioned earlier that he doesn't think he's ready to face her. Not only because of the previous reasons outlined above, but also Jim knows he could fall for Pam all over again and possibly even harder than he did before. He doesn't trust himself. He was able to handle the Initiation conversation because he still had some distance; she wasn't in the same room.

This also partially explains why he was able to talk about her in talking heads. He still had the distance to keep him safe. If he returns to Scranton he'll no longer have the safety net of distance. Besides that, Jim also doesn't have a clear picture of what Pam thinks about him. The last time they spoke she abruptly ended the conversation, leaving him in a quandary about her opinion of him. His decision to come home ultimately hinges on Pam. Despite the past, she is still someone in which he has a close connection. He's demonstrated on many occasions that he misses her. This may be enough to counteract all his misgivings about returning.

Jim's decision to return to Scranton is based on many factors. His decision partially comes from his disillusionment with Josh. He realized that Michael is a good boss, albeit annoying. Jim at least knows what he's getting into if he goes back to Scranton. There's no worry about the "new" boss. Scranton is also home. He's been longing for something familiar even since he arrived in Stamford. He never quite found his niche, making him an outcast. Jim knows he's a fish out of water and he has a need to go where he does belong.

The practical side of Jim won't discount the fact that Scranton does have a job for him, and he happens to need a job at this juncture. However, Jim's decision still mainly revolves around Pam. He can't make the decision to come to Scranton without taking her into consideration. Jim is genuinely curious about Pam, the Initiation conversation proves this. Part of him wants to reconnect with her, at the very least as a friend. As hurt as he is, he can't help but be drawn to her, (he's just a little more aware of the consequences and will therefore be more cautious!).

There's also little male ego involved with Jim's decision. He doesn't want Pam to hold him back from taking a higher position, nor does he want her to scare him off from returning home. He doesn't want to be pathetic. He doesn't want to be beaten by the past. Jim decides he can handle being around Pam. He thinks he's tough enough to handle the emotional issues and complications. I think we'll see him put up a tough exterior when he returns to Scranton.

Jim's about face with Karen is another interesting aspect. Prior to this, he had seemingly tried to convince her to stay in Stamford. Now, he's encouraging her to come to Scranton if she's offered a job. There are a couple possible reasons why he does this. It's important to note that many of these are on a subconscious level. First, Jim faces the possibility of being an outcast in Scranton. Even though he was well liked, he did leave. That can sometimes create a weird atmosphere in a workplace and among co-workers. It'll take a while to readjust.

Jim is returning home, but he has built up some familiars in Stamford. Karen is one of those familiars. She has become a source of comfort and validation. Karen is also someone he can trust. He learned to trust her in Diwali, when she gave him a ride. She took care of him when he needed it. He needs this especially since he's going into a situation when he can't trust himself. She is someone he can lean on. We also can't discount the fact that he likes her. We've established that he is attracted to her. He may be keeping her at arms length, but he still wants her around him. On a more conscious level, he's worried he hurt her feelings and wants to reassure her that he wouldn't mind if she came to Scranton.

If anything, Karen will be an interesting addition to the JAM scenario! I know many of you despise her, but I think we need her if JAM is going to happen, (see previous posts on this thread for prior analysis on this point!).

No matter the reasons for Jim's decision, the fact of the matter is he's coming back! Even though it's only been 7 episodes, it feels like an eternity.

Questions to Ponder:

1. Is Jim using Karen? (I'm borrowing from mixedberries thread!)

2. Who will Jim hang out with more on his first day back in Scranton: Pam or Karen?

3. Where will Jim's desk be located? Would he be hesitant to sit in his old desk?

4. Is Karen necessary in order for JAM to happen? (I know I've asked a version of this question before, but the current storyline warrants a return to this discussion)

5. How will Jim react to Pam upon his return? Will he be guarded or will he melt? (Resist the temptation of using the promos when answering this. They are often out of context and therefore somewhat unreliable!)

6. What is your take on Jim and Karen's conversations regarding the possibility of her going to Scranton? (These were tough scenes for me and I'm curious of other interpretations)

Jim has finally returned to Scranton! It's interesting how Pam's excitement for his return is directly contracted by Jim's apprehension. In Branch Closing, Jim alluded to the fact that he didn't think he was ready to face Pam. This foreshadowed events in The Merger. It's very easy to angry at Jim for his somewhat cold and distant behavior. However, can we really blame him? We knew Jim was badly hurt on Casino Night. He uprooted his entire life as a result. Having to go back and face that pain is unthinkable. It makes perfect sense that he should build a wall to protect himself.

Jim's behavior also shows that he is in more pain than we previously thought. It looked like he was starting to get past it in Stamford. He's flirting with someone new and he was able to hold a fairly lighthearted conversation with Pam. However, back in Scranton it's all right in front of him again. He doesn't have the geographic distance to protect him anymore, so he has to create emotional distance. He had an incredibly difficult time being around Pam. He made conscious efforts to avoid her attention, that is until the parking lot scene. It's here where Jim lets the wall down a little bit, only to smack directly into the one Pam has built. It should be an interesting journey watching these two tiptoe around each other!

With Karen in Stamford:

As the Stamford office is packing up in Andy's "tasteful" hats, we get a bit of a teaser regarding Karen and Jim's relationship. Jim is much more relaxed around her than we have ever seen him. He's also playful with her when giving her a high five. He also cheerful with his "See ya later." It's obvious these two have become closer. There are a million ways to interpret his "See ya later," as it could mean that night or next week. We simply don't know. But, this scene does give us some clues that Jim will be hanging around Karen in Scranton.

Hugging Pam:

The moment we've all been waiting for finally arrives as Jim walks through the Scranton office door. Jim gets his first dose of familiarity with a Michael greeting. But he's rescued when Michael's attention drifts to newcomer Martin Nash. It's here where we see some interesting expressions on Jim's face.

As he walks in, his eyes drift towards Pam. They stay locked in that line of sight for a few seconds before he realizes it and looks away. He's under her spell again, but he's only partially aware of it. He looks down for a moment and pulls himself together. When he looks up he has his usual casual face in place. Despite, his apprehension and reluctance to return to Scranton, he actually wants to see Pam. He can't help it. This is easily seen in another facial expression.

As Michael is welcoming Martin, Jim looks at Pam again with one of his "what is Michael doing" faces. He sending her a humorous non-verbal cue. He's also telling her he'll be there in a minute. Old habits die hard. Jim even starts to look a little anxious while waiting for Martin and Michael to move out of his way. This can be attributed to two factors. One, he wants to get to Pam. Two, he is nervous about seeing Pam again and wants to get the first encounter over with as quickly as possible. He doesn't want to put it off any longer. It's combination of both, but the latter is the most dominant.

Once he finally makes to Pam's desk he can see the excitement on her face and this scares him a little bit. Jim reverts to his favorite tactic of masking his feelings and nerves: humor. He is also feeling the immense awkwardness between them, so he says "Hi I'm Jim. I'm new here." This is a vintage Jim ploy to ease the awkwardness. Part of me believes he had this line planned beforehand. It came off way too polished to be a spur of the moment joke.

Jim was not prepared for Pam to hug him. He was surprised when she threw her arms around him. He's already thrown off by Fancy New Beesly, (FNB). As surprised as he is at her actions, he's also wearing a great big smile. He's happy for the hug. However, he was ready for it to end when it does. He was just starting to get uncomfortable just before she let go. This is where he knows he has to put up a wall**. He knows he'll be in trouble if he doesn't.

As mentioned in Branch Closing, Jim knows he'll fall harder for Pam if he's not careful. He doesn't want to open himself up for another heartbreak. Jim doesn't immediately make eye contact with Pam after the hugs ends. He doesn't want her to see his nervousness or any of his feelings. He again tries to hide behind humor by going back to his earlier joke. He likes it that she engages in playful banter with "I know. I don't care." But it's not enough. This time the humor didn't totally alleviate the awkwardness. Cue small talk. He doesn't know what to say after the humor dissipates, so he goes with a neutral and natural statement, "It's good to be back." Interestingly, he makes eye contact with this statement and is smiling kindly at Pam. This is one of his patented "looks," it's just camouflaged with a casual statement. He is clearly still in love with her.

Here's where it gets interesting. Jim next says "The place looks really good." He looks Pam up and down when he says this, but never makes eye contact. He's not talking about the office appearance, he's telling her that she looks really good. Pam actually catches this and says "It's really good to see you, " with the subtext being "so do you." At this point, there is nothing left to say. The awkwardness is still lingering and really neither knows what to do about it.

**Sidebar: Reasons Why Jim Creates a Wall

At this point I feel it's necessary to assess the reasons why Jim is building an emotional wall around himself. It's a little harder to be angry at his cold behavior when these aspects are taken into account.

Jim is obviously happy to see Pam, but he is also wary. He is fully aware of the pitfalls with her. She can be his downfall if he's not careful. Jim knows he'll fall for her again (not to mention he's still not over the last time) and even harder than before. He feels he must stay away or he will get hurt again. It really boils down to protecting himself.

Jim is also reminding himself that she told him "no" three times. Why torture himself? He has to tell himself "she made her choice and it wasn't me." He has to force himself to separate himself from her or he'll be in the same position he was before: In love with someone who can't or doesn't want to be with him.

Finally, he's still hurting from the events of Casino Night. He holds her partially responsible for the way things turned out. He's fully aware that he brought some of it on himself by telling her, but he's also sure he didn't misread the relationship. She just decided not be with him. That kind of rejection stings the most. He doesn't want to set himself up for another rejection, nor does he want to get hurt like that again.

Talking Head:

In Jim's first talking head he is asked where he stands with Pam. He is uncomfortable with the question. Apparently, his wall doesn't just apply to Pam. It applies to the relationship in general. He's decided to disconnect himself from the past as much as possible. As he said in Branch Closing, he's just not ready to face the situation. Part of him just doesn't want to know. He's trying to get away from the relationship.

Jim finally answers that he has no idea where he stands. It's been a while since he's been in the same room with Pam, the separation from her has left him in the dark. FNB has already thrown him for a loop. Plus, the Initiation conversation is confusing in itself. He's still under the impression that she ended the conversation abruptly to get rid of him. Jim takes the safe route and says "we're friends."

This is a comfort zone answer as well as a defense mechanism. He doesn't want to reveal too many of his feelings to the camera. He repeats it with "We've always been friends." This statement has a couple of connotations. First, he's reminding himself of the rejection and that fact that he's never been able to get past this phase in their relationship (except very briefly with the kiss). It's easy to see the pain on his face and hear it in his voice, not to mention a teensy bit of frustration. Second, he's forcing himself to see her as just a friend. He simply can't let himself think about her any other way.

The Desk:

Well, we were pretty much wrong about this one! Surprisingly, Jim really wanted his desk back! Jim is resigned to the fact that he is indeed back in Scranton. He's home. It only makes sense that he would want to create a familiar sense of normalcy by reclaiming his old desk. He needs the comfort associated with his desk to counteract the uncomfortable situation with Pam. Plus, Karen's desk runs directly parallel with his old desk. He wants to be near her.

Oddly enough, the feeling of being an outcast again plagues Jim. When Ryan pushes him out of his desk Jim's face has a Stamfordesque expression of the outcast. He's so thrown off by Ryan's behavior that Jim gets clumsy as he's heading to his new desk. He drops his bag and shuffles over to his new location. Something tells me he won't be there for long. He'll get his old desk back one way or another!

Conference Room:

Jim looks a little uncomfortable with Pam sitting next to him. He's purposely not looking at her and he's turned slightly away from her. He has his hands folded and interlocked on the table, which is not a usual stance for Jim. It's possible that he's nervous and he's trying to look relaxed. Jim is also not talking to Pam, despite the fact that Michael is giving him plenty of reasons to lean over and joke around. He's forcing himself not to.

However, his resolve at silence breaks down as Michael begins the meeting. Jim quietly says "This looks promising" in his usual sarcastic style, but he's careful not to completely direct it at Pam. He doesn't look at her until the very end of the statement. He's saying it to himself, but he can't resist the temptation to say it to Pam at the last minute. Again, old habits die hard. He briefly makes eye contact but it's broken when Karen taps Jim with an offer for gum. Jim looks relieved and thankful for this little rescue. He was in danger of falling into the Pam trap. Karen gave him an escape route.

He forces himself not to return his attention to Pam. His wall is again firmly in place. He again turns his body slightly away from her and more so than before. It almost looks like he's feigning interest in everything Michael is saying an doing. Seriously, when was the last time Jim was so attentive at a meeting? He's obviously using the meeting as an excuse to avoid Pam.

Karen's Voicemail Message:

This scene was tough to watch as it parallels the type of banter that usually passes between Jim and Pam. Karen is now on the receiving end of Jim's playful taunts. He's joking with her the same way he would with Pam. He's compensating for the fact that he can't do this with Pam anymore. Karen is giving him an outlet and a place to go in an office that is crowded with the past. Furthermore, it shows he likes her.

There's been some fierce debates concerning Jim's feelings towards Karen. This scene lends to the argument that he is attracted to her and that he genuinely enjoys her company. (I know JAM fans don't want to hear this, but remember we need Karen in order for JAM to happen! Patience.)

The Break Room:

Jim is a little startled when Pam comes into the conference room. He breaks eye contact immediately after returning her "hey." This situation is exactly what he's trying to avoid. He doesn't want to be alone with her during the workday. He's afraid of not only what might happen, but also losing control of his feelings. She's got him cornered right now and he doesn't like it. His defensive wall is firmly in place.

Pam starts off by asking him about his switch from grape soda to water. Jim immediately jumps at the chance to use humor. This seems to be a recurring tactic! He tells her he's "moving away from that." and that he's "getting into a bottled water phase." He says this very playfully with a bit of sarcasm attached. This is a defensive move to keep the situation light and hide his feelings.

However, there is a second level to this part of the conversation. The writers have cleverly inserted an analogy that foreshadows future events in the episode. The two drinks represent the two women in Jim's life. Grape soda = Pam and bottled water = Karen. Jim makes the statement that he's trying to "move past" grape soda a.k.a. Pam. How true is that? He is trying to move past Pam. He also says he's moving into a "bottled water phase" a.k.a. Karen. Again this mirrors Jim's current activities. Later in the episode we see him getting much closer to Karen in the parking lot and on the phone. It is promising that the word "phase" was used. Karen is just a phase.

Jim responds to Pam's "you've changed so much" with an equally humor tinged "I'm evolving Pam." Again, there is more to this statement than simple humor. He's trying to tell her that he's different and so is their relationship. He is aware that she has an expectation that things will magically return to the way they were before. Her behavior throughout the day has sent him this message. Despite the implications of his statement, notice the expression on his face. He's made eye contact with her and he's wearing another one of those patented "looks," only this time it's disguised in humor. He's well aware that he's slipped a little. He has to remind himself that their relationship must be different and so must he. The wall is about to get stronger and taller.

His realization here gives him the courage to say no to Pam during the next phase of the conversation. Jim is really thrown off by FNB asking him out for coffee. He is at a loss for words as he stumbles with "Oh . . um." He knows exactly what she is doing, but he can't believe it. This is not a "just friends catching up" outing. At this point, Jim is not making steady eye contact and he's fidgeting with his water bottle. He is clearly nervous about how to get out of the situation.

He grabs onto the out of "still unpacking" that Pam supplies in her request. He plays it smart by rephrasing it as "still settling in." At the end of his answer he does give Pam eye contact with a nod. He's begging her to "buy" his excuse. He hoping she won't see right through him. He's relieved that she doesn't press the issue any further. The odd thing is he does want to go, but the wall gets in the way. He had a hard time telling her no. The problem is he's simply not ready to be that close to her. He doesn't trust himself yet. He again breaks eye contact when she leaves the door open for another time. He just doesn't know if there will ever be a "right" time.

Just when Jim thinks he's cleared the hurdle, Michael strolls into the break room and creates an even more awkward situation. Now Jim is cornered on two sides. He's managed to get this far without the past shaking him and Michael could blow it. The last thing Jim needs is Michael dredging up the past. Jim is terrified that Michael will bring up the relationship, even if inadvertently. Jim has managed to maintain control of the situation thus far and he doesn't want to lose that control. He also doesn't want Pam to know that Michael knows as much as he does. Jim tries to keep the mood light with "No, you're not interrupting anything." He's trying to send Michael a message to back off, but of course an oblivious Michael misses it and continues.

Jim sends a stronger message with "Don't." I can almost hear an addition to this in his internal dialogue, "Don't . . . do this to me." He is begging Michael to drop it. The desperation and pain in his voice is readily apparent. He came close to losing it here. He recoils by looking down at the floor. He doesn't dare look at Pam or let her see his face. He doesn't want her to even know he's still hurting. This can be attributed to his ego and pride (we all have it, not just men!). He doesn't want to talk about it or even think about it in this setting. It's too public and Michael is there as well. He is just trying to get through the day without any drama or any more difficulty. It's easy to sense Jim's frustration with himself and the situation as he stares at the floor. Not only is he trying to pull himself together, he also asking himself "Why does she still get to me?"

Jim knows Pam picked up on something during the exchange between Michael and himself. He knows he let some of his emotions slip out. Time for damage control. When he picks up his head he has a happy face and makes direct eye contact. He quickly changes the subject before she can say another word to him. He can tell she wants to say something. It doesn't matter that she is trying to send a humorous non-verbal cue to Jim. Jim can tell she probably wants to talk about Michael, but he doesn't want to chance it. The conversation could easily move towards their relationship again. He doesn't want to talk about it in this setting even if it's on a humorous level. His subject change is also an exit he creates for himself. He tells her he has to get back to work and takes his leave.

Parking Lot #1:

As everyone heads out to the parking lot to inspect their flattened tires, Jim doesn't even look at Pam as he leaves. He is focused on Karen and is probably glad she came up to him. He is still cautiously avoiding Pam. It's also notable that he does not hang out with Pam in the parking lot. There's no camera footage, but it's a safe assumption that he was hanging out with Karen as he walk out with her and was still with her upon returning inside.

Jim was extremely comfortable with Karen rubbing his back. He is at ease and he is smiling at her attention. This scene explains part of Jim's attraction to Karen. He doesn't have to try with her. She gives him attention freely and willingly. There's no guesswork. Pam never gave him this luxury.

Parking Lot #2 (Night):

Another insight into Jim and Karen's relationship is apparent in this scene. They have swapped cell phone numbers. He knew it was her before answering his phone, she's caller ID'd in his phone. Again, he refers to her by her last name, (he did it before in Diwali). This is something Jim has done with Pam as well. He's transferred this to Karen. It's a sign that he likes Karen and he's comfortable with her. He easily agrees to out for drinks with her. This is in sharp contrast to his response to Pam's request for coffee. So why no to Pam, but yes to Karen? It's simple. She's easier to hang out with instead of Pam. He can relax with Karen. There's no emotional baggage accompanied with awkwardness.

Jim is quick to cut Karen off when he sees Pam emerging from the building. His quick response to her presence indicates that he wants to talk to her. He realizes he has to do this. He knows he may have hurt her with his distant behavior throughout the day. He may be wary of her, but he is still very much in love with her. It bothers him that she might have been hurt. On a lighter note, he's very curious about FNB. Her behavior was a little surprising to him. In the back of his mind he's wondering if her behavior means she has feelings for him. Jim decides to take the chance and find out what he can.

As Jim approaches Pam, he's careful to keep his distance. He starts out casually enough with "I though you'd already left." The expression he has on his face is rather interesting. He looks nervous but he's also asking himself why this has to be so difficult. He realizes he has to take his wall down a little bit in order to get the answers he wants. So he steps out on a limb when he says, "I just feel bad. I feel like things were a little weird today." He's being very honest here. He's letting her know that it bothered him that things were awkward. There are however deeper meanings associated with this statement. He's trying to send the message "hey, we need to talk about this." Jim is trying to open up a dialogue about the past to make things a little better for the here and now. He's also telling her that he noticed how different she is. He wants to understand FNB.

On a final, but more personal note, Jim is still deciding if he should pursue things with Karen. He needs to know how Pam feels. He mentioned earlier that he doesn't know where he stands with her. He waits for her to answer, hoping she picked up on the messages he's sent. Pam totally missed it and responds with "What do you mean?" Jim is a little surprised and confused at her response. He's looking at her like, "You didn't feel it?" He totally missed her signal. On the same note, he's perplexed that she didn't pick up on the cues he sent.

However, he's not ready to give up. He digs a little deeper with "I think I should tell you I've sort of starting seeing someone." Jim has multiple motives with this revelation, but none are mean spirited or meant to hurt Pam. He's confused that she won't talk, especially since she was so willing earlier in the day. He doesn't get it that she is frustrated with him. This is his way of prodding her to talk.

On a very innocent level, Jim is again just being honest. He'd rather she find out from him rather than someone else or from simple observation. There is some history between them and he still feels responsible to her. He doesn't want to hurt her. However, the basis of the statement lies primarily with Jim trying to figure out how Pam feels about him. He wants her to give him a reason why he shouldn't pursue a relationship with Karen. The subtext of the statement is "Please tell me where I stand with you." He doesn't understand that she doesn't know either!

Jim didn't just come out and ask her because he learned his lesson in Casino Night. He learned if he totally puts himself on the line, he will get hurt. He's a little more cautious this time. This signifies that he was smart enough to keep his wall partially intact. On a subconscious level, Jim is also probably trying to make Pam a little jealous, but it's important to realize that this is not his primary goal. He knows Pam has a fiery jealous streak, he doesn't want to bring that out at this juncture. Things are already tense enough, there no need to add a jealous fit.

Jim's word choice in his statement is interesting as well. He uses the phrase "sort of," to signify his status. He's letting Pam know that his new relationship is not serious and that he's still here for her if she wants him. The trick being, Pam has to pick up on these cues and she has to tell him straight out how she feels. Her actual response was totally unexpected. She missed every message he sent. She tells him "That's totally cool. You can do whatever you want."

Jim is a little shocked at her answer. He replies "Okay," with the nuance of "I wasn't asking for your permission. That's not what I meant by telling you." He's thrown off that she didn't catch the deeper meaning of his statement. He's also a little hurt that she is so okay with the fact that he's seeing someone. Her response doesn't match her behavior towards him throughout the day. He is completely puzzled.

Pam makes it worse by adding, "We're friends, we'll always be friends." This is the last thing Jim wanted to hear. This has almost the same sting of a rejection. He responds with "Right," which has an interesting tone. It signifies that he is discouraged and has resigned to the perception that this is how she feels. He feels like he put himself out there and was again shot down. Luckily, he had his wall partially in place or this would have been devastating.

He is frustrated that he can't get Pam to talk about the relationship past friendship status. He's confident that he sensed she felt more for him. His "right" is also dripping in guy sarcasm with a double meaning of "you've got to be kidding me." He can't believe she still won't open up to him. He cracks a smile and slightly laughs to himself out of frustration, disbelief, and the fact that he is completely dumbfounded by the situation, "Geez, she still won't talk about it. What else can I do?" Pam seals the deal with her casual "Good to have you back." Jim responds in kind, but he can't shake his confusion and befuddlement with what just transpired.

As he walks away he's still confused and even a little bit hurt that she was so closed off to him. Just before he reaches his car he does a facial shrug, in conjunction with his confused state. He still has no idea where he stands; he's still in limbo. He still can't reconcile her dialogue with her behavior from earlier. Guy sarcasm makes an appearance again as there is a bit of "whatever" in his expression. He is frustrated and she reminded him of why he put his wall up in the first place. His goal of smoothing things over has failed miserably.

Despite the miscues and miscommunication, Jim did get one of his questions answered. This exchange has given him the resolve to pursue a relationship with Karen. Pam has given him a signal that she is not open to him. Karen is someone who wants to be with him, it makes sense for him to go to her. He has to do what is best for him at this stage.

As mentioned in The Pam Dichotomy S3, this conversation is wrought with missed non-verbal cues and confusion. Pam and Jim have lost some of their ability to communicate beyond the spoken word. This leads to massive miscommunication on both ends. Neither understands what the other is trying to say.

- - -

Questions To Ponder:

1. Is Jim's distant behavior understandable? (Are you mad at him?)

2. Did Jim do the right thing by telling Pam he was seeing someone?

3. Should Jim have just asked Pam how she felt instead of relying on innuendo? Should he have told her how he felt? What prevented him from doing so?

4. Should Jim tell Karen about Pam?

5. What will it take to alleviate the communication barriers between Jim and Pam?

6. What will it take for Jim to take down his wall? Is his wall restricted to Pam or will Karen be up against it as well?

- - -

Jim's wall made him very difficult to read. Pam wasn't the only one having problems! I must give snaps to my husband. He helped me a little bit with the last parking lot scene. He was fabulous enough to stop playing his computer game and offer his assistance. He corroborated many of my notes, but he also had some interesting additions. Thank him for the "guy sarcasm" phrase!

It was obvious in The Merger that Jim was uncomfortable with the awkwardness that ensued between himself and Pam. He managed to escape it most of the day by hiding behind his wall. However, once he spoke with Pam in the parking lot it became painfully clear that he is unable to accept the awkwardness. He doesn't want it to be this way with Pam, despite all the pain and hurt of the past. The fact of the matter is both of them are hurting and Jim has recognized that the void between them is causing much of the pain. He realizes he may have inadvertently hurt Pam with his standoffish behavior. It stands to reason that he wants to somewhat bridge the gap, so that both may heal.

Last week's parking lot scene helps to explain Jim's rather surprising behavior towards Pam in The Convict. It was completely unexpected for him to prank Pam and engage in non-verbal behavior! The only conclusion is that Jim didn't put his wall all the way back up after the parking lot conversation. He's opening up to the realization that Pam is "missing" in his life. He's realized he can't continue to block her out, because it's not what he really wants. It's important to point out here that he's thinking in terms of friendship. He's not consciously ready to contemplate anything beyond that as his heart is still broken.

His self-preservation model is simply changing. He's only going to block Pam partially. He's looking to let the friendship back in, while blocking the past and protecting his heart. The key here is that the all or nothing mentality of Casino Night is no longer in play. Jim has "evolved" past this line of thinking, at least for now.

This will be broken down scene by scene once again with exception to The Prank. The Prank is so complex that it will be broken down into methodical categories, but it will still follow the chronological sequence of the episode.

At the Copy Machine:

Jim finds himself in a very uncomfortable situation while making copies. At first, he's yawning and very relaxed. That all changes when Karen comes up next to him. His posture stiffens and he becomes very aware that Pam is watching him. His nervousness is subtle but his slight fidgeting gives him away. It's not fully known if Jim knows that Pam is aware of his status with Karen. However, based on his overlapping talking head (see below) it's safe to assume he thinks she doesn't know. Jim's body language backs up this supposition. He purposely acts casual and nonchalant so as to not give any clues that he is with Karen. He makes little eye contact with Karen and none with Pam. He's also careful to keep conversation minimal and simple. It appears he's going out of his way to make sure Pam doesn't find out quite yet.

Oddly enough, his body language also points to the fact that he doesn't want Karen to know about Pam, (namely his lack of eye contact with Pam). The fact that Pam is watching makes him act almost too nonchalantly around Karen. Karen seemed a little confused by Jim's lack of animation around her. Karen has absolutely no idea what she walked into! (Even if you don't like her, have a little compassion for her. She has no idea that she's dealing with JAM!)

Another reason for Jim's nervousness lies with his actual physical position. Karen is on one side and Pam is on the other, with him right in the middle. He looks pretty anxious to get out of the situation, but that copy machine seems to have slowed to a snails pace for Jim! Jim is afraid if he hangs around Karen in the office too much (especially around Pam), the awkwardness between them will become worse.

Talking Head (Overlapping Copy Machine Scene):

Jim refuses to talk openly about seeing Karen. There are a number reasons why Jim is so tightlipped about his status. The camera crew has already asked him about Pam in The Merger. He was uncomfortable talking about her then, so it he might be a little worried that a question about Karen will lead to a question about Pam. He doesn't want to talk about Pam until he has a better understanding of where he stand with her.

Another thing to remember, is that Jim has never really talked about his relationships. He only talked about Katy briefly and never said a word about Brenda. His refusal to talk about Karen follows the same trend. However, it is important to note that his silence has everything to do with Pam. This instance is no different. This talking head overlapped his experience at the copy machine. He simply doesn't want Pam to know yet. He is sensitive to the fact that things between them are strained and very awkward. Her reaction to his "seeing someone" statement in the parking lot has been bothering him. From his perspective, he doesn't want to flaunt his new relationship in front of Pam. He knows this will cause even more awkwardness and tension. Besides, he doesn't want to hurt her. If he's not ready to open up to Pam about Karen, he's not exactly ready to share details with the camera crew!

On a deeper level, Jim's silence has another dimension. Jim is unsure if he's doing the right thing by seeing Karen. Karen seems to be the most rational and logical route for him to take. Pam turned him down, thus he's supposed to move one. The problem is he's still emotionally invested in Pam and emotionally unavailable to Karen (or really anyone else.). He's stuck in limbo and doesn't know what to do. This is creating a huge amount of discomfort. He is again slightly fidgeting during the talking head, only this time it's "facial fidgeting." His eyes are all over the place. He's not looking directly into the camera like he normally does, rather his head moves to the side and back again a couple of times.

This can be attributed to his shy attitude towards talking about his relationships, but it points more directly to the internal conflict he is facing. He really looks like he questioning himself, "Am I doing the right thing?" Not only is this in regards to Pam, but also Karen. He has, after all, started a relationship with someone, despite the fact that hasn't totally let go of Pam. Just as Pam is experiencing self doubt, so is Jim, (see The Pam Dichotomy S3 for the rundown on Pam's self doubt).

His facial fidgeting can also be traced back to his feelings for Pam. Looking back on seasons 1 and 2, Jim always shied away from the camera in talking heads when things got a little too "Pam heavy." It is his way of reminding himself to keep those feelings hidden. The same thing is happening here. Only this time he's pushing his feelings down because of his relationship status and not Pam's.

At one point in his monologue, Jim mentions that he worried about his new relationship would effect how people behaved around them. He's not worried about "people," he's worried about Pam. For the same reasons outlined above, but also because he's got a subconscious need to keep the door open to Pam. He doesn't want to shut her out completely anymore. He still loves her, even though he's telling himself not to. He's not consciously aware of it, but a small part of the reason he's trying to keep Karen a secret is to buy time to figure out where he stands with Pam.

The end of Jim's talking includes a peculiar " not . . . yet." This can again be associated with Pam for all the same reasons listed above, but there is another level. Jim isn't exactly sure where his relationship with Karen is going to go yet, (this also links back to his question of doing the right thing). As he mentioned it's all still very new. Jim is taking on this new relationship with a great amount of caution. He has an understandable fear of getting hurt. He obviously going to proceed with carefully. Interestingly, he doesn't seem to be exhibiting any "new relationship" giddiness, (as JAM fans rejoice). He's more nervous and leery. His "not yet," has a subtext of "I just don't know, yet." Why speculate on something that involves so much uncertainty and confusion?

Jim's Pranks Intro:

This probably the most complicated set of scenes I've attempted to analyze. This wins hands down over Jim and Karen's conversation in Branch Closing. Even though its been commonly referred to as "the prank" thus far, it's imperative to note that there are actually two pranks. The first prank is getting Andy to ask Pam out and the second is the banjo serenade. Yes, they link as part of a running joke, but it is necessary to analyze them separately in order to understand all the dimensions of Jim's motives. Here goes nothing . . .

Prank #1:

Motives:

Jim's prank on Pam not only happens due to random events, but also for much deeper reasons. Jim has been back for at least a week, yet he is still perplexed by the awkwardness and tension that exists between himself and Pam. As mentioned earlier the parking lot incident is still bothering him. He doesn't like the "weirdness," that is characterizing their relationship (or friendship, or whatever). This is also rooted in the fact that Jim still feels lost despite returning home to Scranton. He's realizing that he feels lost because Pam is "missing" in his life. Hence, the newly renovated self-preservation model.

When Andy calls Jim looking for advice on how to hit on Pam, Jim is presented with an unparalleled opportunity to reconnect with Pam. He's been trying to figure out a way to bridge the gap. The parking lot conversation did not got well, so innuendo, non-verbal cues, or even a touch of honesty are excluded as options. Andy gives him an incredibly logical course of action: humor.

Humor has been a fixture in their relationship from the start. He's already utilized this tactic this season in the Initiation conversation as both a self defense mechanism and as a reconnecting factor. Jim knows that he's responsible for much of the current awkwardness. He knows his cold shoulder behavior the first day back has caused some tension. Initiating a prank is Jim's way of not only alleviating some of the awkwardness and tension, but it's also a way to attempt a reconnection between them with minimal emotional risk. If it doesn't work, all his motives will be masked by the humor. This is like a "stealth" covert operation with Andy as the shield.

Just as humor as been a connecting factor throughout seasons 1 and 2, so have pranks. This is a possible "win-win-win" situation for Jim. He gets to mess with Andy's head, possibly reconnect with Pam, and get a really good laugh.

Andy's Phone call:

When Andy first mentions Pam as a possible hook-up, Jim is momentarily protective. It's possible to see a flicker of "No, not her" on his face. That quickly dissipates and the above motives start running through his head. As he turns around and looks at her, he knows he's found his platform to reconnect. Once he's facing his desk again, he's wearing his patented impish grin, "Oh this is perfect." It's bold, yet subtle enough to maintain his self-preservation. Plus, it's a two shot prank guaranteed to be loads of fun.
Oddly, he gives the camera a quick glance after telling Andy he should go for it with Pam. Jim is a little worried, the camera "caught" him in his plan to play with Pam. He's still very self-conscious about his feelings for her. He may be worried that some of them slipped out.

Prank Dynamics:

The structure of this prank is mind-boggling! The first major facet of the prank comes from examining Jim and Pam's prior prank pattern. Jim is usually the one who initiates a prank and Pam follows as his accomplice. Their joint prank ventures are always carried out on a third party. Many times the victim isn't even aware of the prank (namely Dwight's resume on the internet), and consequently an inside joke is created. Jim's prank in The Convict detracts from this pattern. Jim has NEVER played a prank on Pam. Never. The closest he ever got to pranking her was in "Michael's Birthday," when he convinced her to talk into the microphone while shopping at Rite-Aid. But, this is better classified as teasing, not a prank.

Jim's decision to prank Pam has roots in his initial motives, but there's also a new dimension to add to his reasons. The fact he's pranking her for the very first time will send a huge message to Pam. It's letting her know he wants to start over, fresh and new. By breaking the previous prank pattern he's establishing a new standard of friendship, "Look, we can't go back to the way it was before, but we can start over." This showcases his new self preservation model. He's not initially approaching her about pranking someone else as that would be too reminiscent of the past, (a place both are not ready to face). Making Pam the target creates a focus on the future. Pranking her will also serve as an attention getting device.

It was incredibly noticeable that Pam has backed off following the many disappointments of The Merger. Jim has noticed as well. Only he attributes this to his cold shoulder behavior. He feels bad and wants to make up for it. This is partially why he has remained bothered about the parking lot conversation. From his perspective, he needs to reawaken her willingness to rekindle the friendship. The bottom line is Jim knows that pranks are something they both love. It's connected them in the past and it will reconnect them now.

The second facet of the prank is rooted in the Jim's creative use of a third party. This is where the "stealth" characteristic of the prank takes it's shape. At first it appears that Andy is Jim's primary target with Pam as the secondary target. This is however not the case. It's an easy mistake to make considering the previous prank pattern established in seasons 1 and 2 usually pitted Jim and Pam against a third party. Seeing as Jim is initiating a prank with a new dynamic, obviously the third party takes on a new role. This time, a third party (Andy) and Jim are taking on Pam. To make it even more complicated Andy is an unwitting accomplice while being a secondary target at the same time. So why create this dynamic? It's really quite simple! Jim is using Andy as a shield in this prank, just in case he's not successful in achieving a reconnection with Pam. He can always hide behind the humor of pranking Andy.

Furthermore, Andy is a shield against Karen seeing Jim's motives with Pam, (he actually uses this tactic later in the episode). The use of a third party shield is not a new concept for JAM. Throughout seasons 1 and 2 the victims of their pranks were the humor that masked Jim and Pam's feelings for one another. The same concept is simply manifesting itself in a new way. Aside from the stealth aspect of Andy's involvement, he does serve another purpose. Jim needs a third party to pull off this prank because he is emotionally unable to approach Pam on his own. The parking lot incident created a fear of one on one encounters. He needed Andy as a crutch to find the courage and pathway to reconnect with Pam. There is another goal associated with the third party dynamic, but this doesn't become clear until the banjo serenade extension of the prank.

Talking Head #2 - Prank Set-Up:

In Jim's second talking head he's busy laying the groundwork for his prank. It's here that we know the prank is more about Pam, not Andy. He never even mentions Andy's name. Jim is beaming as he explains how well he knows Pam. "Knowing" Pam brings an immense amount of comfort to Jim. It helps him to feel a connection that has been missing since he left Scranton and during his return. He doesn't have this connection right now so he's grabbing at anything he can.

Jim almost looks a little nostalgic and hopeful when he says, "One of the things she likes pranks." Again, it's possible to see Jim's motives running through his head (see above). Jim is really optimistic that this prank will alleviate some of the awkwardness. The talking head ends with Jim saying "more importantly, I know what she hates." It's obvious Jim loves setting up pranks as much as pulling them off. He almost can't wait to see Pam's face. This same expression show up in the break room with Andy, although its much more subtle. Jim works his magic on Andy by feeding him all of Pam's hates. Jim is having way too much fun messing with Andy's head. Andy is simply icing on Jim's prank cake. It's great to have Jim back in Scranton, isn't it?

End of Prank Face:

Once Andy gives Jim a smack on the arm, Jim knows the prank has been carried out with perfection. He slowly spins around to face Pam. The reason he spins so slowly is to give Pam a few seconds to figure out not only his involvement in the prank but also to pinpoint some of his motives for pulling it.

He then flashes her that adorable face, that of course has multiple connotations, (excuse me while I squeal with delight. That was the cutest face ever!). The "gotcha" and "yup, it was me" aspects are the most obvious and dominant. However, Jim is sending Pam some hidden messages via non-verbal communication. He's not telling her what he wants as much as he is asking her "What do you think? Friends? I know I said I couldn't do the friend thing, but I've changed my mind. It doesn't have to be weird between us." They way he tilts his head adds a "puppy dog" aspect to his request. He's making himself look as harmless and open as possible, (honestly, how can Pam refuse this!). There's almost a sense of pleading, albeit playful in nature, in his face that's telling her, "Please. I need this."

He has sent a strong message to Pam by instigating the prank, he sent her non-verbal cues, and he's letting her know the door is open. The look Pam gave him in return, was likely all he needed to affirm that some of his motives have been fulfilled.

Prank #2 - Banjo Serenade

Motives & Dynamics:

The banjo serenade is different from the first prank in that it didn't happen by chance. Jim got lucky the first time with Andy's phone call. The first prank just happened to fall in his lap. All he had to do was run with it. Jim could've let the first prank stand on it's own, but he decides to take it a step further. Jim planned ahead for this prank, (again he's sending a big message to Pam by taking the initiative).

The motives behind this prank are very different from the first. He's pretty sure Pam picked on his non-verbal messages, but he wants to take their newly reestablished connection for a spin and make it stronger. He needs to elevate her as a prank accomplice. His intent with this prank is to created a new inside joke between himself and Pam. They need something new to share that is just between them. This all goes back to implementing a fresh start.

On an interesting tangent he's creating a new start that highlights all the positives of their past friendship. This part of the past is a safe place for both of them. In order to do this he has to play another prank on Pam, but he has to make it big enough so that she can figure out that she is actually in on the joke and not just a target. Therefore, Andy will again become Jim's third party and unwitting accomplice. Jim grabs Andy and convinces him to sing to Pam in a "sexy falsetto voice" with banjo accompaniment. This is a grand enough prank for Pam to catch on right away that Jim put Andy up to it and she will hopefully recognize Jim's intent.

Jim with Karen:

Jim finds himself in tough situation once Karen overhears Andy telling Jim he's going to get his banjo out of the car. Jim tells Karen that he's "messing with Andy." He goes on to explain that he's giving Andy terrible information about "all" of the women in the office. Jim is telling a little fib. Pam is the only one in which he's given Andy false information. However, Jim is careful not to tell Karen that. Jim is again using Andy has his shield. Only this time Andy is being used to hide Jim's true motives with Pam from Karen. The reasons behind this are understandable. He doesn't want to have to explain Pam to Karen quite yet. He also doesn't want to risk Karen seeing any of his repressed emotions. That would kill his new relationship dead in the water. Granted, he's still not sure about Karen, but he's also not ready to throw in the towel.

After Karen tells Jim she wants in, Jim's face drops. His inner thoughts are plastered all over his face, "No. This is between me and Pam." If Karen joins in the prank, all of Jim's motives for this prank will become null and void. If Karen gets involved, the creation of a new inside joke is impossible. Her involvement could also cancel out the connection that sparked during the initial prank. Jim and Pam's reconnection is pretty fragile at this point. The awkwardness between himself and Pam could not only reappear, but it could get stronger.

Jim is reluctant to tell Karen that Pam is "the target." In his eyes, she is not just a target, (see dynamics above). His shies away from eye contact with Karen. He again doesn't want any of his motives or feelings regarding Pam to slip out. He stumbles for words, but eventually reveals that Pam was going to be his target. He recovers and tactfully steers Karen away from Pam, by alluding to setting up a different prank on someone else. Karen doesn't suspect a thing due to Jim's casual demeanor, (I guess all those years of practice of hiding his feelings for Pam finally came in handy.).

Conference Room:

Although Jim is sitting next to Karen, he is connecting with Pam. During Michael's "performance" as Prison Mike, Jim attempts a non-verbal communication with Karen, but she doesn't respond. It didn't really bother him, but nonetheless, it's noticeable that he didn't connect with her. Later in Michael's performance Pam initiates non-verbal communication with Jim. Interestingly, his head is already turned towards her as if he was waiting for her to make contact. He is delighted that she made the first move. This is another huge confirmation that his initial prank worked. His smile was indicative of Michael's antics, but it also indicated the he was clearly happy to have some level of non-verbal communication back. This communication tells Jim that some of the awkwardness is gone. In addition, Jim is further encouraged to pull his second prank.

Andy's Banjo Serenade:

The level of Jim's satisfaction cannot possibly be measured as Andy plucks his banjo and hits those high notes for Pam. As Pam smiles in Jim's direction, the camera pans over to Jim's highly satisfied face. Not only was he successful in pulling off another hilarious prank, but he was also successful in his motives. He knows Pam is aware that he's behind her lovely serenade. I like to think he knows she's smiling at him even though he's not facing her.

His face changes again into an adorable smile and smirk, (excuse me while I calm my goose bumps). He's trying to hold in the laughter. He knows he got her good, and Andy as well. But he also knows that he's accomplished the goal of making her an accomplice. Pam and Jim now have a new inside joke. He's already laughing at it with her. Awwww. This is an indicator that some of the awkwardness between them has dissipated, or at the very least is on hold.

Jim's face also conveys a sense of returning home. This is the first time he's truly felt at home and in his element in a very long time. In regards to Pam, he didn't look as lost or confused in those last few seconds. Things felt a little more normal. She is no longer "missing" in his life.

As with Pam, we must be careful how much optimism we shower on this moment. All the tension and awkwardness cannot possibly be erased by a couple of pranks. But, its a good sign!

The Paradox:

The paradoxical elements of Jim's behavior are easy to assess! Jim still has his wall up, but at the same time he has lowered it considerably. He's adjusted his self-preservation model to include Pam; the very person in which he's trying to protect himself. He recognizes the fact that he needs Pam in his life, but he is also careful to keep the past in the past. It's interesting how he's rekindling a friendship with so much history after spending so much time trying to forge a new future for himself. Jim is also still waging a war between his head and his heart. He is literally pushing himself to be with Karen, while he can't help but naturally be pulled to Pam. It's safe to say that Jim is in limbo. He's being pulled in two different directions. He still has to figure out what he wants and what he's willing to sacrifice to get it.

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1. What are the strengths and weaknesses of Jim and Pam's reconnection? Will it last?

2. Can we classify either of Jim's pranks as flirting?

3. Will Jim prank Pam again? If so, what kind of motives would another prank entail?

4. Does Karen have a clue about JAM yet? What lead you to your conclusion?

5. Is Jim doing the right thing by seeing Karen? Is Jim being fair to Karen?

6. In conjunction with The Pam Dichotomy, this question must be asked! Is it appropriate for Jim to give Pam a Christmas gift? If so, what should he give her? (Try to answer from Jim's perspective. I know it's awfully tempting to divert, seeing as we all have fantasies about what we'd like to see!)

On a final note, did anyone else notice how good Jim looked in those gray pants? Wowser! Shallow I know, but he looked hot.

Jim is so lost and confused he's in a perpetual state of flux. Honestly, he doesn't know what he wants or what he should do. Jim is starting to become more consciously aware of his own paradox. The origin of Jim's confusion lies with his fear, which in itself is paradoxical. In particular his old fears are starting to be more prominent in his current behavior pattern. In the original Jim Paradox, Jim's fear is addressed in argument #3 under "Jim as a Variable." Those same fears (with the exception of Roy) are inhibiting Jim from acting honestly on his feelings. Furthermore, it is propagating Jim's hot and cold attention to Pam.

The fear paradox is based on the principal that Jim is afraid of getting hurt again, yet he is also afraid of losing Pam once more. The pain of losing her the first time was enough to strike a debilitating blow to his heart and emotional confidence. The result is emotional inaction and avoidance. It's the only way to keep the pain from attacking him on two sides. Thus the paradox, he's too afraid to make another bold move or fully admit his feelings, but he's also afraid to make a clean break and walk away.

Aside from fear, the paradox is manifesting in other ways as well. Jim is also fighting an internal battle between is heart and his head. This has been ongoing since Jim left for Stamford. This aspect of his emotional bewilderment is more apparent now more than ever. Ever since Jim returned to Scranton he's been fighting the impulse to revert to past behaviors in regards to Pam.

Returning back to fear, he is afraid of facing the pain of the past. His fear of the past gives him the courage to convince himself he's doing the right thing in moving on with someone else. However, his heart just won't let him forget Pam or how he feels about her. The paradox in this is rooted in Jim's inability to halt his reversion to past behaviors. He's adamant about evolving and moving on with Karen, but he's slowly starting to relapse into his old ways. It's essentially a fight between facing the past and Jim's sense of self-preservation.

Pam's Gift:

Jim is a little discombobulated by Pam's request for him to approach her desk. He keeps it well hidden, but he is a little uncomfortable and confused. Any contact with her summons Jim's internal struggles. He still hasn't fully figured out how Pam fits in his life. Pam's whispering initially has Jim believing Pam needs him for a serious matter. He has a dead serious expression on his face to match her whispering until she mentions she has a Christmas gift for him. A smile sneaks onto Jim's face. He is surprised that FNB got him a gift. He is truly touched that despite all that has happened she still thought to give him something. His smile is letting her know that he thinks she's sweet for doing this.

However, he is also nervous beyond all comprehension. His smile is cut short by this spurt of nervousness. He worried that the gift could bring up some painful emotions and the past. Last year's teapot is rolling through his mind. On another level, a little pang of guilt is hidden behind that smile from the fact that he didn't get her a gift. This isn't necessarily a JAM related response, but rather the normal human response of feeling bad for not having a gift for someone who gives a gift.

As Pam goes on to tell Jim about her CIA prank on Dwight, Jim is delighted. He is surprised and impressed by FNB's prank. Another smile sneaks out as he takes the folder. He is truly enjoying the contents of the file as he pages through it. He is again impressed by FNB's prank as it resembles something he would do. Jim can't help but smile again when Pam gives her gift of picking Dwight's mission. Her gift is perfect. This smile has a different connotation than the previous. He loves the gift and her for thinking of it. At the same time it scares him that she still knows him so well.

This is where Jim starts to become aware he still loves Pam. It's just starting to slip into conscious awareness from the recesses of his subconscious. Furthermore, his defense of denial is temporarily out of commission. Jim actually gives one of his patented longing looks directly at Pam. It's so fleeting it's probably better classified as a "mini-look," but nonetheless he can't help himself. Jim is incredibly tempted to accept Pam's gift.

Everything he's wanted for so long is right in front of him. Too bad his fear clouds his ability to get past the pain. Quite frankly, the temptation itself knocks a wallop of fear into Jim. Jim is all too aware that he let too much slip with that smile. Jim's fear starts to take over as a result. Pam did not scare him away from accepting the gift, Jim scared himself away. He was reminded of one of the reasons why he loves her and that scares him to death. He let his guard down and he let himself get too close to Pam. Beckoning back to the fear paradox, Jim is afraid of getting hurt again and of his feelings for Pam. Thus causing him to keep his distance.

Jim's self preservation mechanism kicks into gear as he scurries to come up with an excuse as to why he can't accept her gift. The promotion is as good an excuse as any, and quite believable. Plus, it allows him to avoid any conversation about the past or his feelings. In addition, it wouldn't hurt her feelings as badly. He chooses his words carefully, and tells her "I just don't think I should be doing stuff like this anymore." The word "stuff" actually has a subtext, but this doesn't become apparent until his subsequent talking head. Essentially, he's telling Pam he can't do this with her. Jim then looks at her with a "please buy it" in reference to his excuse. He doesn't want to have to explain himself any further.

Part of the reason for Jim's rejection also lies in the general construct of the prank. Pam is the one who initiated the prank. For Jim, this is a little overwhelming. In The Convict he had control over the prank and the overall situation. He could keep Pam as far or as close as he chose. In this instance, Pam has the control. This is a little shocking to Jim as Pam has never really done anything on this scale prank wise. However, its more of an emotional issue, as he wants to maintain control of the distance between himself and Pam. As in The Merger, Jim isn't ready to go back to the previous friendship that Pam attempted to reestablish. For Jim, this prank feels too much like Pam is trying to bring him to the past.

Jim is actually reluctant to give the folder back to Pam. She practically has to ask for it back. He's very hesitant to walk away from Pam and the gift. Jim's innate sense of humor makes it even more difficult to walk away. Pam has just offered him a golden opportunity to mess with Dwight and he has to refuse it. Furthermore, he really loves the gift and wants to accept it. His fears just got the best of him. He gives her another little smile as he starts to walk away. Again, its not just a smile, as Jim laces it with deeper meaning. He can't come right out and say it, but he does muster up the courage to send her a non-verbal message. He's telling her he loved it and how sweet she was to think of him. Lastly, he's telling her he wishes he could pull the prank with her, but he just can't.

Talking Head:

Jim is clearly shaken by his encounter with Pam. It stirred up a myriad of emotions he's been trying to keep under wraps. So he enacts another defense mechanism by again convincing himself that moving on is the best course of action. This is the common avoidance tactic Jim uses to hide from the pain of the past. If he talks about the present and the future, the past "magically" disappears and so does the attached pain. The here and now he's created for himself is like a giant band-aid. He's still trying to convince himself that it's in his best interest to move on with Karen and get over Pam. In effect, he's searching for some justification for his rejection of Pam's gift.

Jim's statement "If I fall back into doing the things I used to . . .," has a direct correlation to the statement, "I just don't think I should be doing stuff like this anymore." These two statements share the same subtext. The words "stuff" and "things" are referring to Pam and his feelings for her. This is his way of talking about it without having to fully admit he still has feelings for Pam to himself or anyone else. His denial barrier has been partially reconstructed. These statements can also be interpreted as a reference to his old prankster days. In all likelihood, this is the interpretation he wants to believe for himself. However, Jim totally gives himself away with his next statement of "What am I doing?"

This is highly indicative of Jim's complete and utter confusion. He has absolutely no idea what he is doing. Jim is starting to become aware of his own paradox. He's beginning to admit to himself that he still has feelings for Pam, and at the same time he's reviewing his relationship with Karen. He starting to realize she's a rebound. This is really the first time he's really admitted to himself that his plan of moving on isn't exactly working. His facial expressions showcase the further desperation and confusion that plagues his thoughts as he digests these new realizations. He can't possibly move on if he's still harboring feelings from the past. He's even more lost now than he was before. At the end of his talking head he seems to be internalizing that question again, "Geez, what am I doing?" Sorry, Jim you'll have to figure that out for yourself!

Pam & Karen:

Jim is further thrown off kilter by the budding friendship between Pam and Karen. His reaction to Pam and Karen can be summed up in one word: nervous. The camera focuses on him when Pam is at Karen's desk and during the party flier situation. Both instances showed Jim looking very antsy and nervous at the prospect of these two hanging out. Jim knows this can mean heaps of trouble for him. He's been very careful about keeping them separate. Presumably, he hasn't really told either about the other, with the exception of telling Pam he's seeing someone. However, he was careful not to mention Karen's name. He's most likely still under the impression Pam doesn't know he's seeing Karen. Jim knows, just like everyone else, that women talk about everything. More likely than not, he is bound to come up in conversation. This does not bode well for his relations with either woman.

While Pam is at Karen's desk it's important to notice that he's not looking at Karen, he's looking at Pam. He's trying to figure out why she is talking to Karen. In the flier scene, Jim clearly does not like what he sees, but he realizes he can't stop it. He can't tell them not to be friends. That would be an even bigger indication to both of them that something is up. Instead, he has to take the more difficult road of waiting to see what happens, (with his fingers crossed). This attitude is reinforced in a talking head following the flier scene. Jim deals with the development with low key sarcasm. He pretty much means the exact opposite of everything he says. Especially with his reference that everyone wants the Stamford and Scranton people to come together. The last thing he wanted was for Pam and Karen to be friends.

Despite Jim's issues with Pam and Karen's friendship, he does find a way to use humor to ease his frustration with the situation. His establishment of the Validity Committee serves a dual function. First, it's meant to relieve Pam and Karen of Dwight. Secondly, it's his way of giving in to the fact that they are friends. He can't do anything about it, so he has to make the best of it.

Lunch at Benihana's:

Although the scenes at Benihana's have seemingly little to do with JAM, they are indeed loaded with insights into Jim's pysche. Michael's broken heart actually parallels Jim's broken heart. Michael is simply personifying everything Jim is feeling on the inside. This would probably be obvious to Jim if he wasn't hiding behind his veil of humor. Jim retreats into his own little world as Michael babbles on and on about his failed relationship and broken heart.

Jim doesn't really contribute anything to the "Carol" conversation. Instead, he entertains himself with a steady stream of pranks on Dwight. This behavior is a reversion to his past self defense mechanisms. Pranks on Dwight was always a way to escape dealing with his heartache and feelings in regards to Pam. The head vs. heart aspect of the paradox is in full swing here. Jim and Michael are both feeling variations of the same pain, only Michael is willing to lay it all out on the table. Jim is trying to numb his pain by finding ways to avoid it. He outright refuses to deal with it head on. Take a hint Jim! Hiding from it doesn't make it go away.

Later, Jim tries defend his pranks on Dwight as being different from Pam's CIA prank. When he's unable to come up with a viable argument he relents and admits that his pranks are pretty much the same thing. With this admission, Jim is actually starting to recognize his own defense mechanism. As daunting as this is, Jim needs to do this. He can't break down his wall and face his feelings, fears or his pain until he realizes how he's avoiding the situation. When he stubbornly disagrees that his pranks are not the same thing and then says, "this is more like a . . ." he seems to have a moment of clarity. He's starting to understand his underlying motives for pranking Dwight.

As a result of the admission Jim has another realization to add to the day's collection. Jim is having to own up to the fact that he hasn't "evolved" as much he wants to believe he has. He's still the same old Jim with the same old pain. Of course, Jim uses humor to mask this by laughing at himself for trying to talk his way out of the obvious similarities between his and Pam's pranks. Too bad he didn't notice his self defense mechanism in this instance!

Gift Exchange with Karen:

The status of Jim and Karen's relationship is wrought with mystery. There's no clear indication of how serious Jim is about Karen. His resolve to keep the relationship relatively quiet appears to remain in effect. However, their gift exchange does give minute clues on the relationship. The gifts Jim and Karen exchange are actually duplicates of the same DVD. Apparently, the movie, "Bridget Jones: The Edge of Reason" is part of an inside joke as both smile knowingly when the title is revealed. This indicates that there is a connection between them. They spend enough time together to develop "inside" relationship characteristics. The gifts are casual in nature as nothing overly sentimental or personal is given. The relationship is still very new and apparently is moving very slowly.

Casual gifts can also be attributed to the relationship starting so close to the holidays. There's always a fine line of gift giving in the beginning of a new relationship. Both sides opted for small gifts that don't send too strong a signal. The location of the exchange is also significant. Despite Jim's insistence on keeping the relationship quiet, gifts are exchanged at work and not in private. Jim still hasn't made up his mind about Karen. He doesn't want to give her an indication that the relationship is more serious than it actually is. Hence, the neutral location of the office for Christmas gifts. Exchanging in public erases any possibility of the relationship progressing before Jim is ready.

An extremely casual hug follows the exchange. The basis for this aloof contact can be attributed to the reasons listed above. The public nature of the exchange plays a lot into Jim and Karen's choice to simply hug. If Jim is resolute in keeping the relationship somewhat quiet, it stands to reason that Karen is on the same page. Anything more than a hug would clue everyone in that they are dating. The theory that Jim is trying to make Pam jealous really has no basis in that there's no indication Jim knows she was watching. There was no camera catch of him looking in her direction. If he was truly trying to make her jealous he would be looking for her reaction. Much of Jim's seemingly relaxed state in this scene emanates from his avoidance tactic of the giant band-aid. He's not thinking about Pam while he's with Karen. This is a momentary safe haven from the emotional anguish he's dealt with throughout the day.

Rebound Speech:

Michael's broken hearted angst is enough to cause Jim to offer some comfort. Just as in the Benihana scenes, Michael is emulating Jim's internal emotions. Jim is noticeably a little more uncomfortable, mainly because he is able to identify with Michael's current emotional state on a more consciously aware level. He feels Michael's pain personally. Due to his own fears and insecurities with this pain he again reverts to the familiar escape of humor. He makes fun of Michael by highlighting the relationship only lasted 3 hours.

When Michael calls him on his teasing, Jim is immediately snapped back to the reality of his situation. Michael offers another mode of humor with his "arm marking" story and Jim seems thankful for the escape. But this escape is short lived as Michael asks the key question, "Why do I feel like crap?" Jim knows the answer due to his earlier talking head. Jim feels like "crap" as well and his earlier partial rebound awareness is now fully understood. Jim's speech is just as much to himself as it is to Michael. This is another example of Jim becoming aware of his own paradox. He refers to a rebound as a "really fun distraction." He is clearly referring to this relationship with Karen in this instance. As much as he's trying to have a real relationship with her, she is really just distracting his attention away from his feelings and fears that pertain to Pam. Before, he had himself convinced that he could "start over" with Karen.

The fact that he's now aware that Karen really only amounts to a fun distraction could have a couple of possible outcomes. First, he might feel guilty for leading her on and will end the relationship. Earlier episodes show that Jim really does like Karen. She is a good match for him, but she is not Pam. Jim will feel bad for the fact that Karen will inevitably get hurt in this scenario. Second, he might try even harder to make it work in order to get past the "fun distraction" aspect of the relationship. Nobody wants to believe they are capable of hurting someone they care about. The impact of Jim's realization will likely be a combination of the two. He'll probably hang onto Karen as long as he can, ( to prolong his own escape and put off hurting her), and then let her go before his feelings for Pam completely overwhelm him.

Jim gives a little more insight to his personal pain with his statement, "when it's over, you're left thinking about the girl you really like." There are a couple of hidden messages within this statement. First of all, Jim is admitting that his relationship with Karen will eventually be over. Now that he's aware that Karen is a rebound, he knows it won't last too much longer. Jim use of the word "like" provides another significant insight into Jim's state of mind. He's willing to admit to himself he still has feelings for Pam, but he won't take it as far as admitting he still loves her.

Using the word "love" would dredge up a little too much of the pain Jim is afraid of facing. The last time he used the word "love" he ended up getting crushed. Jim made it very clear in Branch Closing that he was not ready to face this pain again. Apparently that still holds true. Jim is however able to face a small portion of this pain with by saying, "the one that broke your heart." This is the first time since The Convention that he has allowed this come out in the open. Oddly enough, he's with Michael in both instances. Jim is starting to realize he has to deal with his broken heart eventually. He can't just start over and bypass it as per his "new life" plan.

It's interesting to note that for the majority of this scene Jim is distinctly looking in the direction of the Pam's desk. In some instances he's giving some longing looks as if Pam is standing there unaware of his glances. This is highly reminiscent of Season 2 Jim. The camera never gives a clue on whether or not Pam is at her desk, but Jim's expressions give the impression that she is in his line of sight. He can't help but look at her as Michael embodies his pain. When Jim utters "the one that broke your heart," his expression becomes even more poignant. Even though he is unable say he still loves her out loud, his face is overrun with the reality of his feelings for Pam.

Pam Hugging Roy:

Jim inadvertently gets pulled back into the past as he watches Pam hug Roy. This reminds him of all the times he'd previously watched Pam be with Roy. Some of the old pain is coming back to haunt him. Jim hasn't had to factor Roy into the equation since returning to Scranton. It catches him by surprise that Pam is so friendly with him. Jim's jealousy is readily apparent in his facial expression. Old habits die hard. On a deeper level, Jim knows he missed the boat with Pam when he rejected her gift. Another little paradox kicks in where Jim does not like seeing Pam with Roy, while it's acceptable and even necessary that he is with Karen. He's aware of this paradox and it does bother him. It's another step in realizing he's still in love with Pam and coming to terms with the rebound status of his relationship with Karen.

Accepting Pam's Gift:

Jim's decision to accept Pam's gift is based entirely on his journey of realizations throughout the day, but the catalyst was seeing Pam hug Roy. As he walks past Pam to get his jacket from the coat rack he steals a glance at Pam as she returns his goodnight greeting. The expression on his face translates to, "I don't want to lose her again." His decision to accept her gift was a last minute decision as his paradoxical fear takes over his actions. It's here where Jim relapses into the "stuff" he's been trying to avoid. Not only is he participating in a prank on Dwight, but he is falling back into pranking with Pam.

Furthermore, he is leaning on her desk. This is the first time he's done this since returning to Scranton. Leaning on her desk is of paramount importance as it relates to his intrinsic need to be near her, (see original Jim Paradox, argument #2 for "Jim as a Fixed Element"). This is an old habit that beckons the past, and Jim is falling back into it head first. After accepting Pam's gift, Jim flashes Pam an amazing smile and expression.

Those longing looks he gave her at the end of his rebound speech are now directed squarely at her. Jim is communicating several non-verbal messages to Pam with this expression. He's first and foremost apologizing for initially rejecting her gift with a subtle, "I'm sorry about before." He's also letting her know he hasn't changed, (as per his earlier realization). On a much deeper level, he's telling her he's still in love with her and he just can't say no to her. Jim makes it all up to her by suggesting the CIA sends a helicopter to pick up Dwight, essentially sending him to the roof. Pam is delighted and Jim's fears of completely losing her are temporarily put to rest. Of course, now the fears of facing his feelings for her are likely to back for another round.

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1) Is Jim really falling back into Pam or is this just a temporary relapse?

2) What will Jim's likely next move be with Karen?

3) Why does Jim feel comfortable talking to Michael about Pam?

4) How can Jim break free of his fear paradox?

5) Is Jim being fair to himself?

6) How should Jim handle Pam and Karen's friendship? What are the do's and don'ts for this scenario?

- - -

A couple of interesting debates broke out during the interim between episodes. I didn't get a chance to jump in, so I'm leaving some thoughts here.

Why Jim Won't Tell Pam How He Feels:
1. The Fear Paradox - see above analysis for the elements of this theory.

2. The last time Jim told Pam he loved her was a complete disaster. He was crushed. No on in their right mind would subject themselves to the possibility of that kind of rejection and hurt again. Even if he had an inclination that she loved him. He had that perception before and it still blew up in his face.

3. There's a little humiliation involved with being rejected. Jim gets reminded of this humiliation every time he sees Pam. He doesn't exactly want to revisit the situation that put him in this position in the first place.

Does Jim Know How Pam Feels?

As I posted earlier, he doesn't want to know how Pam feels. He is purposely avoiding the subject. This is based primarily in the fear paradox and the struggle between his head and his heart. He simply doesn't want to know because it's just easier that way. He doesn't have to deal with it if he doesn't know its there.

Jim's paradoxical tendencies continue to manifest themselves as Jim swings like a pendulum between Karen and Pam. Jim's argument with Karen sheds a little more light on his uncertainties of the relationship that first surfaced in The Convict and continued into A Benihana Christmas. Jim is still unsure about Karen and the relationship as a whole, yet he continues the relationship to see if it has a future. It's already been established that Jim is aware on some level that Karen is a rebound, however he is making an honest attempt to get past that aspect of the relationship. His efforts have never been more apparent in this episode, but not without a little push from the unlikely source of Pam. That being said, Jim's fears concerning the progression of his relationship with Karen do get the best of him.

As mentioned many times before, Jim is wary about handing his heart out to anyone. He's been taking his relationship with Karen slowly while he keeps himself in the perpetual limbo. His head telling him to allow a closer relationship with Karen, while his heart is keeping her at arm's length for reasons other than just self preservation. Even though Jim is trying to foster a closer relationship with Karen, he is gravitating towards Pam and has been (albeit very slowly) since his return to Scranton. His fears surrounding Pam are still very much alive, but he is starting to let his guard down. This is due primarily in part to Jim gaining an inkling of insight into how Pam might feel about him in conjunction with his earlier realization in A Benihana Christmas that he still has feelings for her.

On another level, the element of communication has taken an astounding turn for the triangle of Jim, Pam, and Karen. The communication between Jim and Karen breaks down as it hits the speed bump of their argument. On the other hand, Jim and Pam's line of communication deepens considerably as they talk openly and on a deeper non-verbal level. Their link has been somewhat reestablished. It's odd in that Jim can talk to Pam about a much more difficult subject under tension filled circumstances easier than he can talk to Karen about resolving their argument. He's essentially talking to Pam when he should really be talking to Karen.

Jim's behavior is a positive sign that his wall is starting to come down one brick at a time. He's not ready to let Pam in all the way yet, but the fact of the matter is he is entertaining the idea of letting her get closer to him.

With Karen (in Kitchen):

It's obvious Jim and Karen are in the midst of an argument before they even speak. Jim is looking down at the floor, as he usually does when in a difficult situation, and his arms are folded. They aren't facing each other and never make eye contact. Jim is obviously finding it difficult to talk to or communicate with Karen at all. He's nervous to ask her "Do you want to talk about it?" It's interesting that Pam asks this very question later in the episode and it opens up a new line of communication between JAM. For Jim and Karen, it completely shuts down communication. Furthermore, he is taken aback by the little "attitude" Karen gives him when he attempts to talk about it. He was not expecting her to be so angry with him.

Karen's Taking Head:

Even though Jim is not in this scene, Karen gives a little more information about the argument. It's easy to gather from her statements that Jim pretty much freaks out at the prospect of Karen living on the same street he does. He's quoted as saying it "would be like we were living together." This statement obviously relates to Jim's uncertainty with the relationship, only this time he's telling Karen instead of the camera. Jim wants to take it as slow as possible and this feels like a huge jump to him. Geographic distance takes on the same meaning as emotional distance, so it feels like she's getting too close too fast. Jim's wary heart coupled with his newly discovered revelations concerning Karen's rebound status and his feelings for Pam make him even more cautious in his relationship with Karen.

Conference Room:

Jim doesn't expect Karen to walk right by him as he fully expected her to sit in the empty chair next to him. He looks like a deer caught in the headlights. Clearly, he again didn't correctly calculate just how upset Karen is with him. His expression hints at the fact that he doesn't think he did anything wrong, as most people believe when in an argument. However, he knows he's in a lot of trouble with Karen as she's pretty much giving him the evil eye. Jim is at a loss on what to do next. His confusion not only deals with the argument but also in terms of the relationship (stemming back to The Convict and A Benihana Christmas).

Break Room #1:

Jim is tapping and fiddling with his coffee cup as Pam walks into the break room. He is visibly upset even though he is trying to keep it hidden. Pam asks him if he's okay and he answers "yeah" rather unconvincingly. He doesn't even buy it himself. However, he's hoping Pam will let it go. He's flustered when Pam asks him if he's sure he's alright. She caught him and it throws him off guard. She still knows him better than anyone. He nervously answers " Yeah . . . yes," and follows it with a nervous smile and laugh. It's the same type of nervous smile we've seen several times before (most notably in Casino Night and Booze Cruise). It's a nervous tick Jim has when is uncomfortable and nervous. He's hoping Pam will buy it since he tried to make himself look and sound happy, (haven't we all done this?).

Pam's non-verbal cue alerts Jim immediately that he can't hide from her. As he looks up at her he realizes she's not buying it for one second and gives in reluctantly. Jim breaks off all eye contact as he nervously reveals his "stupid fight with Karen." He is fidgeting all over the place with his hands, head, and facial expressions. This is most likely the first time Jim have revealed to Pam that Karen is the woman he's seeing. The expression on his face after saying her name is the look of a man who just let the cat out the bag. He pretty much threw it out there with a "here goes nothing" attitude. Pam pretty much has him cornered, so he really has no choice. Jim thinks Pam is going to walk away at this point. When she asks if he wants to talk about it, Jim is very surprised. His "Really," shows Jim's apprehension with talking to Pam about Karen, as well as his surprise that Pam is willing to talk to him about it.

The past makes this a weird and awkward topic of conversation. This is a gray area that hangs heavy between them. Jim knows just as well as Pam that this is a big line to cross. Jim isn't sure if he should or if he even wants to talk about his relationship with Karen. It's been kept rather quiet and now here it is in the open with none other than Pam. However, Jim's apprehension is coupled with the need to talk to someone. Pam's traditionally been someone he can talk to easily. He's cited this a couple of times in Booze Cruise and The Secret. Even though this is something that attracts Jim to Pam, it's outweighed by his need to talk to someone who really knows him.

Break Room #2:

As Jim is telling Pam his problem, he further reveals that he and Karen have been dating for about a month. His relationship with Karen is now out in the open, so Jim's a little more comfortable sharing some details with Pam. As he tells her he's uncomfortable with Karen moving onto his street, saying its "a little close, a little bit much." Jim is again showing his uncertainties with the relationship. It's toned down a little, but he's freaking out even as he tells Pam, (I can't even imagine his first reaction when Karen told him!). It's obvious he thinks he's right in this scenario and that it's silly that Karen is upset with him. Internally, Jim's wary heart is taking over. It's making sure Jim doesn't get too close to Karen. His head might as well be talking to a brick wall when it comes to Karen sharing the same street.

After Jim tells his story, he awaits a response from Pam. He can tell she's uncomfortable so her nonchalant and uncertain "hmmm" sets off an alarm in Jim. He immediately notices she is holding something back as his eyes snap towards her. He gives her a quick look that's hoping she'll open up. He knows she's thinking about more than his problem. He knows she's stalling by staring down at the table. Jim calls her on it by emulating her facial expression and "hmmm" and attaching a "what?" to get her attention and prod her to tell him what she's thinking. Furthermore, he's got that nervous smile and laugh going on again. Only this time, it's because he's anxious. There's a flicker of realization that Pam might have feelings for him, (it's a teeny tiny inkling not a huge realization!). This both scares him and intrigues him, but on a very subtle and subconscious level.

He's so confused about Karen right now that this isn't as scary a thought as it was in The Merger. He gives her one of those patented "looks" after he prods her with "what." It's fleeting and hard to catch due to funky editing, but it is there. However, the Fear Paradox keeps him from taking it any further than a look. Jim won't take that chance again. This section of the scene mirrors the interaction between Jim and Pam in Casino Night. In both instances, he's trying to get her to reveal something. In poker, he's trying to gauge her hand and here he's trying to prod her spill her thoughts. He knows she's holding back and this is his way of calling her on it. Subconsciously, he's attempting to open the door.

Pam responds to his nudge by asking how far Karen currently resides from him. Jim isn't satisfied with this response as it doesn't give him an answer to his problem or any more clues on what Pam is thinking. He's clearly frustrated as he answers "Yeah, I guess," but he's also resigning to the fact that Pam's thoughts will remain locked tightly inside her head. He's not going to get anywhere on either front. Pam throws a curve ball and tells him he should "go easy on her." Jim's head snaps around surprised at Pam's advice as this goes against what Jim thought he had sensed from Pam. Jim was expecting and possibly even subconsciously wanted a different response. To him, it sounds like Pam is telling him to pursue a closer relationship with Karen (from Jim's perspective that's the point of contention in the argument). Pam sent a signal that she's only interested in being his friend, which he actually welcomes but, it seems clear to him now that Karen is really his only relationship option. Pam's advice leads Jim to believe he "misinterpreted" her, which will naturally push him back towards Karen.

Break Room #3:

The air is a little thick at the beginning of the scene, as an awkward pause has just transpired. Jim notices that Pam is a little uncomfortable and most likely is himself. He breaks the silence by offering a heartfelt thanks to Pam for helping him with his problem. He's letting her know how much it means to him that she listened. Despite his perceived misinterpretation, he knows this conversation was just as hard for her as it was for him. He's also hidden a little "I miss you." in his thank you. He seems relieved that a new line communication has been opened between them. Just as in The Convict, Jim knows he needs her in his life in some capacity.

Pam's transition to humor is a welcome change of pace. Jim smiles as Pam makes a joke about Michael, but it's not quite enough to pull him out of his dismal state. Jim has his head down and he's back to picking at his cup. He's still bothered by his problem with Karen, but he's also troubled by the advice that Pam offered. Furthermore, he's revealed a very vulnerable side of himself and that's tough to face even after the fact. He's still reeling from all of this.

This moment of silence is also happening on another level. Jim and Pam are avoiding the BIG topic that neither is willing to bring up. Casino Night is hanging like a thick fog between them. Pam breaks the silence and lightens the mood by mentioning more of Michael's antics. Jim responds in kind by making a joke to make her laugh. Humor is once again an easy escape from dealing with difficult emotions that both are feeling. Both are noticeably more relaxed and conversation easily flows as both take advantage of a newly reestablished connection.

A Call From Jan:

This is a split second scene, but it's worth mentioning! After Michael's interesting list of excuses for why he can't take Jan's phone call, Jim turns around looks at Pam for some non-verbal communication. It's right on par with what was seen in the conference room in The Convict. Look fast, it flies by very quickly!

With Karen (in Warehouse):

Jim finally hands Karen a piece of paper that is presumably a lease agreement for the rental on his street. Interestingly he takes a step back from her after handing it to her, indicating that he's not entirely positive of this decision, which matches his overall feel for the relationship. However, his conversation with Pam strengthened his resolve to pursue a relationship with Karen and get over his feelings for Pam. His head has officially regained control of relationship decisions.

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1) Was is right for Jim to talk to Pam about his argument with Karen? Why did he ultimately decided to talk to Pam about the argument?

2) Is Jim's newly reestablished friendship with Pam helping or hurting his relationship with Karen? Assess both short-term and long-term effects.

3) Did Jim have ulterior motives while discussing his relationship with Karen? (Was he trying to make Pam jealous?)

4) Do you agree that this is the first time Jim has told Pam that Karen is the woman he's seeing?

5) Who was being more unreasonable in the argument: Jim or Karen? (I just had to ask out of sheer curiosity.)

Jim found himself in a very tight corner this week as Karen finally has a clue about his past with Pam. Although, there is only one scene, it Jim's paradox is literally screaming. While he's trying to smooth things over with Karen, he's also intrigued by the possibility that Pam said something about their past. He's still unsure of his relationship with Karen, but his resolve to move on is still alive and well. I can't shake the feeling that everything he said to Karen was more to himself than it was to her.

This week's events have thrown another speed bump down for Jim and Karen, and again their communication was not open and free flowing. Karen held back by not pushing him for further information and Jim kept the whole truth to himself. Another blow like this could mean trouble for Jim and Karen.


Coffee Shop:

Little did Jim know he was walking into a confrontation with his past as he sat down for coffee with Karen. Jim was hoping to keep this part of his past to himself. I doubt he ever had any intention of bringing it up unless he absolutely had no choice. Karen wasted no time and was quite blunt in asking "Did you ever have a thing for Pam?" Jim is momentarily caught off guard, but hides it well. He's essentially wondering why Karen is asking about this. How did she find out? He didn't expect this to be the topic of conversation. Internally, he's panicking with the equivalent of "Oh, crap" screaming through his head.

Jim uses the time honored tactic of repeating Karen's question as he scrambles for a response. He smiles takes a playful tone while repeating it as a way to play off the whole idea as being completely ridiculous. He's hoping to throw her off the scent. He answers with a "no," as he breaks eye contact. He is of course lying, but this fib is in the name of self preservation on two fronts. First, he's trying to protect himself from a potentially nasty situation with Karen. Jim is trying to protect his relationship with Karen, by trying avoid an argument and a situation that might hurt Karen. Secondly, he's trying to avoid his past with Pam. He's been trying to escape his feelings for Pam since CN.

The last thing he wants to do is talk about those feelings in any tense. Jim was blindsided by Karen's question so he's naturally going to jump into self defense mode. Besides, Jim behaved quite normally by denying he had (ahem, has) feelings for someone else. Admitting this has the potential of hurting Karen and himself so of course he tries to wiggle out of the 3rd degree. From a more realistic standpoint, who would admit to their new girlfriend that they had feelings for a now mutual friend? This can easily be classified as relationship suicide.

Jim's own curiosity then takes over the situation. As soon as he spits out "no," he asks "Why? Did she say something?" His curiosity exists on several levels. First of all, he's not sure how Karen found out. Jim wants to know if she figured it out on her own or if someone told her. The answer to his question can help him ascertain how Karen got her information. Furthermore, Jim's question is tainted with worry. He's not sure of just how much Karen knows. This is a roundabout way of digging for details. Before he can safely proceed any further, he needs to know what she knows or at least get a general idea. It's probably not the best route as it breeds more suspicion in Karen, but nonetheless it flew out of his mouth.

On another more hidden level, Jim sounds a little hopeful by the possibility that Pam mentioned anything about their past. His hope lies in the fact that he might get a little more of a clue of where he stands with Pam. He thought he caught something in last week's conversation, but he never got confirmation. It's here that the paradox is at it's peak. His relationship with Karen is in trouble, yet his thoughts turn to Pam. In addition, he still looking for the answer to his question of who told Karen. He's fishing to see if Pam was the one who spilled the beans. Her possible involvement in Karen's awareness could interpreted by Jim as Pam having feelings for him. It's obvious that he wants to know if it was her!

Unfortunately, Karen completely dodges Jim's question and instead acts on the suspicion it generates. He didn't fool her at all with his avoidance tactic. She effectively corners him with "I moved here from Connecticut . . ." She implied that she moved for him but stopped short of saying it. Jim immediately shoulders an enormous sense of obligation. This is a woman who rearranged her life for him. His back is pushed to the wall. He knows he's been caught and it's time to confess. He starts by nervously saying "Okay, here's the . . . .," and he shrugs as he stumbles for a place to start. He still has no idea how much Karen knows, so he has to choose his next words carefully. He has to tell her the truth, but he also has to find a way to keep the whole truth hidden away. Again, this isn't about being deceitful, this is about avoidance in hurting Karen and himself.

Jim stumbles a little more as he starts with " I . . .had . . a crush on her before I left." They key word here is "crush." This was a split second word decision on Jim's part as he flinched a little just before he said it. The word crush is masking what really happened, as a way to spare Karen's feelings without completely lying to her. It's also a mask for him. He still hasn't fully admitted to himself that he still loves Pam. The furthest he's gotten is admitting he still has feelings for her. If he can't admit it to himself, he can't possibly admit it to Karen. He's hoping Karen will buy it. It's the truth, just not the whole truth. This is a safe route, given his lack of knowing what Karen knows. He tries to add to it's credibility by beginning eye contact on that word. He had been avoiding it up to that point.

Jim continues by telling the rest of the story, "And I told her about it and she didn't feel the same way. So it didn't amount to anything. And I left." Jim tells the story in a very flippant and casual manner. He's again trying to make it seem like it's no big deal. He even shrugs when he tells her "And I left." This reminded me of how Jim revealed his crush to Pam in The Secret. He used a similar tone with her in the break room. Just as in that scenario, his words are chosen carefully. He's telling the truth, but he's leaving out the nitty gritty details. He's really only telling Karen all she needs to know. The most important part of the whole thing is that it never amounted to anything. Which is totally true, for now. This is what Karen needs to hear. Jim knows that, so why hurt her with by admitting anything other than what he already has? Karen was clearly upset by what he did tell her. He knew telling her more would only make it worse. He was smart to start out with little detail. He could always add more if Karen pressed him.

What struck me most was that Jim was talking to Karen as much as he was talking to himself. He was forced to remind himself of why he's moving on with Karen. His account of what happened reminded him, Pam said no and it never amounted to anything. He's convincing himself again that he has to get past that. The scene ends with Jim telling Karen "I'm really glad you're here. Okay." He's smoothing things over and attempting to put Karen at ease. He's not only reassuring her that he wants her in his life, he's also trying to convince himself. There's a tinge of doubt mixed in Jim's statement. He's still not sure about the direction of his relationship with Karen. He's still stuck in the conundrum of being in a rebound relationship, while attempting to move past that and build a real relationship. That being said, Jim still believes his relationship with Karen is the best thing for him at this point.

In Comparison to Last Week:

It was interesting to see Jim involved in two pivotal conversations in sequential episodes. Last week Jim talked to Pam about Karen in the break room while fiddling with his coffee cup. After the initial awkwardness faded, Jim talked to Pam openly and rather relaxed despite the difficulty of the topic at hand. This week, he once again finds himself with a cup of coffee talking about a difficult topic. Only this time he's talking about Pam with Karen. He is much more guarded with Karen than he was with Pam. He's nervous and closed off. Karen simply doesn't know him well enough to be able to pick up on his body language. Pam would've had him pegged immediately!

Despite the conversations taking place Pam and Jim are not talking to each other about each other. Last week they were face to face and neither was brave enough to bring up the elephant in the room. This week, Jim was forced to talk about CN, but not to Pam, the one he really needs to discuss it with. In both conversations, Karen is the impediment to the truth. Last week, Pam held back much of what she was thinking because of Jim's relationship with Karen. This week, Jim held back because of his relationship with Karen. Simply put, Jim has to realize that Karen is not his way out of the truth or the past.

On the up side, Jim and Pam are actually getting closer to having the BIG conversation. Jim got a major dose of practice by having to talk about it with Karen. He's also had some practice with Michael. It makes me wonder when Pam will get her practice. That has to be coming soon!

Questions to Ponder:

1) Assess Jim's answer to Karen's question. Did he do the right thing? Is Jim's answer going to come back and haunt him?

2) Will Jim ever be able to open up to Karen (or anyone else) or is this something he can only do with Pam?

3) Is Jim starting to doubt his ability to get over Pam?

4) Was Karen being manipulative? Did her approach to the situation have anything to do with Jim holding back details about his past with Pam?

5) Will Jim and Pam be able to discuss CN with Karen in the picture or is she truly an impediment?

6) Why is there generally an absence of PDA between Jim and Karen? (I've been wondering this for a while!)

To the delight of JAM fans everywhere Jim finally snapped out of the fog of his denial. The only question now is if whether or not Jim will go running back into the fog or if he'll stick around to face the crystal clear truth. Jim finally admitted to himself that which we have known all along; he still has feelings for Pam. However, his fear paradox is still alive and kicking. He didn't admit he loved her. In effect, he once again told Karen the truth, but not the whole truth. It's possible he still hasn't told himself the whole truth either. I haven't heard the "L" word yet! He had a tough time admitting this to himself in Season 2, so it stands to reason he's fighting it again.

Despite Jim's half truth, the fact of the matter is Jim finally admitted he has feelings for Pam. It wasn't subconscious or in a roundabout way. It was direct and undeniable. Jim has a choice to bury it again or face it head on. Something tells me fear will once again get in the way, but he's already chipped away at some of the fear by confessing. He'll need another catalyst to chip more away from that fear and his wall of self-preservation.

Jim's realizations don't stop with Pam. He now has a full awareness of his relationship with Karen. If he harbored any doubt about her rebound status, those doubts are now completely gone. He is completely aware that his plan of moving on has not been successful. Jim knows he made a mistake by getting involved with Karen, as he hurt someone he cares about.

The Return refers not only to Oscar and Dwight's return to the office, but also Jim return to himself. Stamford changed Jim, mostly by his own doing. In Stamford, his humor and personality didn't fit in so he had to tone it down. Once back in Scranton, his old personality traits slowly started to come to the surface. He was more liberated and playful throughout the day. Scranton Jim has come back home. Most importantly, he allowed himself to fall back into his old friendship with Pam. However, this wasn't without hesitation. Again, third parties had a hand in sending Jim to Pam, but nonetheless he ended up at her desk. This return to Pam dredged up all the feelings Jim has been burying since he let go of Pam on CN, (technically seen in GWH).

In effect, Jim is "returning" to the truth about his feelings. Jim knows the consequences these feelings brought him in CN, so he is going to be very leery about exploring them or even allowing himself to deal with them, unless he gets a little help from Pam. She needs to figure out the ball is in her court before it's too late. Jim can't do it on his own, again. His fear paradox simply won't let him.

At Karen's Desk:

Andy's annoyances chipped away at Jim's tolerance rather quickly with the cell phone ring tone, shameless sucking up, and the final straw of "fishing for Tuna." The fishing pretty much sends Jim over to the edge, so he heads over to his escape of Karen. (Apparently, she's an escape from anything difficult in Jim's life). Karen greets him warmly enough, but looks a little annoyed that he's bothering her. Jim doesn't pick up on this as his irritation level has taken over his thoughts. Jim tells her that "Andy is in rare form today," with a serious but also playful tone. He's trying to tell her he's had enough and needs her to help him get Andy. For Jim, this is really important. This isn't just about pranks and humor, it's about Jim needing someone to be there for him. Andy is annoying the heck out of him today, and he needs somebody to understand that and his need to get back at him.

Karen doesn't respond the way Jim needs her to. She instead tells him not to encourage Andy. Jim takes that as Karen telling him it's he's at fault for Andy's behavior. He repeats "encourage him" with disdain. He's a bit insulted that she thinks he's encouraging Andy's obnoxious behavior. Jim immediately picks up on the fact that Karen is essentially accusing him of being immature. He finds himself in the position of having to explain to Karen that he's the victim in all of this. He's trying to get her to see that Andy is annoying him and he did nothing to bring it on. He's in effect telling Karen that Andy started it and he wants to finish it. This may, in fact, be a little childish but Jim has a good point! He tries to goad her with "We gotta do something," hoping to get her to lighten up and play with him.

Again this isn't just about Andy, it's about connecting. Jim is trying to connect with Karen by inviting her to prank with him. Humor and pranking is a familiar way for Jim to connect with women. He did it all the time with Pam and even with Katy. Humor also connected him to Karen in Stamford. Their relationship has been strained and he's looking for a way to feel close to her, (that was tough to say, but it's true. At this point, he's still trying to build a real relationship with Karen). Karen refuses to play along and instead explains that she can't because of her work load.

Jim gets incredibly frustrated that she won't join him in a prank. In the middle of her work load explanation, his hand and voice exhibit his frustration. His hand flails up and then falls to his leg while he gives a frustrated vocal inflection. He's thinking "C'mon, you've got to be kidding me." His frustration is rooted in Karen's refusal, but it's heightened from is annoyed state of mind. He's a little more desperate than usual to pull a prank. When she doesn't relent in her refusal, Jim is clearly let down.

Subconsciously, he knows Pam would never refuse him. He tries to goad her one more time by calling her a "party pooper," but to no avail. He's also letting her know he's disappointed and she needs to lighten up. It's here that Jim feels Karen doesn't "get" him. Jim's disappointment extends beyond Karen's refusal. He's not real thrilled with her attitude towards him. Instead of being on his side, she essentially rejected something that's a big part of him. Karen didn't intend for her refusal to be viewed as a personal rejection, but Jim that's how Jim perceived part of it. Humor and pranking gets him through the day and are a huge part of his personality. She rained on his parade and was a downer. Jim doesn't respond this kind of attitude well in general.

He walks away from Karen moping and dragging his feet. He even does a disillusioned body sway as he stands up from sitting on her desk. He feels disconnected from her. This disconnection started since he returned to Scranton. In A Benihana Christmas and Back From Vacation it became a little more obvious to him. At Karen's desk, their disconnection is amplified by Karen not "getting" him.

With Ryan:

After Andy "catches" Jim, the look on his face is one of pure annoyance and agitation, (which is by far one of Jim's funniest faces!). Jim hasn't had an annoyed face like this since season 2 courtesy of Dwight. Jim is now even more desperate to pull a prank on Andy to preserve his own sanity, however he still doesn't head to Pam. Jim instead approaches Ryan about pulling a prank. Jim actually looks pretty confident that Ryan will join him. This is puzzling as Ryan and Jim have never colluded on a prank.

It may be he's trying something new to keep himself from going to Pam. It's a strong possibility that Jim's first impulse was to go to Pam before he even went to Karen. He knows Pam is a sure thing on a prank, but that spells trouble for his emotional well-being. He knows his self-preservation defenses will weaken if he spends too much time with her. It's already started to happen. His rebound speech in A Benihana Christmas was his first signal that he's in trouble when it comes to Pam. At the moment Ryan seemed as good a way as any to escape Pam.

Jim is again shot down, as Ryan is too busy and sees himself as being above Jim's petty pranks. Ryan pretty much gives Jim the same attitude as Karen. Ryan made the comment of asking him again "ten years ago," which again accuses Jim of being immature and that his humor isn't important. Jim is a little surprised that he's facing this accusation again. Ryan doesn't "get" him either. Jim did get his revenge by telling Ryan he liked him better as the temp. Nonetheless, Ryan and Karen both got under his skin. Jim is in dire need of someone to understand him.

At Pam's Desk:

Jim reaches his breaking point when Andy breaks out into his special rendition of a Cranberries song. Exasperated, he looks in Karen's direction in one last effort to get her on his side. Jim's frustration is at it's peak as he throws is arms up at Karen's lack of regard for his situation. She doesn't respond to him at all as she doesn't even look up. At this point, Jim is at his wits end. Andy's constant irritating behavior coupled with his need for someone to understand his side of things, puts Jim into a state of desperation.

He makes a split second decision to head over to Pam's desk. It even caught the camera by surprise. The camera was focused and Karen and then panned back to Jim's desk probably hoping to see his reaction. Only his desk was empty and the camera quickly caught up with Jim on his way to Pam's desk. His walk over is not slow or hesitant. Jim is clearly on a desperate mission to get Andy and Pam is a given as far as sidekicks go. Pam may have technically been a last resort, but she was the first one on his mind all along.

Once Jim approaches Pam's desk he immediately goes into one of his infamous leans. This lean is a lot different from his first lean in A Benihana Christmas (where he was holding back a little). It's a season 2 lean! Despite the tension between them, Jim feels more comfortable and accepted with Pam than with anyone else. He's leaning in towards her, not just resting on her desk. The familiarity of this lean also lies in the fact that Jim is asking Pam to join him in a prank, which has strong connections to the past. Previously, this was one of the ways he connected with Pam. His lean signifies the connection as well as his subconscious intrinsic need to be near her. Jim especially needs this connection after his experiences with both Karen and Ryan. However, it is important to note that his arms are folded. Pam hasn't accepted him or joined in on the prank yet. He's holding back a little bit here, (he did the same thing in season 2).

As he asks "Would you like to play a prank on Andy," Jim is playful, but also desperate in his tone of voice. His voice cracks a little on "would" mainly due to his peaked annoyance, but also because he's a little nervous. He knows this is the first time he's asked Pam to join him in a prank. This is a big step and he knows it, but at this point he doesn't care about the possible consequences. All of his reasons for avoiding Pam have become void, due to his heightened sense of agitation. He even asks the question rhetorically as if he already knew how Pam would answer. Just as he knew she would, Pam answers in the affirmative. He answers back with "Okay, good," but he said with more of a "yeah, yeah, I knew that. Let's get the show on the road" type of tone. The old team is back together.

Jim walks away from Pam's desk and heads back to his with a plan clearly in mind. I'm inclined to think knew what prank he wanted to play all day, he was just looking for an accomplice. He gets his hands on Andy's phone and brings it back to Pam's desk. Jim leans yet again! But, this lean is completely different. His arms are open and his hands are hanging over the edge of Pam's desk. He hasn't leaned in this close to her since Season 2. He is much more open and relaxed as he leans towards her. He's connecting with Pam and feels more at ease with her. He didn't need to explain why he wanted to prank Andy like he had to with Karen. Pam's response was the polar opposite of Karen's. He didn't feel like he was being judged or belittled for wanting to prank Andy.

Pam accepted and indulged Jim's need for humor and pranking, because she understands him completely. She makes it easy for Jim to be himself. Her acceptance made him feel comfortable enough to lean with his arms open towards her and his hands reaching over the edges of her desk. It's probably more on a symbolic level, rather than Jim's subconscious, but I like to think he's reaching for her.

Teamwork:

A slight grin graces Jim's face in anticipation of setting up Andy's prank. He leans back on his chair and turns his head slightly towards Pam. He's asking her "are you ready?" with his body language. He lets out a puff of air that is apparently the signal to "go," as both Jim and Pam get up and start walking simultaneously. Jim and Pam proceed to the break room with perfectly orchestrated motions. The phone handoff is seamless as Jim reaches back towards Pam (again that is very symbolic - he's reaching for her). Jim tosses the phone into the ceiling feeling perfectly safe with Pam as his lookout. It's JAM synergy at it's finest.

As I mentioned in the Pam Dichotomy S3 update, they had to have communicated via e-mail or IM to plan out the logistics beforehand. It's encouraging to see this possible new line of communication opening up.

Pam Calls Andy's Phone:

Jim is beyond satisfied as Andy becomes annoyed at being unable to locate his cell phone as it's ringing. Jim has successfully transferred his agitation back to the source. It's pure artistry every time he does this! Jim turns around and gives an amazing look towards Pam. He's not only thrilled with the success of the prank, but he's also enamored with Pam. His expression is reminiscent one that slipped out in a talking head in The Alliance, when he was impressed with Pam's contribution to his prank on Dwight. He couldn't hold back "She's so great." This scene has that same feeling. It's obvious he's thinking unwittingly along those same lines once again. He's still too caught up in the prank to realize he's falling back into Pam, but this is the first sign that Jim's wall is starting to come down a little more.

In subsequent prank scenes, Jim is much more relaxed than he was in the first half of the episode. This is not only because of the prank, but also because Pam was there for him when he needed it. I haven't seen Jim reached such a level of irritation since Diversity Day. Pam rescued him that day, too. Apparently, she still can.

Andy's Punched Hole:

Jim and Pam inspect the hole Andy punched into the wall. They are quite proud that their prank was responsible for sending Andy over the edge. As far as Jim is concerned, he is simply returning Andy's favor from earlier in the day. Pam makes Jim bust out laughing with " I think we broke his brain." Jim is completely at ease as he laughs and leans in towards Pam. His defenses are down at this point and he is going with the moment of being connected to Pam. Pam allowed him to laugh, be silly, and simply be himself. Karen, on the other hand, will play along with Jim's humor only so much. Karen never saw the humor in the cell phone prank. I'm convinced she figured out at least part of what was going on and that Jim was behind it, but she never cracked a smile. Pam will always play along and will sometimes take it step further. Jim loves that.

Jim then does an impression of Andy's "It's not freakin' funny." This parallels Drug Testing when Jim does an impression of Stanley that results in a game of jinx (still one of my favorite JAM eps). Jim does impressions to make Pam laugh. Pam established in her talking head that Jim does impressions all the time, by looking up at her from his desk as a different person. He's doing it now for the same reason as before; he knows she likes it. She made him laugh, so it's his turn to make her laugh, ( she did giggle, too!). Beyond the Andy impression, Jim and Pam have created a new inside joke that is just between them. No one else knows everything about the prank or why Andy punched a hole in the wall.

The best way to describe Jim in this scene as a whole, is that he melted. This, of course, doesn't hit him until after the fact. This exchange with Pam is the catalyst that eventually sends him to sit alone in the conference room. Throughout the day, Pam's acceptance and humor reminded him of all the reasons why he fell for her, but these few seconds solidified it. His wall was almost down in this scene and Pam got to him.

Conference Room:

We next find Jim sitting alone in the conference room with a noticeably less jovial expression on his face. He looks downright depressed and pensive. After he and Pam parted ways from Andy's hole the wall, the consequences of hanging out with her probably hit Jim. He knows he's in trouble with both himself and Karen. He's trying to figure out what to do next, as the master plan of moving on is clearly out of commission as a dismal failure. Jim knows he still has feelings for Pam and now he trying to figure out just how strong they are and what he's willing to admit to himself.

He's sorting through a lot of feelings at the moment Karen walked into the room. Jim greets her with a "hey," but it lacks the usual charm. He attempts to make it sound like nothing is wrong, but fails miserably. He's barely looking at her as she walks in and sits next to him. He's focusing more on the floor and the walls. Jim waits for her to say "hey" back, but she never does. Instead, she responds with a deep breath. He knows right then and there that she is upset. He swallows deep, turns further away from her, and hangs his head. He's nervous about what she's going to say. He's also bothered by the fact that he spent the day with Pam and that it probably upset Karen. He knows he's at fault for things being off between them. He's expecting the conversation to revolve around those activities and he's bracing himself for Karen's take on the situation. The atmosphere of this segment had the feeling of the aftermath of a fight, even though Karen and Jim never actually argued. This can only be traced to the fact that both sides were hurt by the other at different times. Jim was hurt by Karen's refusal to prank and Karen was hurt that Jim went to Pam.

A flashback to the conversation they had in Traveling Salesmen had to flicker in Karen's mind before she dropped the bomb of her question. Jim's eyes fly open when Karen asks "Do you still have feelings for her?" He was not expecting her to go there. In fact, he didn't expect Karen to have any awareness about his feelings for Pam. Jim has just barely become aware of it himself. He doesn't realize how obvious it is. Karen cut right to the chase, while he expected her to talk about the day's events.

Jim pauses a long time before answering. A number of things are running through his head. Jim is trying to make a decision on what to tell her and what to admit to himself. He has a choice of telling the whole truth or reverting to partial truth. Both choices has massive ramifications for himself and Karen. Jim's fear paradox is also kicking in. Karen is making him face something he's been avoiding for months. He's a little afraid of digging into emotions that have been buried for a long time. This is the first time he's allowed himself to actually feel them and it's still a little new and raw.

Jim's body language in this segment is telling of how he will eventually answer. He isn't looking down at the floor, (his usual posture when faced with a tough emotional situation). Instead, he's looking forward and even up for a moment. He's searching for an answer. The internal struggle between his head an his heart are readily apparent. His head is telling him to tell Karen what she wants to hear, while his heart is telling him to be honest with himself. Karen has essentially forced him to make a decision. Jim's head ever so slightly begins to nod. This is the moment where Jim is owning up to how he really feels. No more denial, no more hiding, and no more pretending. However, he's still a little apprehensive as his nods are very slight. Furthermore, he nods about 5 or 6 times. This revelation is a little overwhelming. Nodding makes it easier to face at first.

Jim knows Karen is waiting for an answer and he finally finds the gumption to say "yes," (excuse me while I squeal and contain my goose bumps). He says it so lightly. He was afraid to say it in that he knows it will hurt Karen, but also because it opens an old wound in him. It was so hard for him to say. It's the first time he's honestly admitted it to himself out loud, since CN. His "yes" also had the nuance of "whoa, there it is. This is the truth. . ." It was a big release for Jim. There is also a sense of confusion, " . . . and I don't know what to do about it." Despite his revelation, Jim is as lost as ever. However, it is a huge step he needed to take. It's bringing him that much closer to Pam. His wall is crumbling.

Jim's looks down to the floor after his admission. He can't bring himself to look at Karen. He knows he just hurt someone he cares about. He can't be blamed for not wanting to see her crushed face. All of his mistakes are flooding into his head. His mood is the equivalent of, "What have I done." He's now fully aware that he's not over Pam and Karen is an innocent party who got hurt because of it. The pinch of guilt is stinging him right now. His mistake of moving on with Karen has created a mess for him and for her. He has no idea how to clean up this mess. Jim is also feeling the brunt of his own pain. His broken heart has just been pulled into the light for the first time since CN. It's bubbled up briefly before, but now it's completely out in the open and he is forced to deal with it. There's no longer an option of shoving it back into the shadows. However, his fear paradox might create a nice mask in the name of self-preservation.

The real question with this scene is, what exactly did Jim admit? We all want to make the assumption that he admitted he loves Pam. However, I didn't see that happen. He only admitted he has feelings for her. Whether this was to soften the blow for Karen or to protect himself is debatable. The point is, Jim only told the partial truth, again. He held back on the "L" word, even though it was written all over his face. The up side here is Jim hit a whole new level of honesty. He wasn't even close to being this honest in Traveling Salesmen. He is making progress!

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1) Why didn't Jim just pull the prank on his own?

2) Is it over with Karen? Will he let her go or make another attempt at a relationship with her?

3) Will Jim deal with his feelings or will he try to bury them again?

4) How will Jim behave around Pam? How sturdy is his wall?

5) Why didn't Jim go after Karen or try to explain anything when she got up and walked out of the conference room?

6) Should Jim give Pam the heads up that Karen knows a little about their past?

7) Is Jim ready to know how Pam feels?

It appears Jim has picked up all the bricks and rebuilt his wall. This sounds like a step backwards, but there is a silver lining. His wall is nowhere near as strong as it was before, (he forgot a couple bricks). Pam will be able to knock through this one much easier! Jim obviously scared himself with his admission of still having feelings for Pam. This is causing his self-preservation model to kick in once again. He's looking to protect himself from Pam, the pain, and the truth.

The conference room scene (among other things) in The Return caused him to face his broken heart and his failed plan of moving on. Rather than deal with the pain associated with these realizations, Jim has chosen to run back into the fog and back to Karen. It's an escape that is just easier to deal with. The puzzling aspect of all of this is he'd rather talk to Karen about CN as opposed to Pam. Somehow, that seems easier to him! Lucky for us, the fog isn't obscuring his view of Pam as much as it did before. Karen's long talks are actually causing Jim to think more about Pam and are inadvertently preparing him for the BIG talk with Pam, (Give a Karen a break! She's an unwitting accomplice to JAM).

Yawning/Talking Head:

Jim lets out a huge yawn while working at his desk. He looks exhausted even as he give Karen a smile. We haven't seen him give her a smile like this (or anything close to it) since Stamford. He's clearly redirected his attention towards her. Karen has again taken on the role of a comfortable escape. This has roots in his broken heart and his fear paradox in that he's returned to his intention to build a real relationship with Karen as a means to distance himself from the pain of Pam and elevate Karen beyond a rebound. But, it also stems from a feeling guilt for hurting Karen. He knows he hurt in the conference room in The Return, so now he naturally is giving her more attention to make up for it. He does care about her and he's obviously still trying to get on her good side.

In his talking head, Jim recounts his long discussions with Karen with a combined air of annoyance and amusement. He explains that he Karen had a "looong . . . talk last night." The extension of the word long clues us into Jim's irritation. He continues to explain that they've had long talks "every night, for the past five nights." He stresses the words every and five. Jim's is making it pretty clear that he's had enough of talking. He makes sure we know it's been going on for days by extending the length of his explanation. He could have very easily just said they've been talking for 5 days and left it at that. But, he chose to elaborate! It isn't exposed until later in the episode that Karen and Jim were talking about Jim's past with Pam and the kiss. No wonder Jim is so exhausted. Karen has worn him out mentally, emotionally, and physically with their long, late night talks. This is not an easy topic for him discuss with himself or Pam, let alone Karen! His sounds so tired as his raspy voice describes his past five evenings.

Despite Jim's tired and annoyed state, he manages to poke fun at his situation. This is so Jim. He's very close to rolling his eyes during his monologue. He's glazing his statements with light sarcasm. For Jim, he needs to find the humor in his situation in order to make it bearable. This tactic has been used since the very first episode. Pranks and humor may have been a way to connect with Pam, but they are also a way to get through the day at Dunder Mifflin. The same kind of humor is being used to get him through a tough situation with Karen.

The bottom line here is Jim's relationship with Karen is not easy and it's starting to wear him down. Just as his wall blocking Pam isn't as strong as before, I suspect Jim's resolve to work things out with Karen isn't as strong either. His heart is putting up a much stronger fight against his head than ever before.

Karen Hugs Jim:

Jim does not expect Karen to come out of nowhere and wrap her arms around him for a hug. He is incredibly uncomfortable with Karen's impromptu PDA. Jim's shoulders clench up as she hugs him. His eyebrows raise completely befuddled by what has transpired, "What the heck?" Jim does not return the hug. His arms never even move off of his desk. He doesn't even look at her while she walks away or when she returns to her desk. Instead, he looks at the camera a little embarrassed by what happened. He's hoping the camera didn't catch it, but deep down he knows it did. Jim wants the camera to focus on someone else at this point. He then looks in Dwight's direction with the same expression. He didn't want anyone see it. It makes me wonder if he's upset on a subconscious level that Pam probably saw it.

Jim did not take well to Karen's PDA, which is probably a result of her insecurities. If she gets any more clingy, Jim will hit the end of his rope very soon.

Break Room #1:

Jim is digging his soda (Yes! This is a promising sign that he's moving out of his "bottled water" phase!) out of the vending machine as Pam walks in on him. The opening seconds of this scene are so reminiscent of The Merger's break room scene, that I literally braced myself the first time I watched it. I knew it wasn't going to be pretty.

Jim's wall is rebuilt and prepared to keep Pam at arm's length. His admission in The Return scared him and so did letting Pam get so close to him during the prank on Andy. Despite the barrier he still greets her with a warm "Hey." This is the first indicator that his wall isn't as strong as before. This is the only natural and easy going part of the whole conversation. Jim is confused by Pam's odd "Ughhh." He's not sure how to respond to that, so he simply mimics it to get her to elaborate further. He even looked a little uncomfortable when she said it. It just didn't seem normal to him. It's not how Pam usually starts a conversation.

Pam breaks into the question "Everything okay?" Jim tries to sound like everything is fine in order to avoid a conversation with Pam with "Oh yeah. Why?" He uses "why" to throw Pam off the scent. He wants to Pam to think that he's fine and that she's mistaken that something is wrong. Pam doesn't drop it and continues with "You seem a little tired." Pam is onto him and he knows it. He knows she knows him better than anyone. He breaks eye contact to avoid her.

Jim does not want to discuss his late night talks with Karen. First of all he's had enough of deep conversations concerning his feelings. It's been five long nights. Secondly, he talked to Karen about the kiss and his past feelings for Pam. He doesn't want to talk about this with Pam. It's still the elephant in the room. The past will inevitably come out if Jim talks to Pam about his late night talks with Karen. Plus he doesn't want to reveal what precipitated his discussions with Karen in the first place (the infamous "yes"). Jim knows he has to give Pam some sort of an explanation or she will dig deeper. He admits there's been a couple of late nights because "Karen and I have been up talking." He's honest without giving too much away on how much he is bothered by the situation. He doesn't want to peak Pam's curiosity with too much information.

Interestingly, Jim caps off his statement with a facial shrug similar to the one he gave in the Back From Vacation conversation. It's a sign of discomfort. In BFV he didn't want to talk to Pam about Karen because he didn't feel comfortable to discuss it with her until she offered. In this case it's signifying the same thing, but he doesn't back down this time. It feels like she's getting too close and his wall jumps into action. He doesn't give her the chance to offer a conversation as he starts edging his way to the door. Jim doesn't want to hurt Pam's feelings, but he also wants out of that break room and Pam's radar.

At this point, Pam's conversation completely weirds out Jim. He responds to Pam's odd statements of getting more sleep casually and politely while he edges closer to the door. At the same time, he curious to see what she will say next. He's never seen her like this before. When she breaks into the big difference between 6 and 8 hours of sleep, Jim laughs softly. He's not laughing at the statement. He's laughing at how strange Pam is behaving. He is as amused by her as he is confused. Pam's advice of REM and sleeping is enough for Jim. He uses the dead end feel of the statement to make his exit. He tells her thanks for the advice and leaves, but not before saying "I'll see you out there." It's his way of telling her the conversation is over without hurting her feelings or sounding rude. He was stuck in the sticky spot of wanting to end a conversation politely with someone who won't stop talking, (haven't we all been there on both ends of this scenario?).

Jim has absolutely no idea that Pam was trying to flirt. He could barely make heads or tails of Pam's behavior much less suspect flirting. Besides, he was too busy deflecting her with his wall to be receptive to any type of flirting.

Choosing Blonde:

This scene is highly symbolic of the dilemma currently faced by Jim. His noticeable pause before answering "blonde" signifies his subconscious struggle with the two women in his life. Neither Karen nor Pam is blonde. The "blonde" symbolizes his current state of limbo. He's in the middle between Pam and Karen and it's his own doing. He is still struggling between his head and his heart on which direction to take.

Break Room #2:

Unaware that Pam is still reeling from her horrible day, Jim follows Kelly's lead and teases Pam for "flirting" with Ben Franklin (sadly she flirted better with him than with Jim). The fact that Jim teases Pam is another indicator that his wall is not nearly as strong as it was before. It wasn't just a small tease either. He teased her about dating with is a touchy subject between them. Both have felt a boatload of jealousy with the other dating someone else. He went as far as asking if there were any "possibilities." He's playing with fire here. However, his teasing also shows that he's trying to keep her at a distance from him. Teasing about dating other people pushes the focus off of their relationship, (or lack thereof).
Nonetheless, Jim did not expect his teasing to blow up in his face. Jim totally misses Pam's signal, "God I need a boyfriend." His wall is too busy blocking him from such signals. He is completely thrown off guard when Pam says she's ready to be set up with one of Ryan's business school friends. Jim's wall fails him completely as he is struck with a huge surge of jealousy. His face says it all. Jim doesn't want to watch Pam be with someone else again. His expression matches the one he gave in The Convention after learning Pam had a date via Michael's cell phone call. Some things never change. Good job Pam, you knocked one heck of a hole through Jim's wall.

Well, this isn't as detailed as I would like, but I'm running out of time! Besides, I am still fried from dealing with Pam! Even though Jim's wall is back in place, I'm not worried. His brush with honesty in The Return is still effecting him deeply. Pam was able to knock a hole through his wall much quicker than before. Furthermore, his relationship with Karen is simply exhausting. His head won't be able to convince his heart much longer to stay in that relationship.

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1) Should Jim have told Karen about the kiss? Do you think part of Jim knows this will get back around to Pam or is he just hoping it won't?

2) Why did Jim talk to Karen about Casino Night and the kiss as opposed to Pam? (Try to think about this beyond Karen dragging it out of him.)

3) Was Jim uncomfortable with Karen's PDA in general, or was he uncomfortable because it happened in front of Pam?

4) Does Jim need to see Pam with someone else again before he's emotionally honest with himself again?

In the last break room scene of Ben Franklin, an intensely jealous expression graced Jim's face. We never got to gauge his reaction to Pam's jab beyond that moment. That is until we see his behaviors play out this week. Pam was able to smash a nice sized hole into Jim's rebuilt, but weaker wall. It's apparent the hole was not fixed. Pam's behavior in that scene sparked Jim's curiosity about how she feels about him. He's been able to suppress that curiosity rather well since returning to Scranton. Couple this with his faltering relationship with Karen (Karen didn't fool me in her Talking Head last week!) and you've got a man that's letting himself wander towards Pam. It wasn't just her behavior that day either, Jim is starting to think about Pam's behavior around him as a whole since he got back. His curiosity gets the best of him at Phyllis's Wedding, albeit on a subtle and internal level.

Even though Pam never realized it, she wiggled her way into the hole in his wall. The fact that she got in again rattles Jim to the core, which causes him to lash out and run to Karen once again. Jim is at a new point of frustration as emotions he thought he bottled up again are bubbling up and it's getting tougher to ignore them. The internal struggle between his head and his heart has reached a new more frenzied pace. His internal paradox is practically ripping him apart. I can almost see his contorted body as his head pulls towards Karen, while his heart pulls relentlessly towards Pam. Jim is stuck in the middle trying to maintain painless self preservation.

At first glance, Jim's turmoil is seemingly throwing himself right back to Karen with his typical escape route technique. However, it's important to note that he's doubting himself more than ever before. Last week, I mentioned that Jim was running back into the fog, but he could still see Pam. This is still true, but it's taken on a new characteristic. Jim isn't just able to see Pam from the fog, he is outright looking for her. There's a glimmer of hope that he hasn't been brave enough to allow himself until now. His head may be pulling him towards Karen but his heart has turned his head to look at Pam.

At the Bar With Pam:

Jim is getting a couple of drinks as Pam walks up to him at the bar. He greets her warmly with a big smile and a "hey." He's genuinely happy to see her. It can be assumed their contact has been limited all day, otherwise the camera would have been all over it, (sometimes I think the cameramen represent us, they love JAM as much as we do!). However, we can't assume he hasn't been keeping his eye on her. Jim knows Pam is a little down. He doesn't want to delve into the topic of her cancelled wedding, (that's a one way street to Painville for him too), so he finds another way to lift her spirits.

As he's done so many times in the past he relies on humor to make her smile. Jim teases her with "When are we gonna get to see some of those famous Bessley dance moves?" Underneath the exterior of the tease lies a deeper message. Jim is telling Pam he's been watching her. He knows she's down and he's trying to prod her to break out of her shell. It's the equivalent of a little pep talk. He was brilliant at disguising them in Season 2 and it appears he hasn't lost his touch.

On top of his deeper message lies a couple of ulterior motives, although they lie more on a subconscious level. Just as Jim previously used humor to lift Pam's spirits, he used it as a means to feel out Pam's emotions towards him. We've known from the start that humor is a connecting factor for JAM, Jim is once again taking it for a spin. By teasing Pam, he is essentially testing the waters. This is the first indicator that Jim is curious about how Pam feels about him. In other words, he's flirting with her. His face is playful, his tone is sarcastic but sweet, and his eyes sparkle as he asks her about her "moves." His secondary motive is a hidden message to. Making fun of her dance moves is his subtle way of asking her to dance. The trick is she has to ask him.

Jim will not ask Pam to dance for the same reasons he won't tell her how he feels. He doesn't want to go out on that limb only to be shot down again. Furthermore, he doesn't want to have to explain a dance with Pam to Karen. That might ignite another stream of long talks. Pam responds with a laugh, which is very encouraging to Jim and "I'm pacing myself." She is essentially telling him, "You have to ask me," (mentally add this to the Pam Dichotomy S3 update - I didn't catch it until now). The coded conversation continues with Jim saying "C'mon get out there," which is really reiterating "no, you have to ask me," as well as encouraging Pam to cheer up as per his original intention. He finishes his response with "Give the people what they want," which translates to "Please. For me." Underneath all the small talk is actually a carefully balanced segment of playful banter!

Pam comes right back with an unexpected response, "No, I'm such a dorky dancer." She not only poking fun at herself (which Jim loves), but it's her way of telling him she's too afraid to ask, (again, add to the PD). Jim melts at this statement, as Pam has created another hole in his wall. Her response was so Pam and so cute. She may not have asked him to dance, but his curiosity got a little bit of satisfaction. The word "maybe" is pumping through his psyche, although he's still not sure. He responds with a little chuckle and "I know." He likes the fact that he still knows her better than anyone. He continues with "It's very cute." This is a HUGE subconscious slip on Jim's part. He was referring to her dancing, her statement, and most importantly her. This can also be attributed to Jim's curiosity. Pam's ambiguity is driving him nuts. This is a last ditch effort to prod her.

He was not watching himself here because his curiosity took over. She got to him again. Only this time he didn't realize it right away as he was too wrapped up in the moment. That being said, he didn't look at her after he called her cute. Part of him was afraid to see her reaction. I like to think of it as his heart taking the reins while his head was peaking through the hole Pam just created to survey the damage.

On a side note, I'm absolutely thrilled to see a coded conversation between Jim and Pam. After last week's communication fiasco, this is highly encouraging. Even though they are plagued with miscues for the remainder of the evening, communication lines are continuing to develop.

Talking Head #1:

Jim is still on a little bit of an emotional high from his conversation with Pam when the camera crew catches him for a quick talking head. This is why Jim is unbelievably close to spilling the truth. That word "maybe" is still ripe in his subconscious and starting to hammer down his defenses to the possibility of being with Pam. This is the closest he gotten to abandoning his self-preservation model. His curiosity is no longer internal when he says "Hypothetically, If I thought Pam was interested then . . . " He is basically admitting his curiosity and almost owning up to his feelings for Pam. His body language confirms this as he keeps diverting his eyes away from the camera.

However, he stops just short of telling the truth. It just won't come out. But, he literally has to choke it back. His wall may be broken and weakened but its not down. It's here where he realizes the full extent of his statements to Pam at the bar. He's rattled that she got to him again. He shrugs and his expression is very similar to the one he gave in his Benihana Christmas talking head, "What am I doing?" He looks a little lost as his head and heart begin to switch places for control.

On another level, Jim is also letting on that his curiosity was not totally satisfied at the bar. He's still not sure how Pam feels which leaves him completely confused. His feelings are bubbling up all over the place, but he still can't read hers with any certainty. This brings the fear paradox back to the forefront of Jim's actions. Instead of dealing with the surge of emotion, he reverts to his self defense mechanism of denying and burying his feelings while convincing himself he doesn't have them in the first place. It masks the pain as a quick fix band-aid.

He enacts this with "No, it's totally hypothetical." Instead of being upset with this realization Jim plays this off with humor to push off the pain. He's actually a little amused with himself for even entertaining the idea that Pam might be into him. Didn't he think she was before, (CN)? That got him into a lot of trouble. If we dig a little deeper, his smile offers clues to the depths of his subconscious as well. He wants to believe that she has feelings for him, but his head won't let him go there. All is not lost, though, his heart is letting that glimmer of hope seep into his conscious thought.

Dancing with Karen:

Jim's curiosity and feelings can't be shut off as easily as he thought. He is snapped back to the possibility that Pam may have feelings for him as he dances with Karen. Jim's body language with Karen is very telling of his relationship with her. He is not holding her close or allowing himself to be in the moment with her. He is with her only in the sense that she's in front of him and his arms are around her. Even this is arbitrary, as he doesn't even fill his arms with her. He just holds onto her waist with his hands. He is not with her emotionally and is still keeping her at a distance.

Jim is talking and smiling with Karen when he feels Pam watching him. When he looks at her he is surprised and intrigued to find her looking at him with the expression she is wearing. He so taken aback by this that he forgets to erase the smile on his face that's left over from his small talk with Karen. Jim is beyond puzzled and trying to figure out Pam. His hypothetical from before doesn't seem so hypothetical anymore.

The word "maybe" is back in his Pam vocabulary. However, his smile fades into one of his serious and longing looks in her direction, (why couldn't Pam see this!). He realizes that Pam is hurt. The wheels start to turn as to why when he watches her get up to leave. He is again entertaining the idea that she has feelings for him. Head and heart have changed places again, with his heart taking the lead. His face is beaming with the realization and glimmer of hope that Pam is walking out because of jealousy over seeing him with Karen, "maybe she really does feel something." He actually turns Karen as they dance to watch Pam make her exit. He wants to go after her.

The urgency is apparent on his face, but he's careful not to make it obvious with Karen right in front of him. She's the reason he can't go after Pam. Karen is literally the dead weight keeping him tethered to that dance floor, along with his fear paradox. Aside from Karen, he's afraid to find out if he's reading Pam correctly. CN is still impairing his confidence in that department. In the back of his mind he's worried that it won't work out and then he'll have to explain himself to Karen. It's another example of self preservation and relationship suicide prevention. Hence the action of continuing to dance. Nonetheless, the seed has been planted in Jim that Pam may have feelings. He's entertaining this notion now more than ever.

Watching Pam Leave with Roy:

Jim is casually chatting and smiling at the bar as Pam and Roy head out. He spots Pam and carries his smile over to her. He's so focused on Pam he seems to look right through Roy. Eventually, Jim notices Pam and Roy. It takes him a few seconds to realize that she is with Roy. His smile fades and is replaced with shock, confusion, and hurt. He is currently experiencing the same burn Pam felt when she saw Jim dancing with Karen. As initially mentioned in The Pam Dichotomy, Jim and Pam are paralleling each other behavior wise. This is another example of how they are mirroring the other's emotional experiences.

Jim's eyes shift downward for him take notice that Pam and Roy are holding hands. A shocked blink twitters his eyelids as the rug is ripped out from under him. He can barely comprehend what he is seeing. His mind is kicking around the words, "What? Wait a minute . . . ." He can't help but notice the contradiction of what he is seeing and his earlier assessment that she might have feelings for him. It's throwing him for the ultimate loop. Jim moves away from the bar and cranes his head to allow his eyes to follow Pam until she's out of sight. He's double checking what he thinks he saw while asking himself, "What is she doing?" The camera pans back to Jim staring at an empty hallway with a heartbroken face. Jim now believes unequivocally that he has been carrying around false hope all evening that Pam had feelings for him.

The word "maybe" has gone out the window in favor of an old familiar pain. Seeing Pam with Roy brought back all of Jim's old jealousies and feelings that plagued him before CN. He had to watch the woman he loves (but won't fully admit it) walk away with a man who isn't right for her, again. The dam is literally breaking on top of Jim. He hasn't had to deal with anything Roy related since CN and has therefore managed to bury and forget it until now.

This is the first time Jim has been close to being paralyzed by his feelings since returning home. His reaction to seeing Roy and Pam leaving together was reminiscent of his reaction to the wedding date being set on Booze Cruise. His outward expression wasn't as apparent, but internally his reaction was the same. He literally got the wind knocked out of him. He put a little bit of himself out on that limb and got crushed.

By allowing himself to hope, Jim is finding himself in the same trap he was in before; pining for a woman he can't have. This is the same trapped he chewed his leg off a.k.a. his heart in order to break free.

Talking Head #2:

It doesn't take long for Jim to lash out in response to his pain. In his second talking head he says "Here's a non-hypothetical, I'm really happy I'm with Karen." Jim is trying to sound fine and happy with this statement to convince the camera and himself that Pam is not bothering him. He is again running to Karen to escape Pam. She is his safety net that allows him to bury his emotions and ignore them. She allows him to redirect his focus. It certainly didn't take him very long to retreat to his refuge.

On another level, he is immensely frustrated. Jim is throwing in some sarcasm to vent that frustration. He is so distraught that he's even a little snotty when he says he's happy with Karen. It's his way of getting back at Pam for being with Roy. She wasn't around so he directed it at the camera to let it out. Jim is frustrated with Pam because he can't get a positive read on her. Even more so, he's frustrated with himself for even trying to read her feelings and for holding out any hope that she had them. He feels like an idiot.

He even uses the word "hypothetical" to remind himself of how stupid he was earlier. It's part of the self preservation model. He has to chastise himself for having any feelings for Pam. Otherwise, he'll never get over her, as he is determined to do (to no avail!). So, it stands to reason that he would lash out by throwing around how "happy" he is with Karen. It makes him feel better and or at least convince himself that his heart is not shattered on the floor at his feet.

Watching Karen Sing:

Jim heads over to the stage to watch Karen dance around and sing. He has a smile on his face as he watches her, but his eyes do not match. They look vacant and exhausted. He is not thinking about her even though he is trying to push Pam out of his mind. Look a little deeper and he looks like he's asking Karen to save him. (She can't save you Jim!)

Jim decides throw himself back into Karen by whipping out his lit up cell phone and flailing it back and forth in response to her performance. He's again using humor to try and connect with her and hide from the pain, all in the name of self preservation. The temporary fix appears to work as a warmer smile covers his face. His sad eyes are a little more obscured.

The Bottom Line:

Jim had just as rough a night as Pam! However, the optimist reigns supreme from Jim's end as well, even though it looks pretty bad. Jim may be throwing himself back into Karen, but just like his rebuilt wall it won't be as strong. The big development in this episode is that Jim got jealous in a big way. It was enough to knock the wind out of him and get him to lash out. We need this for JAM to happen. It'll give him a reality check on his feelings for Pam. He's already displaying that he can't keep it in check the way he could in Seasons 1 and 2.

Jim also made the gigantic step of allowing himself to entertain the notion Pam might have feelings for him. He had a round about way of admitting it, but the fact of the matter is he thought about it. If he's willing to kick this around in his head, it means he's looking through the fog to find it. He may be distracted by Karen every now and then, but his head is turning to see what Pam does and says. He's looking for that signal. Too bad both are unwittingly sending each other mixed signals! However, they are picking up on signals, which is promising in itself. His head may have won the battle, but his heart is starting to win the war, (I can't help but think of Andy in The Merger, with this analogy!). JAM fans have reason to keep their optimism high, Jim can't avoid Pam no matter how hard he tries!

- - -

Question to Ponder:

1) Why didn't Jim ask Pam to dance? Do you think he wanted to?

2) Who will save Jim? Pam? Karen? Someone else?

3) Is jealousy the only thing that will give Jim his emotional reality check? Will it bring him closer to Pam or drive him away?

4) So who's winning: head or heart?

5) Is Jim still in limbo? (Read previous episode updates for the 411 on Jim's limbo. It's part of his self-preservation model.)

6) Should Jim confront Pam about Roy?

The events of Phyllis's Wedding are still weighing heavy in Jim's mind. The jealousy and frustration that swirled while he watched Pam leave with Roy has festered within him and amplified the hurt. As a result, a new emotion of anger has developed. He is obviously upset and disappointed in Pam. He's also still upset at himself for thinking Pam may have had feelings for him. His anger is also developing as a replacement emotion in order for Jim to avoid feeling the pain of his still broken heart (or even dealing with it) and as a mechanism to avoid his feelings for Pam altogether. Sometimes it's just easier to be angry or upset than to just work through tough emotions. That being said, his anger isn't severe, as it seems to manifest itself more as an irritation. Jim is not generally an angry person as he's so laid back. He is, however, a very emotional person. He suffered an emotional bruise in PW and is continuing to lash out as a result.

Jim's self preservation model is also back in operation as his wall appears to be repaired, although still weakened. He didn't afford Pam one work or look throughout the entire episode. Furthermore, he is back to his old escapist tactics. Jim used humor throughout the day to bury himself in something other than his feelings surrounding Pam. This included pulling a prank with Karen at his side. He started throwing himself back into his escape of Karen in PW and it appears he's continuing with that tactic in order to protect himself from the pain and hurt bubbling in his heart. He's using the tried and true method of ignoring the problem in order to pretend it doesn't exist.

It sounds dismal, but in reality, Jim needs to through these emotions. He's had Pam up on pedestal for a long time and he needs to see her for what and who she really is faults and all. The fact that part of his anger is directed at himself for loving her means those emotions are still in place. He can't help but love her despite her mistakes and right now he's finding that frustrating as he can't let her go. The fact that his anger and disappointment emanates from frustration and jealousy is also promising. He wouldn't still be harboring all of this angst if his feelings for Pam weren't still heavy in his heart. Furthermore, he wouldn't be enacting escapist tactics if he didn't still love Pam. Just as in Season1 and 2 he's trying to keep it bottled up inside, but he's having a tougher time since The Return.

He's upset that he can't stop himself from feeling all those emotions. I guess its true that once you let the water out of the dam (CN) you can't hold it back no matter how hard you try. Jim's wall is faltering from both sides. It's not keeping Pam out, but it's also not entrapping his emotions. His wall is wobbling between two very strong forces. The optimist in me is anxious to hear that wall crash to the ground.

Roy at Pam's Desk:

Jim can't help but overhear Pam and Roy talking as he works at his desk. He undoubtedly heard Roy tell Pam he loves her and Pam's subsequent response of "You too." The camera pans over to Jim as Roy leaves. There is no mistake that Jim is feigning disinterest. His face and neck are stiff which can only indicate that he is bothered and upset. His disappointment in Pam has obviously carried through from PW. In addition, all the old frustrations of seeing Pam with Roy are compounding with his new agitation. His tight face is indicative of holding back emotions and forcing himself not to be involved. He looks like he's trying really hard to focus on his computer screen. It's a classic avoidance behavior aimed at protecting Jim from the hurt of Pam being with Roy. Not to mention the jealousy and heart break that is attached. He is desperate to bury and forget these feelings.

Jim lets out a big yawn as he "works" but this is not part of his tactic of seeming disinterested. For me, this is more of a symbolic action on the writers' part that Jim is simply worn out from the internal fight between his head and his heart. I don't see Jim faking a yawn to throw Pam off the scent. She wasn't even looking at him, nor he at her. This is the third yawn we've seen from Jim this season. The previous two were both results of simply being tired. The camera seems to keep catching him in the morning. Maybe he's just not a morning person. Sometimes a yawn is just a yawn!

Talking Head:

Jim is obviously still lashing out over the fact that Pam is with Roy. The tone of his talking head strongly matches the tone of his second talking head in PW. Jim states that "Pam is with Roy. I'm with Karen." Only there's a little bit of frustration in his voice. He's a little perturbed that the camera crew is asking him about Pam again. He's even a little apathetic in his description of the current state of things.

This is a strong example of Jim's evasive maneuvers regarding his feelings. He's pretending they don't exist. Just like Pam's talking head, he's trying to sound like everything is fine and that it doesn't bother him. This is a perfect example of Jim's repressive tendencies in regards to his feelings for Pam. On a simpler level, Jim simply doesn't want to talk about it. He's still upset and hurt and he doesn't care to reopen the wound. Part of the reason its effecting so strongly is the fact that it's Roy. It's just insult added to injury. It's like Pam poured lemonade into the wound and stomped on his heart again.

Jim's tone turns much more sarcastic and flippant as he goes on to say "Brangelina is with Frangelina," which again showcases his frustration with the situation. He is again reverting to his time honored tactic of using humor to escape a difficult emotional situation. He continues with the phrase, "Moving on." He's essentially telling the camera crew to drop it, but this is also his way of reinforcing the original plan of moving on with his life. This is specifically in reference to forging a new relationship with Karen. It appears he's putting this plan back into action full throttle. He seems more determined than ever, despite the impediment of his emotions.

However, his face gives him away as it always does. He looks a little nervous. Again he mirrors Pam, in hoping the camera "buys it." A smile then crosses his face. This is a smile that we have seen many times before when Pam is on his mind or right in front of him. It's the smile he always wears when he's trying to hide how he really feels. The most notable examples of this smile are in Booze Cruise and Drug Testing, (there are a number of other examples, but these two popped into my head first!). Old habits die hard.

The last second of Jim's talking head is perhaps the most important. Just before the cut, his smile drops into a frown. His eyes change their expression from one of flippancy to agitation and hurt. This facial expression is an the most honest representation of the emotional firestorm raging inside of Jim that we have yet seen from him. It shows all of his frustration and anger with the situation. As mentioned above, all this angst would not be swirling around in him, if he didn't harbor such strong feelings for Pam. He may be upset with her right now, but he's also upset that he can't let her go no matter how hard he tries.

Pranking with Karen (Random Observations):

Jim spent the day retreating to his escape of humor by playing a vampire prank on Dwight in the spirit of a loose bat in the office. His pranking is simply a coping skill that provides an escape from his emotional turmoil. He adds to his escape by having Karen play the role of his accomplice. It appears she's not above pranking this week. Including her in this prank is also his way of trying to connect with her, seeing as he's relentlessly throwing himself back into her.

It was readily apparent that Karen and Jim pranking together is completely different from Pam and Jim pranking together. There is absolutely no chemistry. In both the garlic bread and aspirin scenes Karen sounds completely rehearsed adding a contrived atmosphere to the prank. Jim obviously prompted her and fed her lines before the staging it in front of Dwight. Jim had to pick up the slack by sounding even more realistic.

This is in stark contrast to the synergy exhibited between Jim and Pam during a prank. This was most recently seen in The Return, but also throughout Seasons 1 and 2. Pam didn't need a lot of prompting as she was perfectly capable of impromptu dialogue to further a prank. Furthermore, her dialogue is always natural and unsuspicious. Karen sounded like she was reading off of cue cards. Pam was even capable of taking a prank a step further by initiating a new element, as she did in The Alliance. Jim gushed about her initiation in his talking head.

We already know Karen is not capable of initiation during a prank, as she asked Jim in The Convict for an assignment for his prank on Andy. This prank is just another indicator of the fact that Jim and Karen just don't jive as a couple. Communication and chemistry are both way off. Furthermore, the connection Jim sought from this prank did not occur. Of course, that doesn't seem to be stopping Jim from attempting to replace Pam with Karen. Eventually, he is going to see that nothing can replace Pam. Pam's sense of humor has always drawn Jim in like a moth to a flame. It's one of the things he loves about her. Her humor brought him back to her briefly in A Benihana Christmas and The Return, so it's bound to draw him in again.

The Bottom Line:

Jim's anger is based entirely off the fact that he's still harboring a deep love for Pam. It wouldn't be sticking with him this long if love wasn't the foundation. It's emanating from frustration, jealousy, and an overall feeling of helplessness in the situation. He's still dealing with the flood of emotions that hit him in PW. Eventually anger will wash away, only to leave love. This comforts me a great deal. The disappointment and anger is simply masking how Jim really feels, because these emotions are simply easier to deal with at this point.

It's almost like Jim and Pam are having a silent 'fight" with one another of mixed signals. Both have hurt each other and both are a little angry with the other, (Pam lashed out in BF). It stands to reason that they will eventually (kiss and) make up.

Questions to Ponder:

1) Why didn't Jim attend Pam's art show? Did he want to?

2) Is Jim more frustrated with Pam, himself, or the situation as a whole?

3) Does Jim still love Pam? (I know I'm opening up a can of old worms here, but why not?)

4) Does Karen know the whole history behind Roy and Pam? (Kelly, the gossip queen is just buzzing, so it makes me wonder!)

5) Who will be the first to initiate the next conversation: Jim or Pam? (In effect, who will take the first step to heal the divide?)

As hard as Jim tries to start a new life with a new girlfriend and promotion, he can't escape the emotional baggage that trails him no matter what path he travels. Instead of acknowledging the heavy load, Jim opts to pretend it doesn't exist as he implements his self-preservation model with fierce determination. Just as Michael paraded through the office in his straight jacket mangled in chains, Jim walks around with the same restraints, but they are invisible. Jim is trapped by continuing to keep himself in perpetual limbo. Ever since Phyllis's Wedding, Jim has been literally throwing himself into his relationship with Karen. His attention to his relationship has absolutely nothing to do with having growing feelings for Karen. The paradox continues exists in that he cares about her and needs her, but he won't let her in all the way. It can never be the real relationship he needs. He's still hiding behind Karen to avoid dealing with his feelings for Pam. The dam broke in PW and he's desperately trying to bottle up the water. Jim is determined to not feel any pain. Thus, he's keeping himself in a position where he doesn't have to deal with overly strong emotions and can be somewhat numb.

On another parallel, just as Michael's key slipped from his grasp, Jim lost sight of his key as well. Stepping on Michael's key with his foot which is strikingly symbolic. He's doing the same thing internally, only he's letting Karen hide the key. Jim has yet to discover that the key lies with emotional honesty. Lately, Jim has abandoned this, despite his gains in The Return, in order to escape the pain of his broken heart. Watching Pam leave with Roy in PW sealed the deal that Jim would return to his self-preservation and build the wall even higher and thicker. However, that wall is not geared only at Pam, as Karen has undoubtedly noticed Jim's lack of emotional output, in this instance (she had to prod him 3 times to get a "boyfriend" response to her previous "conquests.") and in their relationship as a whole.

The parallels between Jim and Pam's behavior continue as Jim perpetuates his illusion of his relationship with Karen. Pam enacted a similar tactic with Roy, but saw through it much quicker. Jim had a brief moment of clarity in A Benihana Christmas but has yet to watch the illusion shatter around his feet as Pam did in the bar with Roy, (in this respect FNB is ahead of Jim). However, there is a remarkable parallel between their experiences. Pam saw Roy for what he really was, while Jim was faced with the possibility that Karen isn't what he thought, nor is his relationship. The fact that Jim was forced to question his relationship is a huge step. It may open up some doors for him to question his motives and emotional attachment, (or lack thereof), to Karen.

Karen Tells Jim About Drake:

Karen pulls Jim aside and directs his attention to Drake. She goes on to tell Jim that she dated Drake at one time. Jim responds very casually, " Oh, okay. Cool. Thanks for telling me." Karen was probably hoping for a stronger reaction, but Jim does not oblige. His lack of emotion relates directly to his self-preservation model. Jim is shut off to a certain degree with Karen, in order to protect himself from getting hurt.

The sting of his broken heart from Pam is still burning, both from CN and the rawness left over from PW. Jim can't let himself get too emotionally involved or jealous with Karen. Pam got all of him and he's not about to make the same mistake with Karen. Jim allowed Pam in all the way and it lead to nothing but pain. This the same pattern of behavior he's demonstrated since he started dating Karen in that he's keeping her at arm's length as a result of his very leery heart and need for an escape. The fact that he's thrown himself back into Karen, does not mitigate his original motivations for the relationship.

When Karen doesn't get the jealous response she's hoping for, she prods Jim a little more with, "it didn't end well." He looks at her a little surprised, but it's not rooted in jealousy. He's wondering why she's telling him this, considering he got all he really needed or wanted to know from her original statement on the subject. As a result, Jim's indifference takes over his response to her comments. He says, "Gotcha" as a signal to Karen that he's done talking about Drake. This response is primarily the result of self-preservation (who wants to hear about their significant other's ex?), but it also translates to something much deeper.

From the start of their exchange, Jim's answers have been very short and close-ended statements. He's purposely leaving very little room for Karen to elaborate as a means to prevent more "long talks" which may once again force him to be open with Karen beyond his comfort level. Even more importantly he's trying to preserve his image and foundation of the relationship. Jim needs his relationship with Karen, not because he loves her, but because he needs something emotionally easier to deal with than Pam. Karen is essentially bringing chaos into Jim's haven when she drags her supposed "ex" into the mix. Jim has spent enough of his past seeing and picturing someone (Pam) he cares about (ahem, loves!) with someone else. Karen inadvertently hit a sore spot and opened an old wound.

Jim's body language furthers his cue that he's done with the conversation. Immediately after he delivers, "Gotcha" he shoots a glance at the camera, rather than at Karen. On more than one occasion Jim has delivered similar glances to the camera when is annoyed or trying to detach himself from a situation (usually this applies with Michael). Jim is practically sending out an SOS. After finding no rescue, Jim looks away from the camera and briefly directs his attention to the floor. The floor is traditionally Jim's focal point when he finds himself in a tight spot.

The identical behavior showed up in The Merger when Michael interrupts Jim and Pam's awkward conversation in the break room. Another indicator of Jim's discomfort is apparent when he rocks back on his feet while viewing the floor. He is uncomfortable and worried the topic of conversation is going to continue. Rocking on his feet is the equivalent of trying to wiggle out the circumstances. Jim's discomfort makes itself know verbally when he softly says "Alright." It's another signal to Karen that he's finished with this topic. He doesn't make eye contact as his gaze is directed at another part of the room. He doesn't want to risk Karen divulging any further details.

If anything, this scene helps to further illustrate that Jim's heart is not invested in his relationship with Karen. His indifferent reaction to Karen's "news" is a stark contrast to his reaction when Pam simply alluded to dating other people in Ben Franklin. All Pam had to do was mention it and his face was gripped with jealousy. Karen didn't even get close to garnering a reaction that matches his face from the break room that day. Jim's heart still lies with Pam despite all his efforts to deny and escape his feelings. If jealousy were to occur in regards to Karen, it is more about protecting his stake in the relationship and will never reach a degree higher than simply defending his territory. It will not emanate from love.

On the Couch With Karen:

Even though Jim is sitting on a plush and presumably comfortable couch, his body language exudes discomfort. However, his current discomfort is not rooted in his earlier encounter with Karen. Instead, Jim is carrying out his lack of enthusiasm for attending the party. Earlier in the day, Jim stated several reasons (with his trademark sarcasm) why he didn't want to go. As Jim sits on the couch with slouched shoulders, fidgeting hands, and a vacant stare, it's obvious that he'd rather be somewhere else. He's bored out of his mind.

His body language also offers some insight into his feelings regarding Karen. The last time Jim was sitting next to a woman on a couch was in E-mail Surveillance. In a couple of scenes, Jim and Pam are sitting so close to one another they are practically joined together. Jim is leaning slightly towards her and is obviously receptive to her being so close to him. Granted, the couch was full creating tight quarters, but Jim wasn't tense or closed off with his body language when Pam was next to him. His arms and legs are loose and open, while his shoulders are loose yet genial, (this even remains in place even after Michael is annoying him with karaoke).

Jim exhibits the same body language in The Dundies as he sits close to Pam on the bench outside of Chili's, despite the extra room. In contrast, Jim and Karen have distance between them as they sit together. In terms of their relationship it might as well be the continental divide. They aren't really touching and Jim isn't receptive towards Karen. Jim is giving off a very closed off vibe with his legs crossed away from her and his aloof stance. A naturally close and unspoken connection simply does not exist.

As Jim and Karen end a conversation with another couple, Karen takes another opportunity to inform Jim of another aspect of her (supposed) past. She tells him that she dated a married man while he was separated. Jim is again a little surprised but his initial reaction is similar to the one he had in their first conversation, in that he's thinking "Wow, didn't need to know that." Jim shifts his gaze from her and becomes a little annoyed at her revelation, "not this again." Just as before he's not anxious to get into a discussion about Karen's previous relationships. His self-defense mechanism of indifference is once again in play. As before, he employs the use of a short and close ended response to discourage further discussion with, "Oh ... didn't notice." Jim's response is still indifferent, but there is more emotion attached to his reaction this time.

Karen hit his sore spot again and it's a little harder to hold in all the emotions that surround the wound. Part of him is weirded out that Karen has dated two people at the party. However, jealousy still hasn't shown it's face. Jim is more disappointed than he is jealous. Up to this point, Jim has placed Karen on a pedestal as someone who can save him. He has invariably hitched his future well being to Karen. Karen's so-called revelations have called Jim's image of her into question. He's starting to believe she's not what he thought, thus knocking her off the pedestal. This in turn causes Jim to subconsciously worry about his relationship and the safety net it provides. Oddly enough, Jim's illusion of Karen shares some of the same motivations Pam had for her illusion of Roy. Both Jim and Pam expect other people to save them from their pain.

Karen doesn't pick up Jim's cue to let it be and is compelled to push at Jim further. She is apparently still trying to extrapolate a "boyfriend" response from Jim. She tells him, "Really, I thought it was so obvious. I'm glad it didn't make you uncomfortable." He again breaks eye contact and redirects his attention to his lap and across the room as he says, "No. It was before I knew you, so it's fine." On the exterior, Jim is very indifferent and casual. However there are a couple of deeper levels. First, this is another attempt to close down the topic. He's telling Karen he's fine with it to prevent any further details or explanation. He simply doesn't want know anything more. His image of her is already shaky.

The exterior indifference is really a subconscious ploy to discourage Karen from pushing it any further. Secondly, Jim is telling himself he's fine with it in order to preserve the safety net and escape features in his relationship. He needs this relationship to work or he all the hurt and pain will return. He's trying to convince himself he's "fine" with Karen falling off the pedestal, even though doubt is beginning to pervade his thoughts.

Essentially, Jim's long held uncertainties (The Convict, Back From Vacation) about his relationship with Karen are still alive and kicking. He's still unsure about where the relationship is going. His uncertainties surrounding Karen in general have only been compounded by her statements at the party thus far. His indifference is not only a defense mechanism, but also a mask for his confusion. The last thing he needs is Karen getting a whiff of his uncertainties and confusion, so he whitewashes it with indifference to throw her off the scent. He is a master at masking his feelings. He did it for years with Pam.

Karen Fixes a Man's Tie:

Jim's uncertainties only increase as he watches Karen fixes a tie for another man, (oddly, his tie is as loose and disjointed as ever throughout the party!). Jim's mind is indubitably pondering the possibility that Karen dated the "tie man" as well. He is puzzled immensely by what he is seeing, "another one?" Again, jealousy is not the dominant force in this scenario. Instead, worry is dancing across Jim's face for the same reasons listed above. He feels the illusion of Karen and the security of his relationship slipping away a little bit more. On another level, he doesn't want to be added to Karen's list of exes. Jim can't handle another rejection and event he remote possibility of being tossed aside by Karen is enough to ignite the principles of his fear paradox. He knows his heart isn't in the relationship, but he's still desperate to maintain the relationship out of fear of pain, facing his bottled up emotions and rejection.

Karen's Prank:

After Jim is rescued by David Wallace with an invitation to shoot hoops outside, he walks over to Karen to let her know where he is going. The fact that Jim is willing to leave Karen alone in a room of supposed exes heavily indicates that Jim is not consumed by jealousy. Men consumed with jealousy hang around their girlfriends/wives like a bad smell with an evil eye scanning the room. Jim would've been glued to her side if Karen was truly in his heart. On another note, PDA is noticeably absent, (and has been the entire time). This furthers the paradox that Jim is not fully invested in the relationship, despite his efforts to make it work. Jim never once held her hand or put his arm around her. The casual observer would have difficulty ascertaining the status of these two; friends or a couple? Jim may be worried about the relationship, but not jealous enough to feel the need to reinforce his presence with PDA.

Karen takes another shot at Jim's sore spot by alluding she and Wallace dated at one time. For Jim, this is the fourth instance (Drake, the husband, the tie guy), of Karen with another man. However, it's still not enough to ignite jealousy. Jim's meltdown, "What the hell! Have you dated every guy here," results from the insecurity he's been harboring throughout the evening in regards to his relationship with Karen. Jim's frustration level has hit it's pinnacle in that he's working desperately at a relationship with someone who seems to have a history of speed dating. Jim doesn't want a relationship that adds up to nothing more than him being pointed out as another one of Karen's exes, or worse, a reject. It all comes back to Jim's idea of Karen saving him. The image he held for Karen and his reliance on the relationship for a steady foundation and safe haven has all come crashing down.

Karen chooses the perfect moment to rescue Jim from his tailspin by smiling brightly to signal it's all a joke. Jim's expression shifts from one of despair to one of relief and mild amusement. He smiles slightly, lets out a brief chuckle, and says "Wow. . . Okay. You got me." Jim didn't laugh at Karen's prank. Part of him didn't find it funny as it jabbed at a wound left by Pam. He feels a little foolish for falling for her prank, hence the break in eye contact. The jokester in him should have caught on a long time ago, but his insecurity got the best of him. In all actuality, relief is the dominant emotion. All the uncertainty has been wiped away and his safe haven is back in place. Furthermore, Karen is back on top of the pedestal and Jim's image of her is restored. However, Jim still needs a little more reassurance. He redirects his eyes at her and prompts, "So, none of them." He needs to check the foundation under his feet and is again relieved when Karen confirms, "Of course not."

However, Karen takes this opportunity to mess with Jim's head a little more by referring to him as her "first." Jim is horrified. He is smacked with a huge reality check that Karen is much more emotionally serious than he is in the relationship. This dynamic threatens his motivations and need for the relationship. The safety can't exist in this scenario, in that the net allows Jim to keep his emotions turned off. It's another facet of the paradox that plagues Jim's behavior. Jim wants the relationship, but without the emotional attachment. If Karen were being truthful, Jim would find himself in the midst of a huge dilemma.

Ultimately, he'd have to "emotionally" choose between Karen and Pam. This is something he's currently unable or unwilling to do. Choosing Karen would mean taking a chance on giving his heart to someone else, while at the same time working through and eventually letting go of his feelings for Pam, (letting go of Pam is something in which he's never been successful). Choosing Pam would mean facing his feelings for her head on and essentially facing all his fears, which would in the process hurt Karen. Either way, Jim faces a world of hurt and emotional turmoil without the aid of a safe haven. Lucky for Jim, Karen was pranking him again, which allows Jim to breath a huge sigh of relief. It also allows him to return to the comfort of his self-inflicted limbo. Jim walks away from Karen with a relieved smile.

He walks away knowing the illusion he's constructed for himself is still in place bringing him the security and freedom to remain emotionally numb while he hides from the broken heart that just won't heal. Unfortunately, his constructed "world" prevents him from finding the emotional honesty that will release him from his invisible "straightjacket."

The Bottom Line:

The symbolism of Michael's straightjacket is uncanny in regards to Jim's emotional state. Jim's wall is so thick he's trapped inside and no one can reach him. The chains that surrounded Michael also weigh down Jim. Jim is emotionally exhausted and wants to shut down. The only way he can survive without losing his mind is to live in the limbo that his relationship with Karen provides.

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1) At this point, how would Jim react if Karen told Jim she was in love with him?

2) Will Jim take notice of FNB? If so, how will he react to her?

3) What will it take to break down Jim's wall? Does he have to do it himself or can someone else send it crumbling to the ground?

4) Who is more emotionally fragile: Jim or Pam?

5) Pam finally saw through the illusion of her relationship with Roy. What will it take for Jim to see through the illusion of his relationship with Karen? Will his realization emanate via an act from Karen or within himself? Does Pam have a role in this process?

The original airing of the Traveling Salesmen had no JAM interaction which felt a little odd at the time, considering the gains that had been made in Back From Vacation, (BFV). Jim and Pam's break room conversation opened up a new and closer line of communication that seemingly had the ability to transcend episodes. Surprisingly, Traveling Salesmen was a huge gap that left us all hanging and wondering where the communication went until it magically reappeared in The Return. The newpeat finally filled in the missing piece to make these three episodes flow seamlessly together. The connection was never broken, it was just edited out!

Jim's behavior at Pam's desk is directly related to the conversation in BFV. Not only was his connection with Pam reestablished, but his subconscious came alive with the possibility that Pam might still have feelings for him. He is drawn to her without even knowing it and this carries through all the way to Phyllis's Wedding. The additional scenes add to the already obvious fact that Jim still loves Pam.

Just as in The Pam Dichotomy S3, Jim's new scene adds new understanding to subsequent behavior in episodes that aired after Traveling Salesmen. Therefore, it's necessary to correlate the new scene to scenes in various episodes to create a revised timeline of Jim's behavior pattern.

Jim at Pam's Desk:

Jim hangs his jacket on the coat rack after he returns from his sales call. He is a little taken aback by Karen's appearance when she asks him out for coffee. He accepts her invitation and returns to the coat rack to grab his coat and hang his messenger bag. He looks towards Pam and asks her, "Beesly, coffee?" At first glance it's a little puzzling why he would approach her, seeing as there is coffee in the break room. However, it makes perfect sense after reviewing Back From Vacation. Both Jim and Pam walked away from that break room conversation with a reestablished link. Some of the tension that existed between them ever since The Merger has been somewhat alleviated due to the fact that Karen was discussed openly. Even though Karen is traditionally a dividing factor for JAM, in this case she brought them together.

As a result, Jim is more comfortable around Pam. This creates a new dimension in Jim's emotional timeline; his wall was crumbling much earlier than The Return. He started letting Pam back in during their conversation in Back From Vacation. On another level, Jim's subconscious opened up to the possibility that Pam might have feelings for him, which creates an involuntary sense of being drawn to Pam. It's an entirely new dynamic for Jim's internal struggle between his head and his heart. His head tells him to stay away from Pam but he just can't help himself after their reconnected.

These elements are readily apparent in how Jim addresses Pam with "Beesly." The last time he referred to her by her last name was in the Initiation conversation, (another point of reconnection). Jim has established a pattern of calling women by their last names when he is flirting or being playful. He's done it with both Pam and Karen on more than one occasion. In this instance, Jim is being very friendly, but there is a slightly playful air to his question. It's the first indicator of his increased comfort level around Pam. Pam tells Jim she's already had coffee, so he starts heading towards the door. Pam stops him with a "But hey, Jim. . ." Jim spins around with a warm, "Yeah," refocusing his attention on Pam. Pam tells him she won an art contest and Jim becomes ecstatic, "No way! Alright, Pam, congratulations!" It's at this moment that Jim shifts to "Old Jim." His wall is completely down (temporarily) and Karen is nonexistent for the time being. Jim has always been supportive of Pam's art, so he can't help being her cheerleader. Pam's news of winning an art contest triggers an old reflex of offering support and encouragement. Old habits die hard!

His enthusiasm is a subconscious manifestation of feelings Jim continues to harbor for Pam. He would not have reacted with so much enthusiasm if he didn't still love her. Jim knows how important art is to Pam and that makes it important to him as well. Jim high fives Pam, which is again an Old Jim behavior. He's given high fives to Pam in the past for support and good natured encouragement. However, it's another way to be closer to her, just as in the past.

Jim continues his enthused reaction by asking Pam, "Which one was it?" This not only shows his genuine interest, but also his tunnel vision focus on Pam. His curiosity stems from Jim's subconscious need to connect and be near Pam. Pam's news surrounded Jim and let him hang out in her world. Old Jim wanted that more than anything in Seasons 1 and 2. Apparently, he is still clinging to that desire in the back of his mind. Furthermore, his curiosity is yet another manifestation of his feelings for Pam. His curiosity is about getting closer to her, (subconsciously of course). This exchange closely mirrors the BFV conversation in that Jim is expressing curiosity much the same way Pam was curious about Jim's problem. Curiosity seems to be the key in both instances as a cause of their connection and communication becoming stronger.

Karen is still invisible as he's completely forgotten about her standing behind him. Pam brings him further and further into her world as she talks about her art. Pam tells him she sent in one of her watercolors and he responds with an interested "Cool," that begs her to tell him more. She readily obliges with "It was a new one I did." Jim again responds in an encouraging and enthusiastic tone, "Oh, nice." His face is again dripping in interest and curiosity for Pam to tell him more.

It's interesting how they are literally feeding each other with what each needs. Pam needs Jim's encouragement and Jim needs to fill the empty void of his heart, (subconsciously of course!). More importantly, both simply need to feel close to the other. Jim and Pam are in their own little bubble at this point, where Jim is completely cut off from the reality waiting for him at the door. Old Jim is in control at this point and doesn't recognize the fact that he is completely mesmerized with Pam. Karen effectively bursts the bubble by interrupting with, "You ready, Jim?" Jim is immediately snapped back to reality, but he's not happy about it. He turns around and tells her, "Yeah," with a decidedly different tone than the "yeah" he delivered to Pam a few moments before.

In contrast to the warmth that encapsulated his response to Pam, this time he is more curt and his voice is deeper. He is clearly annoyed that Karen is yanking from the bubble. However, Karen is no longer invisible and he cannot return to the his moment with Pam, as the momentum has been broken. He turns back to Pam and his warm tone returns with, "Can I see it when I get back?" Again, the use of curiosity is being used as encouragement and as a way to return to the bubble and into Pam's world. Jim's heart is looking for a way to be close to Pam, while his head is pulling him out the door with Karen.

Jim obviously doesn't want to leave. He takes his time as he heads towards the door. He turns slightly to give her another "congratulations." As he gets closer to the door, he can't help but turn around to face her again and say, "Big deal," as he gives her a huge warm smile. The cheerleader just won't lay down to pom-poms. It's his way of telling her he'd rather stay and talk to her. He really is proud of her and he wants to hear all the details, but his situation simply won't allow him to continue their conversation. He continues to smile as he closes the door. Jim's happiness for Pam transfers to himself. He feels surrounded by Pam and doesn't want to let it go. Unfortunately, the conversation he has with Karen at the coffee shop causes him to step back and rebuild his defenses, albeit very slowly.

Connecting the Dots:

This is just a quick look at how the extended scenes in Traveling Salesmen revise Jim's behavior pattern in a few subsequent episodes. In order to avoid repetition of the same ideas, see The Pam Dichotomy S3 for more connecting factors. In addition, use the Season 3 Episode Links to review previous analyses, (if you need refresh your memory), as they are referenced in the section below.

Back From Vacation:

As mentioned in the analysis, Jim got a lot closer to Pam than originally assumed. His wall started crumbling during their break room conversation about Karen. Despite Jim's initial hesitancy, he found it easy to talk to Pam. A old line of communication was reestablished and Jim took it to heart despite his head's disapproval. This line of communication is what allows the art contest conversation to flow so easily. BFV simply serves as the first stage of a long line of emotional development that serves as a foundation for Jim's behavior through Phyllis's Wedding.

Traveling Salesmen:

The conversation that takes place between Karen and Jim and the coffee shop can be dissected on a deeper level as a result of the new scenes. Jim's behavior takes on a new dynamic when his earlier conversation with Pam is taken in to account. In the original update the conversation was analyzed with a basic surface observation:

Jim is momentarily caught off guard, but hides it well. He's essentially wondering why Karen is asking about this. How did she find out? He didn't expect this to be the topic of conversation. Internally, he's panicking with the equivalent of "Oh, crap" screaming through his head.

His curiosity exists on several levels. First of all, he's not sure how Karen found out. Jim wants to know if she figured it out on her own or if someone told her.

However, there is a new level to his curiosity following his scene with Pam. Jim is still curious for the above reasons, but he is also wondering if his prior interaction with Pam got Karen's attention. Consequently, the motivation for his internal panic mode and worried facial expression are have a little more depth.

Karen forces him to return to the reality that he with her and not with Pam. Thus, Jim jumps in and reassures Karen that he's "really glad" she's her with him. He needs to hide his feelings for Pam from Karen and from himself. Jim's defense begin rebuilding at this point. He knows Pam got in and he needs to block her once again. However, those defenses are rebuilding at a snail's pace. Indeed, Pam is able to wiggle her way back rather easily in The Return.

The Return:

The odd gap between Back From Vacation and The Return now has a bridge that connects Jim's emotional state in BFV and The Return. It's always been puzzling to me that Jim connected to Pam so quickly during the prank, (it was fast even for Jim and Pam!), but now it's clear that this connection has been getting stronger over a 3 episode arc.

Jim's reasons for going to Karen and Ryan to prank Andy before going to Pam directly relates to the coffee shop conversation in TS. Jim is leery of going near Pam because he's still wondering if Karen caught wind of his "crush" from his interaction with Pam in the new scene. Furthermore, his defenses have started to rebuild, causing him to be cautious about approaching Pam.

Once Jim finally does prank with Pam, it's entirely clear why the connected so quickly. The connection is simply a continuation that reaches back to BFV and TS. The new scene helps to create a seamless connection between these episodes. The events of The Return were not a fluke.

Furthermore, the infamous "yes" scene has a clearer origin. Jim's wall is not rebuilt and Pam is able to get through to Jim, causing him to re-explore emotions he thought he had tucked away. The Return is actually the third straight instance that Jim let Pam get close to him. Obviously, his emotions can't be held back if he's continuously reconnecting with Pam. Subconsciously, he's been exploring Karen's question, "Do you still have feelings for her?" all along. He knew the answer a long time before Karen asked, but it was bogged down in denial until she forced it out of him.

On another level, Karen's reaction to Jim's actions with Pam can be traced to the additional scene as well. She was bent out of shape during Jim and Pam's conversation. Hence, her interruption to refocus Jim's attention on her. It appears, her hawk eyes have been watching a lot closer than previously thought. She asked him about his feelings because of more than one instance of seeing him interact with Pam.

Ben Franklin:

In this episode, Jim's wall is clearly rebuilt as a result of his "yes", but it's not at full strength. His jealous face in response to Pam's request for Ryan to set her up on a date now has more meaning. The wall may be in place, but his connection to Pam has not been broken. He still feels close her and squirms at the thought of someone else taking her away from him. Jim's paradox is in full swing here as this new dimension comes into play. Jim may be trying to disconnect from Pam, but on the other hand, he can't let go. His inability to let go of the reestablished connection allows jealousy to take over. This jealousy is part of the motivation behind Jim's behavior in Phyllis's Wedding.

Phyllis's Wedding:

Just as a gap existed between Back From Vacation, Traveling Salesmen, and The Return, a similar gap formed between Ben Franklin and Phyllis's Wedding. That is until now! The new understanding of Ben Franklin, tied in with the three episode arc of Back From Vacation, Traveling Salesmen, and The Return creates a broader comprehension of Jim's behavior in Phyllis's Wedding. Initially, Jim's talking heads and light flirting with Pam seemed out of place. However, those scenes now fit within the big picture. The events leading up to Jim's actions stem all the way back to BFV and have been building all along.

Flirting with Pam at the bar is additionally about getting back in the bubble that was established in the additional Traveling Salesmen scene. His wall is still only partially rebuilt and he's reaching out to her and asking to be back in her world. This also helps to explain the deeper unspoken conversation of wanting to dance with her. The jealousy Pam evoked in Ben Franklin is making Jim try harder to keep their closeness and reconnection in place, (that has been around since Back From Vacation) even if on a subconscious level. In a sense, Jim got used to the connection and felt it's absence in Ben Franklin. Despite his head's objections, his heart refuses to let the connection disintegrate.

Jim's talking "hypothetical" talking also makes more sense. Before, it seemingly came out of nowhere. However, now it is part of the chain that stems all the way back to Back From Vacation when he thought he saw a flicker of emotion in Pam and carries through to Ben Franklin. The additional Traveling Salesmen provided the missing link of the chain. Jim can't help but notice his strong connection to Pam and that is what causes him to entertain the possibility that Pam feels the link as well.

The continuation of Jim and Pam's connection also helps to further explain why Jim was so crushed to watch Pam leave with Roy. The original analysis still stands, but an additional reason now comes to light. Jim now believes his link with Pam is severed, (links to his jealous squirming in Ben Franklin). All the closeness that had been building over the last 6 weeks has been destroyed along with the bubble that sheltered him in her world. It's more than he can handle. Which in turn further explains his new energy towards Karen and his heightened defenses.

Business School:

It's now entirely clear that Karen is an additional reason why Jim did not attend Pam's art show. The deleted scene of Karen and the flier is no longer needed. Karen is obviously jealous and annoyed that Pam has stolen Jim's attention with her art contest news. She saw the bubble and the connection that Jim and Pam share. It made her insecure and that insecurity extended to Business School. Karen knows good and well that an art show would bring Jim closer to Pam, especially since at this point, Karen is somewhat apprised of the past.

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1) Is Jim aware of the impact his reaction had on Pam? Did he know how much his enthusiasm meant to her?

2) Describe Jim's demeanor after his return to the office from coffee with Karen. Will he still ask to see Pam's painting?

3) In light of the new scene and new episode arc, did Jim want to attend Pam's art show?

4) In an odd turn of events, Jim shifted to "Old Jim." In contrast, Pam is evolving from "Old Pam" into FNB. Does Jim need to make a similar transformation into New Jim or is a return to Old Jim the right course of action? Are Old Jim and FNB compatible?

The wall Jim rebuilt at Phyllis's Wedding has grown taller and wider further trapping Jim inside his own pain while portraying a facade of well-being. The "Bottom Line" portion of the analysis for Cocktails still rings true: "The symbolism of Michael's straight jacket is uncanny in regards to Jim's emotional state. Jim's wall is so thick he's trapped inside and no one can reach him. The chains that surrounded Michael also weigh down Jim. Jim is emotionally exhausted and wants to shut down. The only way he can survive without losing his mind is to live in the limbo that his relationship with Karen provides." All of these components are still in play, but they are operating at a higher level in that the wall has begun to block Jim from himself. He's now in the process of convincingly fooling himself rather than just everyone else that he's over Pam and Karen means more to him than just a rebound.

This heightened self preservation mode is the direct result of the still fermenting pain of CN and the events of Phyllis's Wedding. The pain from CN cut him deeply and was compounded by Pam's reunion with Roy. Jim's answer to dealing with this pain is to run away from it without facing it. In response to CN he ran away to Stamford hoping the geographic distance and new people would help him escape Pam and his broken heart. Jim is still running, only now he is running to Karen, who is a remnant of Stamford. In effect, Karen is Jim's new Stamford. She is fulfilling the same role as Stamford by giving Jim a new life, a new relationship, and a new place to hide.

Jim's emotional exodus to Karen began slowly, but has steadily increased. In PW, Jim ran to her at lightening speed and is continuing this pace in response to Roy's presence in Pam's life. Roy's attack on Jim only heightened his resolve to stay with Karen and therefore the emotional charade continues. Again, his increasingly clingy behavior towards Karen has nothing to do with growing feelings for her. He cares about her, but he can't develop strong feelings for her. Jim wants to love Karen, but his heart won't let go of Pam. His desperate attempt to love someone else is simply a manifestation of classic avoidance. He thinks if he can love Karen, (or at least convincingly feign emotional attachment) he won't have to deal with Pam.

Roy made sure that Jim remembered all the complications and pain Pam brought him over the past few years when he literally shoved Jim into the reality that there are consequences for professing and acting on his feelings for Pam. This dynamic helps Jim's ice-cold demeanor towards Pam make a little more sense. Jim isn't about to face the internal consequences of the truth after the external consequences hit him head on. The internal consequences carry a much higher level of pain than any collision with Roy. Jim simply isn't ready or willing to face the demons of the past when his "new" life is seemingly so much easier and Pam free, (not to mention Roy free). Thus, Jim retains his mode of limbo where he can shut down his emotions and remain numb as he runs towards Karen

Karen Makes Plans:

Karen prods Jim about going to a movie as he tries to wiggle out of it by bringing up his distaste for Friday night crowds. Jim is a homebody and loves his TV (if he had a life, who would watch his TV!?). Karen teases him by calling him "agoraphobic," as a means to pull him out of his shell. Jim smiles widely as he playfully responds to her jab with, "Agoraphobic? Really?" This exchange can be taken at its surface as just playful banter between Jim and Karen, but a deeper meaning can also be assessed. Jim is agoraphobic when it comes to his heart and his feelings. Right now he is hiding behind a wall that won't let him out or anyone else in, due to the fear paradox that plagues his every emotional move.

Karen continues to tease him by saying," You would rather sit on your couch and watch a Phillies game than go out with your awesome girlfriend." Jim finds comfort in someone knowing him well enough to peg him so perfectly. He playfully teases back, "Absolutely correct." Karen tells him to "suck it up," and tells him they are going out to dinner and a movie. Jim continues to smile and play along with Karen realizing it is pointless to argue with her. He responds with affirmative responses to each of her suggested activities, and finally tells her "Sounds good" as he smiles. She genuinely did change his mind by reminding him how much fun she is to hang around. Jim has mentioned before that Karen is a fun escape in A Benihana Christmas, while referring to her as a rebound.

Apparently, she continues to be a fun destination for Jim's little Pam-cation. Not only that, Karen is making Jim break out of his old self both figuratively and literally. Jim desperately wants to reinvent himself inside and out and Karen is providing the motivation and means to do so. She provides the foundation for the facade of his new life without the pain and feelings associated with Pam. She provide such a strong foundation that Jim is starting to believe he can move past Pam without actually having to deal with his broken heart.

This scene also illustrates the relative comfort and ease of Jim's relationship with Karen. Ever since Phyllis's Wedding Jim has thrown himself into Karen in response to Pam's reunion with Roy. Karen responded in kind by providing him with comfortable relationship that directly contrasts the chaos, difficulty, pain, and awkwardness that plagued Jim's "relationship" with Pam both past and present. It's no wonder he gravitates towards Karen instead of Pam. An image of Jim weighing his options immediately comes to mind. On one hand is a relationship that is comfortable and emotionally easier, while the other hand holds a relationship of heartbreak and pain. It doesn't take a genius to see why Jim is with Karen.

Jim's apparent happiness with Karen is simply a manifestation of Jim's attempt at convincing himself he made the right choice. This also explains the "closeness" that appears between Jim and Karen. Only this can't be mistaken for Jim developing strong feelings for Karen. He does like her and wants to love her, but his emotional "agoraphobic" tendencies coupled with the flame he still carries for Pam prevents this from happening. The apparent closeness is from Jim fooling himself to believe his relationship with Karen has turned into something more than a rebound. As a result, Jim is desperately trying to stoke a fire that just won't start.

Roy Attacks:

Just as Jim is enjoying the escape and comfort of his present relationship, a dose of the past interrupts as Roy walks in and hollers "Hey, Halpert." This is yet another instance of proof that Karen can't hide Jim from the inevitability of the past coming back to haunt him. Jim is literally jolted from his comfort zone and immediately puts his guard up as an angry Roy stares him down. Jim breaks eye contact and briefly looks at Pam. His eyes go to her due to his full awareness that Roy's presence is entirely about Casino Night. Jim knows that Roy knows. His quick glance is enough time to silently confirm with Pam, "So, you told him." Jim probably hoped Roy would never find out because he knew Roy could and would break every bone in his body. However, part of Jim had to know he had it coming given the fact he made a move on an engaged woman, whose fiance is a "big dude," to use Karen's words, with a temper. Plus, Jim has had experience with Roy's temper before in The Alliance when Roy pushed him off of Pam. Jim probably slept with one eye open for a while after CN. The passing of time and Jim's rapid escape from the past allowed him to relax any worries he had about Roy. He figured his secret was safe considering Roy didn't come after him up to this point, thus he completely forgot about the possibility of a butt-whooping. Now that possibility is staring him right in the face.

Jim responds to Roy's heated greeting with a cautious "Hey." He is trying to assess Roy's anger level. Is he only mad enough to yell, or is he ticked off enough to actually inflict physical harm? In effect, Jim is calculating the threat level to his well-being. Jim is also holding out hope that he's wrong about the origin of Roy's anger. It's a way out in left field hope, but he's still hoping! Jim was also careful to respond in a softer tone than Roy as an attempt to deescalate the situation. What seems like an eternity of silence follows as Jim waits for Roy's response. Roy quickly glances at Pam which doubly confirms to Jim that this is entirely about Pam.

Roy anger level becomes readily apparent as he charges Jim. Jim is absolutely terrified. His eyes double in size as he grabs Karen to push her out of they way of Roy's wrath. Jim's chivalrous actions left him virtually defenseless as Roy makes contact. Jim's arms barely let go of Karen when Roy's left arm grabbed him. The force of Roy's push swung Jim around as Roy's right arm made contact and pushed him hard into the metal shelves that flank his desk. Roy would've nailed Jim with a nasty punch if it wasn't for Dwight's handy pepper spray. Even still, Jim's collision with the metal shelf sounded painful, (it was pretty loud crash). Judging from the trajectory of Jim's body it's very likely he hit the shelf with the side of his head and shoulder. Ouch! The pepper spray didn't help either! Jim walks towards Pam's desk with his hands over his eyes in response to the pepper spray and then walks towards Karen who eventually follows him towards the back of the office.

This scene not only is action packed and tense, but it also further illustrates the contrast between Jim's relationships with Pam and Karen. The decision to be with Karen becomes further entrenched, (see above). In fact it's looking better all the time and less painful both emotionally and now physically.

Roy's attack should have been a rude awakening that Jim cannot just simply ignore Pam or the feelings he has for her without facing the past or his broken heart. Instead, it caused him to retreat even further into his fantasy world where avoidance relieves the pain and the past does not exist. The past literally came crashing into him, but Jim refuses to acknowledge the reality that the past will not simply disappear.

Toby's Statement/Jim's Talking Head:

On the following the incident, Toby and Michael engage in a conference call with Jan to discuss Roy's attack on Jim. Toby tells Jan that Jim is not going to press charges on Roy or the company. Jim has a few reasons for non-action. First, Jim doesn't want to deal with the possibility of having to explain the reason why Roy attacked him. It's too personal and too painful. He's trying to avoid CN altogether and the last thing he wants to do is discuss it with his employer. Aside, from that he's had enough of talking about it with Karen. Jim already has to face the scrutiny of his co-workers, which is already making him uneasy, (he doesn't want another day like he had in The Secret). Jim is mainly concerned with sweeping the incident under the rug and keeping it private. Secondly, Jim knows he doesn't have "clean hands" in the situation, considering he made a move on an engaged co-worker, (after hours, but on the premises - for many employers that is a no-no). Jim wants to keep that little indiscretion (and what a glorious indiscretion it was!) to himself.

Jim's talking head provides the final reason for inaction towards Roy. He says, "I guess, all things considered, I was lucky Dwight was there." He's always known a confrontation could and probably would occur eventually. It was simply a question of when and how severe. Jim knows Roy is capable of beating him to a bloody pulp and doesn't dismiss the possibility. For lack of a better phrase, he knows he probably deserves it on some level. This is primarily why Jim spent the whole day trying to thank Dwight. He really did save Jim. Unfortunately, Dwight could only save Jim from imminent physical harm. Dwight's pepper spray can't rescue Jim from the internal pain of his broken heart.

In contrast to Pam, Jim is willing to talk about what happened. This is interesting in that he'll discuss it partially with the camera and he even brings it up to Dwight. When it comes to Pam, he is tight lipped. However, his recap of the incident is described in a vague manner, only referring to the aftermath. He doesn't mention Pam or the reason for Roy's attack. Jim uses his trademark humor to lighten the mood and mask his inner emotions as he pokes fun at Dwight's arsenal of desk weapons. Jim is also attempting to shift the focus to Dwight instead of himself, to avoid discussing the emotional implications of Roy's attack and the events of CN. Ever since he returned to Scranton, the camera has frequently asked Jim about Pam and he doesn't want to get stuck in that corner again.

Break Room:

Jim walks into the break room as Pam sits alone with her coffee and a newspaper. Jim walks right by her without acknowledging her presence. He probably would've avoided the break room if he knew she was there, but he probably didn't see her sitting there until it was too late to turn around. Jim immediately goes into self-preservation mode by enacting total avoidance. Ignoring Pam may prevent a conversation from taking place. Jim doesn't want to talk about Roy, the attack, and most of all the reason for the attack: Casino Night. The topic is difficult all on its own, but Pam as a conversation partner is the bigger problem for Jim.

Pam's reunion with Roy at Phyllis's cut him deep and he's still hurting, (see PW analysis for the reasons why!). Jim has been avoiding Pam ever since, thus numbing the pain. Talking to Pam about anything Roy related is simply not an option, regardless of the fact that Roy's attack is at the forefront of both Jim and Pam's thoughts. It'll dredge up the broken heart Jim is unwilling and even unable to face at this point in time. Jim is trying to extricate the complication and chaos of Pam along with his feelings for her from his life. His relationship with Karen has failed to completely shield him from the pain that still plagues him. The only viable option Jim can fathom is to ignore Pam. The logic being if he ignores her, the pain will go away. Unfortunately for Jim, Pam refuses to be ignored.

Jim walks up to vending machine and continues to keep his back turned to Pam. Pam apologizes, "Sorry I almost got you killed." His disregard for her presence failed to fend off the dreaded conversation. Jim feels cornered and is looking for a way to end the conversation before it goes any further. Jim is noticeably uncomfortable and nervous as he shifts his weight. He chooses his words carefully, "Yeah. That was nuts." He chuckled slightly out of nervousness but also as a means to lighten the tense atmosphere. Jim is also attempting to mask his emotions by referring to his reaction in an indifferent yet somewhat humorous way. His slight infusion of humor is in response to Pam's use of humor. Jim's statement is his way of telling Pam "I don't want to talk about it." It's a close ended statement that doesn't need Pam to answer him back. Jim keeps his back turned to Pam as he drops coins into the vending machine. He is hoping his signal was enough to ward off Pam, but she continues, "He could have broken your nose or something. Crazy." Jim remains silent in hopes that a non-response will clue Pam in that he's not interested in discussing Roy's attack. He shifts his weight again as a result of his discomfort.

It feels like Pam is cornering him and it's pushing him further into a self defense mode. Jim's silence is a perfect example of the fortress that currently surrounds him. His wall simply won't let Pam get anywhere near him. However, his wall is showing signs of weakness. The shifting weight and discomfort comes not only from Jim's reluctance to discuss his feelings, but the anxiousness he feels from the internal struggle between his head and his heart. His head is outright refusing to allow Jim to enter into this conversation, while his heart is screaming at him to turn around and talk to Pam. Part of him is dying to turn around. Jim traditionally fidgets and shifts his weight when his emotions get the best of him and this time is no different.

As a result, Pam's next comments catch Jim completely off guard. Pam brings up the worst possible topic, "It's just so stupid. I mean getting back with Roy and everything." The camera shows Pam and part of Jim, but it's highly symbolic of Jim's attention level. Just as the camera is focused on her, so is Jim despite his turned back. He is listening to her intently even though he doesn't want to. Nobody spends this much time at a vending machine! Pam tries to pull Jim into the conversation by asking him, "What was I thinking, right?" Jim stands stoically and silent as stares at the vending machine, only he's not contemplating a snack purchase. Pam literally knocked the wind out of him. She managed to find his sore spot and hit it hard. The "pull" in his chest probably made it difficult to breath. Pam asked the very question Jim asked himself when he saw her leave with Roy in PW. He wants to know the answer, but he just can't let himself be pulled into Pam's world again. Jim is overwhelmed with trying to hold his emotions back. He is literally in panic mode as he bottles up his emotions.

His internal struggle is again revealed via fidgeting as his finger fiddles with the top of the vending machine. His back remains turned to her so she can't see his reaction. Jim is fighting the impulse to turn around and talk to Pam. However, he knows turning around will cause his wall crumble his wall. Pam has once again managed to find a weak spot in his protective barrier, the same way she did in Phyllis's Wedding, Ben Franklin, The Return, Traveling Salesmen (newpeat), Back From Vacation and A Benihana Christmas, (see corresponding updates for further info). By admitting her own stupidity in returning to Roy, Pam managed to tap into Jim's well hidden hope, (remember the hope he toyed with in his "hypothetical" TH in Phyllis's Wedding?). This scares Jim and it causes him to build up his defenses and kick his self preservation up a notch. He does all he knows to do; hide behind his wall and shut down his emotions. Jim finally pulls himself together and says, "No, you guys really seem to have a strong connection." It hurt him to say this. As soon as the words flew out of his mouth he wanted to take them back. Jim knows the "connection" is between himself and Pam, he just won't admit it to himself. He doesn't even want to believe it. However, his self-preservation mode won't let him feel this for too long.

Jim is desperate to wiggle out of the conversation. If he lets Pam confide in him he will lose the comfort his fantasy world provides. The world he's fooled himself into believing exists -- a world without Pam. Jim [i] finally [i] makes his snack selection, as Pam makes one final attempt to draw Jim into her corner, "It's, um, completely over now." Jim has another brief moment of heartache, as Pam has prodded his hope once again. He knows he needs to get out of there fast, so Jim quickly shuts down emotionally and resorts the same chuckle he started with for, "We'll see." He needs some humor at this point, so he pokes fun at Pam's supposed single status. Inside he's telling himself, "Whatever, I've heard this before." Jim has to force himself to believe it isn't over with Roy. Otherwise, the hope he's kept buried since Phyllis's Wedding will eat him alive.

Furthermore, Jim doesn't want to set himself up for another emotional pitfall. He can't allow himself to be sucked into Pam and Roy again. He's been through this song and dance before and just doesn't have the strength to go through it again. The devastation of Pam's reunion with Roy caused him to readjust her role in his life and he's found a comfort zone that doesn't include her. Pam's single status threatens to bring her back into his life and Jim is trying to prevent this from occurring. He goes on to tell her, "I'm sure you guys'll find your way back to one another someday." Jim needs to put Pam back with Roy so he can walk away from her.

It's clear his heart isn't in the words he spoke as they are mechanical and forced. He hangs his head briefly after saying it, knowing full well it isn't the truth. His heart refuses to believe Pam and Roy belong together. It's a clever line on the writer's part, as we all sit and wait for Jim and Pam to find their way to one another!

Jim turns to leave, still aching to get out of the situation, when Pam calls his name. Pam looks him straight in the eyes and says, "I am really sorry. . . " The camera doesn't reveal Jim's expression, but it's obvious Pam's apology hit him right between the eyes. His wall, however, prevents him from feeling the full impact. Jim was close to melting. In true self defense fashion, he interrupts her before she can go any further, "Oh, yeah. Don't worry about it." It's his way of telling her to drop it while telling himself "don't let her in." Pam's apology may have bounced off the wall, but it left one heck of dent.

With Karen in the Kitchen:

Jim's frustration with Dwight continues throughout the day. He vents his frustration to Karen while snacking on carrots (the man loves his carrots!) in the kitchen, "It's like when he annoys me, and I want to screw with him to get him back. He never sees it coming. But now, I want to be nice to him, and actually give him something, and he's like an eel. I just can't grab onto him. It's infuriating." Pam would usually be Jim's confidant in all things Dwight. However, Jim has chosen to shift all his attention to Karen, and therefore she becomes his sounding board for the irritation Dwight incites. However, Karen is indifferent. She doesn't understand Jim's problem as where Pam would be on the same page as Jim.

This same dynamic existed in The Return when Jim asked her to prank Andy and she refused. Pam didn't hesitate, fully understanding Jim's need to prank. In this situation, Pam would know exactly what to say, but Jim obviously won't seek Pam out. Karen isn't sure how to advise so she suggests, "Maybe you just feel guilty about all the pranks." Jim agrees, but only half-heartedly. He smiles, because he can't help but be amused with everything he's done to Dwight. He asks Karen, "So, what do I do?" Karen responds, "Hmmmmm, I don't know. Maybe you should go back out there and sell some paper so we an go on a trip."

Jim finds humor in the jab, but it leaves him frustrated. Karen was easy to talk to but she failed to make him feel better. He lets out a frustrated vocal inflection that is nearly identical to the one he released in The Return as she walks out. Karen just doesn't "get" him. But, Jim is so caught up in the relationship with her he isn't impacted as deeply as he was in The Return. He's willing to look past it to keep his escape in place.

In an interesting parallel, Roy tells Pam he doesn't "get" her in the coffee shop. It goes to show that Jim is the only one who totally "gets" Pam and Pam is the only one who "gets" Jim. It's only a matter of time before they find their way back to one another.

Roy Apologizes:

As expected, Roy comes by to collect his check. On his way towards accounting, Roy stops by Jim and says, "Hey mam, I'm sorry." Jim doesn't respond verbally, but his facial expression lets Roy know he accepts his apology and that there's no hard feelings. Jim knows they both have dirt on their hands in the situation.

The Bottom Line:

The past is catching up to Jim despite his best efforts to move on with Karen. His wall may be blocking Pam, but it is also locking him out from himself. As a result, his emotions have nothing else to do but fester and build up until they are overwhelming. Perhaps, the wall will be knocked down from the inside, rather than the outside. Pam is ahead of Jim in that she has achieved emotional honesty. Hopefully, Jim will learn by example.

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1) Does everyone in the office know why Roy attacked Jim?

2) Was Jim's behavior in the break room understandable and acceptable? Are you mad at him? Should Pam be mad at him?

3) Should Jim have pressed charges against Roy?

4) Did Karen know about Pam and Roy's previous status before of after Roy's attack on Jim?

5) Who is the most guilty of wrongdoing: Jim, Roy, or Pam?

Just when it seems Jim's paradox couldn't possibly become more complex, another anomaly is thrown into the mix. Jim's traditional pattern of dealing with his feelings is to simply bury them until they are sealed tightly and stowed away in the dark corners of his psyche. This concept still dictates Jim's behavior, but it has taken on an entirely new dynamic. The events of The Negotiation hit Jim very hard and opened wounds he had long since ignored. Once again he has buried the pain that accompanies these wounds, but he's found a new way to mask it.

Jim's heightened mode of denial has allowed him to convince himself that he does not have feelings for Pam. Oddly, Jim's own denial is partially what draws him to Pam in Safety Training. Jim has convinced himself that he can hang around Pam because he no longer loves her. In Jim's mind there is no emotional danger and it's "safe" to hang out with her. It's a whole new spin on Jim's self-preservation model. Instead of avoidance, strong denial masquerades Jim's emotional truth. The reason for this manifestation lies with the fact that Jim has dealt with increased difficulty in burying his feelings. They keep bubbling up on him and he's losing control.

As a result, the fear paradox returns and has an entirely new component. Jim is essentially afraid of his own emotions overwhelming him as they are getting harder to contain. The last time he was emotionally overwhelmed, it literally crushed him, (CN). Instead of dealing with the struggle of pushing back his emotions, Jim is choosing to pretend they don't exist. He is exhausted and this methodology seemingly provides a break from his constant internal struggles.

Even though Jim has chosen to disregard any feelings for Pam, he is drawn to her like a magnet. Jim's gravitation towards Pam is completely subconscious and functions as part of his self-preservation mode. Jim has an innate need for comfort, which explains his continued employment with Dunder-Mifflin and his reluctance to face difficult emotional situations. Throughout his stay in Stamford Jim constantly searched for a comfort zone and validation, both of which he partially found in Karen. She still serves this purpose as Jim faces the pain of the past since returning to Scranton. However, the comfort zone Karen previously provided has begun to diminish. Recently, Karen has shown signs that she simply doesn't "get" Jim.

In all actuality, Karen has never fully understood Jim. As early as Gay Witch Hunt, there was foreshadowing that Karen will never fully understand him. In her talking head she expressed confusion over his facial expressions directed at the camera. Anyone who understands Jim, knows he needs to make those expressions as an outlet for his humor. Later in The Return, she refused to help prank Andy when Jim needed her the most. In The Negotiation, she failed to understand Jim's need to thank Dwight and jabbed him as opposed to advising him. And now in Safety Training, Karen is at a loss on how to relate to Jim or any of the situations at hand (Michael and betting games).

Hence, Jim's self preservation mode begins working on yet another level. His primal need for comfort and validation sends him directly to Pam, despite the tension between them. He knows Pam understands every part of him. The need for a comfort zone, in turn helps to create the delusion that he no longer has feelings for Pam. It's a vicious circle. Thus the paradox: He loves her, yet he has to tell himself he doesn't in order to preserve the comfort zone Pam provides. Jim doesn't realize it, but his own self preservation model is sending him on a path that leads to Pam.

The theorized calendar of events outlined in the Pam Dichotomy can be further solidified using Jim's behavior pattern. Here's a little reminder:

The events of The Negotiation most likely occurred soon after Cocktails. A safe guess is anywhere from two to three weeks. It's enough time for Roy's temper to simmer before he attacked Jim, yet not enough time for Roy to let it go. Roy himself said, "I wasn't going to do anything, but I kept thinking of you two together," which indicates he thought about it for a little while beforehand. Phyllis's appearance in The Negotiation also helps seeing as it's the first time she's been seen since her wedding. She stated in Phyllis's Wedding that her honeymoon was going to be 6 weeks. If we place the events of The Negotiation in mid-march, her reappearance is right on schedule. Given Jim and Pam's thawed out relations, Safety Training is close to a real time episode, which means it's happening two to three weeks after The Negotiation, (early April).

Andy's time in anger management also helps to realign the timeline. He left in mid-January and is now back, approximately 10 weeks later. This revised timeline helps to create a gap of time that allows for a relaxation of tensions between Jim and Pam. It's doubtful they'd being hanging out so easily if the break room conversation was only a week old. They've obviously had time to let things settle between them.

Jim's reaction in the break room was the first indicator that a new self-preservation mode was in the works. Instead of letting out pent up emotions, he held them in and buried them. If a couple of weeks is placed between The Negotiation and Safety Training, that is sufficient time for Jim to fully enact his new self preservation model. The Jim seen in Safety Training is the product of at least two weeks worth of working to conceal his emotions from both himself and others.

As the season progresses, it has been tougher for Jim to shove his feelings on the backburner. Therefore, he needs a good chunk of time in order to believe in the new reality he's created for himself, in which his feelings for Pam no longer exist. As stated in the Pam Dichotomy, the tension between Jim and Pam won't simply disappear after just a few days or even a week. In The Negotiation, both were harboring loads of pain and strong emotions and neither got to let those emotions out. In Safety Training, both were very relaxed and at ease with one another. Obviously, sufficient time has passed for the tension to subside.

Jellybean Bet:

Jim's newly evolved paradox makes an early appearance as the jellybean bet commences at Pam's desk. Jim is standing directly in front of Pam with Kevin and Oscar flanking him on both sides. Karen is on the outskirts which is highly symbolic of her status throughout the day. She may be participating in the games, but she is on the outside looking in the entire time.

Jim's placement in front of Pam is also symbolic in that he is connected to her and has taken his traditional position at her desk. He found his way to Pam's desk in Season 2 because that's where his feelings led him regardless of his attempts to push them aside. The same thing is happening here, just on another level. Subconsciously, he is acting on feelings he's convinced himself no longer exist.

The betting itself offers a nice distraction that allows Jim to simply have fun with Pam and his co-workers. Despite all that has happened between Pam and himself, he genuinely misses hanging out with her. Pam moves the candy dish towards Jim when it's his turn to guess the number of jellybeans. Jim guesses "50" and Karen follows with a guess of "51." Jim is irritated with Karen's guess and tells her, "Oh, don't be that person." For Jim, this is not playing the game, but rather it's the easy way out. This is his first indication of the day that Karen simply doesn't "get" it.

As Pam jumps to Karen's defense, the camera fails to pan over to Jim to catch his expression. He obviously doesn't catch Pam's flirtation, but he likely did notice her beyond the shield of his wall. The newly formed holes in Jim's wall allowed him to see Pam's adorable personality, (the holes developed from the break room in The Negotiation). Despite his best effort at avoidance, he is drawn to her. Pam counts the jellybeans and happily announces Jim as the winner. Jim lets out a victory cry and gives himself a round of applause. He collects his cash with a big smile and starts counting his winnings. Kevin immediately starts whining, "That is not fair. He has spent hours up here at reception with you."

Jim is at first appears oblivious to Kevin's statement as he is more attuned to counting his money. This is another instance of Jim's self-preservation mode at work. He knows exactly what Kevin means, but he's looking to forget that his previous actions at Pam's desk will stay where he wants to stay: in the past. The only way he can do this is to ignore Kevin's reference or his feelings for Pam will bubble up again. Jim is rather successful with his tactic until Kevin refuses to let it go. He continues on his little rant, "Hours and hours." This little addition is enough to grab Jim's attention. He looks at Kevin saying, "Okay . . . " and then tosses a quick glance at the camera before looking down as he utters another, "Okay" Kevin managed to break down Jim's defenses with very little effort, which goes to show just how fragile Jim is when his wall takes a hit.

Jim body language indicates he is embarrassed and a little self-conscious. Jim is well known for looking at the camera when he feels cornered. He even wears a bit of a smile as he responds to Kevin. This is one of his patented nervous smiles that always sneaks out whenever his feelings for Pam are involved. It's his way of masking how he really feels to both himself and everyone else. In this instance, Jim has to smile at this situation in order to convince himself he's over it. He is being reminded of his past feelings and his failed efforts at winning Pam's heart. The pain of those days are still eating away at him as he struggles to suppress newly riled emotions. It's during this brief moment that Jim is remotely aware that he is indulging his emotional needs by hanging out with Pam. Up to this point, Jim had been unwittingly enjoying this little jaunt into the past as he played at Pam's desk.

Jim's okays are also pleading with Kevin to stop. His face is screaming, "We don't need to bring this up." Jim needs to believe he's over Pam and doesn't feel any pain, but Kevin keeps hacking away at his wall and he needs contain the damage. Kevin can't take a hint and continues, "No, constantly for like, years." Jim responds with a harsher, "Okay," to signal to Kevin that it's time to drop it and leave it alone. Kevin threatened Jim's comfort zone, which causes Jim's self preservation model to kick in. He couldn't let Kevin continue on his rant as it had the potential of putting Jim under the scrutiny of both Pam and Karen. Throughout this exchange with Kevin he avoids eye contact with both women. Any eye contact with Pam could melt him down into a pile of putty, while a glance at Karen could mean [i] another [i] long talk. Obviously, Jim's self preservation operates on more than one front.

Kelly's Netflix:

The games continue as everyone bets on how long it will take Kelly to explain her Netflix strategy to Ryan. Jim is at his desk "working" and waiting for the results of his bet. Karen is sitting on his desk awaiting the results as well, but Jim isn't really paying attention to her. In fact, he doesn't really acknowledge her presence until she gets up to throw down her money. He takes immediate notice that Karen is the first one out of the game. Karen's early exit from the game serves as another example that she is disconnected from Jim. She may be his girlfriend, but she lacks an understanding of his background and thought processes.

It's also key to notice that Pam and Jim went out in close succession. They were pretty much on the same wavelength as their bets are only seconds apart. In contrast to Karen, Pam's bet represents a much stronger connection to Jim. She understands every part of his world.

Creed's Apple:

As mentioned in the Pam Dichotomy, this scene is significant in that it showcases Jim and Pam's synergy as they work as a team. The bet between co-workers is whether Creed will eat a potato in place of his apple. As Pam distracts Creed, Jim glides in and skillfully puts a potato in place of the apple sitting on Creed's desk. Jim and Pam's plan was smooth and artful as they work together with such ease and timing. It's another example of how well they communicate on multiple levels.

After watching this scene it hard not to think of the contrast that exists with Jim and Karen in Business School as they team up for the vampire prank on Dwight. Nothing flowed easily between them. Jim was clearly the lead on the prank and Karen proved to be an unworthy ally. Jim and Pam never had a problem finding their groove to pull off a prank. Even after all the turmoil between them, it's just like riding a bike. They know what the other is thinking and that creates the perfect team. They proved they've still got it in The Return and continue to do so in Safety Training.

At the end of the scene, both Jim and Pam reap the benefits of Creed eating the potato by claiming their cash. Karen is looks lost and out of place as she stands in total disbelief. She provides yet another example for Jim that she just doesn't fit in his world. She may be playing along, but she doesn't get it. It's highly symbolic of her relationship with Jim in general. Karen knows about Jim's past with Pam, yet she still plays along to maintain her status as his girlfriend despite the fact that she doesn't totally understand him.

Parking Lot:

Even though Kevin prodded Jim's wounds, it wasn't enough to keep him away from Pam. This is quite a development in and of itself. Rather than skulk away and avoid Pam, Jim is drawn to her. The paradox is back in play in that Jim keeps telling himself to let her go, but he just can't. As everyone heads out to the parking lot to see Michael's depression visual aid, Jim is right behind Pam with Karen nowhere in sight. Jim is not oblivious to the fact that Karen has been lost all day. He feels disconnected from her and is therefore subconsciously drawn to Pam as a replacement for the comfort zone Karen is failing to provide.

As Michael and Dwight begin their little skit, Jim inches his way closer to Pam until he is right next to her. Karen is again nowhere in sight and Jim is not looking for her. He is perfectly content standing next to Pam. She is the only one who fully understands Michael's lunacy. Furthermore, she will understand the humor of the situation. Karen cannot fulfill either of these duties. Pam comes through big time as she initiates with, "What are the odds that this is in any way real?" Jim immediately understands her light sarcasm and responds in kind, "I'd say 10,000 to one." He nods at her playfully as he settles into the familiar and comfortable groove of making fun of Michael with Pam.

Again, Jim is doing this mainly as a manifestation of self-preservation. He needs the comfort zone Pam is providing, but he has to ignore his feelings in order to do so. If only he knew his feelings were guiding his every move. It's the same paradox as before, his actions are a better representation of how he feels rather than his conscious thinking. His wall is coming down, even though he thinks it's still strong and tall.

Jim steps aside to do a quick talking head with the camera, but it's worth noting that he returns to his place next to Pam. Karen is still nowhere near him and he made no effort to stand beside her. Jim went right back to where he felt the most comfortable. Besides, Pam is the only one who "gets" Michael's antics and he needs someone who can share the humor.

The Castle:

Creed's discovery of the "bouncy castle" prompts Jim to immediately investigate. When Jim arrives at the castle he quickly glances at it then redirects his attention on Pam. His face wears a clearly amused smile, but he is also anxious. He wants to share this moment with her and he's looking forward to the banter that's sure to result. Pam doesn't immediately respond, but Jim continues to grin at her. He's waiting for her to say something or exchange an equally amused face with him. They key part of this scene is the fact that Jim's attention is rarely on the castle. Instead, he is focused almost entirely on Pam. His eyes rarely leave her.

Jim is surprised at Pam's serious tone when she finally starts talking. Rather than a funny quip, Pam expresses concern for Michael's welfare, "Oh, my God. He's going to jump." The humor of the situation immediately dissipates and Jim's attention focuses on the castle. He knows Pam is right and starts to worry about Michael. Jim may find Michael immensely annoying, but he also cares about him. Michael has been there for him on more than one occasion. Aside from that, Jim is concerned Michael might actually be stupid enough to hurt himself or worse. The connecting factor between himself and Pam shifts from one of humor to one of mutual worry. he looks at her and says, "He's going to kill himself pretending to kill himself." Pam says, "yeah" in agreement and both of them scurry back to the parking lot.

Once again, Karen was absent, further disconnecting herself from Jim. She's essentially giving Jim no choice but to hang out with Pam. (I'm liking Karen more and more at this point!)

Pam on the Megaphone:

Jim makes the first attempt to save Michael as he hollers, "Hey, uh, Michael. Don't jump on the bouncy castle. You can't do that because you're going to get horribly, horribly injured. " Jim is not successful and steps aside as Pam gets on the megaphone. Pam is adorable as she says, "I have a present for you but you have to come down to get it." Instead of watching Michael, Jim is once again focused on Pam. He loves her idea and is literally melting as he watches her.

He's so enamored with her, he isn't watching as she takes bricks from his wall. She is being very cute and he can't help but notice. He loves it that she knows exactly what will grab Michael's attention, but he also sees some of the humor she's infusing in her statements. Only Pam could pull off such a feat. He's impressed the same way he was with Pam's creativity in The Alliance while pranking Dwight.

Pam looks at Jim shaking her head after her statements. Jim immediately picks up on her non-verbal cue, "Can you believe this." He responds to her humor with a look of disbelief and an amused smile that silently sends her his "Wow. You are amazing." At the same time he is wearing his trademark sarcasm as he shares the humor with Pam. He briefly glances up at Michael and then refocuses back on Pam as she tries to further convince Michael to come down to get his "present." He may be worried about Michael, but his focus is on her.

Darryl on the Megaphone:

After Jim, Pam and Dwight all fail at talking Michael down from the roof, Darryl takes over. As Darryl speaks, it's hard not notice just how close Jim is standing next to Pam. Furthermore, he's not the least bit uneasy. In fact, he's relaxed and comfortable.
Darryl tries to convince Michael his life is worth living because of Jan. Michael's response to this is highly symbolic of Jim, "I don't know where I stand or what I want." If this doesn't sum up Jim's behavior in season 3, nothing does. All he's ever wanted to know from the start is where he stands with Pam. Michael goes on to say, "The sex isn't nearly as good as it used to be." Jim can't resist shooting Pam a smile to share the joke with her.

Jan and Michael has always been favorite topic between them. They talked about it and exchanged looks throughout Season 2 and even in Back From Vacation. It's a familiar joke that he can only share with Pam. Karen can't and never will get it. He knows the second he makes eye contact with Pam that she's laughing on the inside right along with him. It's a glowing example that non-verbal communication has returned between Jim and Pam. Jim would never admit it, but this brings an immense amount of comfort and even pokes at his hidden hope once again.

The Bottom Line:

In the analysis for The Negotiation, it was stated that Jim's wall is blocking him from himself. That is still very true, but this is starting to work in JAM's favor. Jim has chosen to bury his feelings so deep that he can tell himself they no longer exist. He doesn't realize that all this will do is cause an even bigger explosion than the one that paralyzed him in Phyllis's Wedding.

The longer Jim buries his feelings, the stronger they will become. This can be equated to boiling water in a teapot. Eventually, the steam will force it's way out and there's no stopping it. Once Jim's feelings hit their boiling point it will force Jim into emotional honesty. In effect, his own denial is creating a path that leads directly to Pam. The exact same thing happened in Season 2. Jim literally spent years denying his feelings for Pam in order to protect himself from the heartbreak of watching the woman he loved with another man. Aside from that, it was the only way he could continue to fulfill his need to be near her. However, he was never able to fully subdue his feelings.

They finally overwhelmed him on Casino Night. His "new" self-preservation model is actually a renewal of the model he used in Season 2. Jim may be a changed man, but his feelings remain the same as does his methodology for dealing with them. It stands to reason he will be emotionally overwhelmed again and will have no choice but to be honest with himself and Pam.

- - -

JAM Song of the Week:

When I heard this song, it reminded me of Jim's subconscious.

Closer to You
Artist: The Wallflowers
Album: Red Letter Days

Questions to Ponder:

1. In an odd role reversal, Karen is the one who feels out of place and in need of validation. Jim was in a similar position in Stamford, but is clearly back at home in Scranton. How will he view Karen's difficulties with fitting in? How will this effect their relationship?

2. Is Jim's self preservation model getting stronger or weaker? What about his wall?

3. Jim allowed Pam to get very close to him in Safety Training. Is this a trend that will continue or will he back away again? Is he aware of just how close he let her get to him?

4. Pam is clearly ahead of Jim when it comes to emotional honesty. How far behind is Jim? Does he need a catalyst like Pam, or will he find it on his own?

Jim has apparently located the holes in his wall along with the missing bricks Pam pulled out during Safety Training. As a result, Jim's self preservation mode has strengthened as his denial and avoidance tactics are in full swing and showing very few signs of weakness. Jim made absolutely no contact with Pam throughout the entire episode, which happened over a course of three days (1. Jim as Dwight 2. The crisis 3. Dwight as Jim). Not even a glance escaped from the confines of Jim newly repaired wall.

Obviously, Jim has had time to ponder the events of Safety Training, which allowed his fear paradox to kick in completely. He knows he let Pam get too close and he has opted to pull away. He can't risk hanging out with Pam again, much less afford her any attention. This would interfere with his self imposed belief that he is over Pam. It's a belief he must force himself to accept as a means to numb himself from his feelings and the associated pain. Therefore, he has to kick his denial into a higher gear. Jim was in denial throughout Safety Training, (and since Phyllis's Wedding) but it was not at full strength. Pam was able to poke some holes in the denial fortress and quite frankly that scares Jim to death.

Once again, Jim retreats to the only methods that have given him any peace: avoidance and Karen. Jim chose to avoid Pam at every opportunity. Both Michael and Dwight offered opportunities for him to connect with Pam by way of humor. But, Jim chose to ignore Pam in both instances as part of his avoidance tactic. Furthermore, he used the humor of Dwight's prank to connect with Karen. He followed this exact pattern after Phyllis's Wedding. By avoiding Pam and living in the facade Karen provides, Jim can continue to live in denial of his honest feelings and therefore numb the pain. Jim has simply mastered the art of living in limbo.

So where is the silver lining? Jim may be throwing himself back into his relationship with Karen and he may be avoiding Pam, but he's still at the mercy of his bottled up emotions. Jim has slowly been returning to the Jim we all knew and loved from Season 2. He's even started pranking on a more regular basis, (I've been waiting for this pattern to return). The current model of denial he's adopted is only a slightly modified version of the one he used throughout Season 2. He spent years telling himself he didn't love Pam. He's doing the exact the same thing now as a means of self preservation. Furthermore, Jim even dated other people last season. Karen can easily be referred to as a longer version of Katy. She may be a better match for Jim, but she serves the same purpose of distracting Jim from his feelings. Eventually, the facade will crumble as the truth percolates through the cracks.


Jim as Dwight:

Jim walks in to work intent on pulling a prank on Dwight. In his $11 ensemble he succeeds in agitating Dwight by impersonating his personality quirks. The fact that Jim is pranking Dwight is a huge indicator that S2 Jim is slowly returning. His pranks on Dwight have been slowly building in momentum since A Benihana Christmas, which was instigated by Pam. Since Back From Vacation, Jim has pranked Dwight a number of times, with each prank getting more and more elaborate. He first messed with Dwight's tape recorder in the cold open of Back From Vacation and then followed up with two small pranks in Traveling Salesmen, (hitting the breaks too hard and slapping him). In Phyllis's Wedding Jim pulled the infamous Altoids prank and then later convinced Dwight to look out for wedding crashers. And who could forget the vampire prank pulled in Business School? This string of pranks oddly occurred after Jim's Benihana Christmas talking head where he stated, "If I go back to doing the same stuff I used to, what am I doing?" Jim doesn't even realize he's contradicting his own self-preservation model by constantly pranking Dwight.

Ever since he transferred to Stamford he's been intent on moving on and creating a new life for himself. He's tried to use this same philosophy while back in Scranton, but he's slowly slipping back into his old routine. This goes to show Jim hasn't changed and deep down he really doesn't want to change. The escalating pranks are an indicator of the cracks in Jim's facade. Jim is having to pretend in just about every aspect of his life, except when it comes to pranking. Pranks give him an escape that doesn't test his defenses. It's simply gives him a release and little break from the turmoil of his current emotional status. In effect, it's another element of his self-preservation mode.

Even though Jim is intent on changing his life, the acceleration of pranks is bringing Jim closer to the person he was before CN. This is necessary in that he is rediscovering himself outside the confines of his facade. This is great news for JAMmers in that Pam is just outside the facade. Karen is rarely involved in Jim's pranks as he has pulled off most of his Dwight pranks solo. She She has little or no role in this escape and Jim is starting to notice this gap. This is all highly symbolic of Jim's emotional state. Just as he's returning to an old personality trait, his old feelings are fighting they're way back to the surface as well. The more he pranks, the more he breaks out of his created reality constructed of denial and finds his way back to the man he really is -- the one who still loves Pam.

Unfortunately, this pattern is spotty at best. Jim's pranks have traditionally been a way for Jim to connect with Pam. However, he's pulled all of these pranks without including Pam. Dwight has always been a traditional target between them and it's obvious he's choosing not to include Pam for this very reason. In fact, Jim never made contact with Pam while impersonating Dwight. This is partly due to the realization that Pam got too close to him in Safety Training, but this also relates to the deeper issue of returning to the past with Pam. He's not ready to go there quite yet. Pranking Dwight is his escape, as is avoiding Pam. It's really a vicious circle. It's necessary for Jim to prank as a means to break out of the lie he keeps telling himself, but he's avoiding Pam in the process. As a result, Jim's self preservation model has evolved into a paradox of it's own. It's protecting him from the pain of CN, while simultaneously bringing him back to Pam, (albeit very slowly).

Conference Room:

Jim walks into the conference room, passing right by Pam without even a glance. His self preservation model is obviously still operating with denial at it's root and functioning via avoidance. He sits down at the table with Karen at his side, while Michael rattles off puzzling acronyms. Jim is already annoyed with circumstances at hand and Michael's insanity is not helping. He is irritated when he asks Michael, "Why are you talking like that?" It's laced with light sarcasm, but Jim isn't in a playful enough mood to pursue it any further. He nods in response to Michael's answer, but his amusement level is not were it would usually be. Jim then watches as Karen tells Michael, "Actually, I think you could make the argument that it wastes time."

Pam's follow up of "Yeah, she has a point. I mean for example, with the last thing you said, by the time you explained it, it actually took up more time. . . " The camera fails to provide a clue on Jim's reaction to Pam's joke or whether he made eye contact with her. But we can assume the camera didn't show a reaction because there was no reaction. Jim is in the mode of avoiding Pam in every way and therefore has chosen to ignore Pam's statement. However, Jim can't hide forever. He lightens up as soon as Michael mentions "Threat Level Midnight." He can't help but toss an amused and all knowing face at the camera. This reference undoubtedly stirred up Jim's memory of his evening with Pam in The Client, even if just briefly. This is going to send Jim's subconscious into overdrive.

As Michael puts Dwight in charge of a press conference, Pam asks, "We're having a press conference?" Michael mocks her with, "No Pam, the press is just going to find out by themselves." He's in effect putting her down. As mentioned in the original paradox, Jim can't help but take care of Pam. When Michael states, "The press wants a story, I will give them a story," Jim fires right back by mocking Michael. In a deadpan and sarcastic tone he says, "Oh, did the press ask for a story?" Jim thinks he's only mocking Michael, but he's also getting back at him for jabbing Pam. His subconscious was able to break through his self preservation mode for this brief moment as he slipped back into very familiar territory. He may be trying to pull away from Pam, but he can't stay away.

In Andy's Car:

Jim tries to lift Andy's spirits on the way back to the office. Andy is clearly still reeling from his discovery that his girlfriend is in high school (and illegal). He looks at him with a very knowing face as he can understand Andy's pain. Jim has more than enough experience when it comes to heartbreak. He first asks Andy about music and is met with nothing but Andy's irritation. So Jim offers the only advice he knows, "C'mon man, just give it couple days. I think you'll be alright." Jim has told himself this a million times since CN.

His advice is highly indicative of his own moving on status. Despite his broken heart, Jim is still intent on putting it behind him. His tone was one of authority on the subject despite his own failures of moving past Pam. Essentially, Jim is exhibiting his false sense of confidence that he is over Pam. Aside from that, Jim is doing his best to keep Andy away from a minor!

Dwight as Jim:

Jim continues his avoidance of Pam even as Dwight provides a golden moment of humor that Jim could easily share with Pam. As Dwight begins his prank by impersonating Jim at Pam's desk, Jim does not turn around. Even as Pam pokes fun at Dwight, "Hey Dwight, you look really nice today," Jim's back is turned. Karen is leaning on Jim's desk as Dwight approaches. Karen's proximity coupled with Jim's self preservation model causes him to include Karen in making fun of Dwight's antics. Just as he's previously done, Jim is throwing himself back into Karen. He's trying to make her fit into his world.

When Dwight asks Karen if she would like to have sexual intercourse, Jim immediately looks at Karen and makes a joke, "Do you?" in an effort to connect with her with Dwight humor. Karen responds no and walks away. As much as Jim wants her to participate in the humor, she simply doesn't "get" it. Jim is so amused by Dwight he doesn't really take notice. Even when facing Dwight's ridiculous imitations, Jim still doesn't swap a glance with Pam. His self-preservation tactics of denial and avoidance simply will not allow him to connect to Pam with the traditional target of Dwight. If he allows Pam to join him on this, he runs the risk of overwhelming emotions as per the fear paradox. This is by no means a permanent development as long as Jim entertains the notion of continuing to prank Dwight. As he slowly falls back into his old routine, he'll undoubtedly search for his partner in crime: Pam.

The Bottom Line:

Jim is slowly reverting back to Season 2 Jim both in emotional status and personality. Jim may still be hiding behind his wall and protecting himself from Pam at every turn, but he is still gravitating towards her. As Jim falls back into his previous routine of pranks he will break down the illusion of his "new life" with Karen. The facade is crumbling one chunk at a time. Jim is finding himself again and that will indelibly lead him back to emotional honesty. Pretty soon Jim won't be able to plug all the leaks in his wall.

- - -

JAM Song of the Week:

Jim and Pam just need to talk to one another honestly!

Speak to Me
Artist: Rocco DeLucca & The Burden
Album: I Trust You to Kill Me

Questions to Ponder:

1) Who has more influence over Jim's behavior: Karen or Pam?

2) Is Jim aware of his self preservation tactics or is he flying on instinct?

3) Is Jim's avoidance of Pam rooted more in fear or survival?

4) A little OT, but how important is it for Jim and Pam to reestablish non-verbal communication?

Jim may have repaired his wall, but his repairs were hasty and poorly executed. Even though Jim has excelled in the art of avoidance and denial, he has yet to fully eradicate his connection to Pam. In fact, Jim found himself connecting to Pam despite his self preservation mode. She wasn't even in the office for most of the day, yet he couldn't help but notice her. If anything, her absence gave him the freedom to let his defenses down with little fear of consequences. After all, she wasn't there to react to his lowered wall.

Little pieces of Pam are sneaking inside his boundaries. Her prank on Dwight made Jim peek over his wall and he liked what he saw. The prank itself ties back to the revitalization of Season 2 Jim. As mentioned in Product Recall, "the acceleration of pranks is bringing Jim closer to the person he was before CN. This is necessary in that he is rediscovering himself outside the confines of his facade." This aspect of Jim's emotional development continues as Jim enjoyed the humor of Pam's prank on Dwight. Humor is once again connecting Jim and Pam and they don't even have to be in the same room.

While Jim found a small connection to Pam, his distance from Karen is still apparent despite the celebration of reaching 6 months in the relationship. Jim is still trying to believe in his relationship with Karen. Hitting this benchmark furthers his illusion that the relationship is actually working, when in reality anyone can see his heart is not with Karen. Deep down Jim knows it as well, but he won't admit it to himself. His relationship with Karen is the cornerstone of his self preservation model. She provides foundation for his wall, buried emotions, denial, and sense of moving on. The moment he realizes the reality of his relationship his internal and external defenses will begin to crumble.

Greeting Pam:

As Jim walks in he softly greets Pam with, "Hey." It's a small gesture, (and soooo cute), but it reveals the fact that Jim can't completely avoid Pam. She wasn't even looking at him when he walked in, yet he still drew her attention to him. It can be argued that Jim is just a nice guy and says hello to everyone and this is true, but its still significant that Jim isn't totally intent on avoiding Pam.

Conference Room:

Jim remains quiet during Michael's Women's Appreciation speech, only letting his presence known with brief glances at the camera. The significance in this scene lies mostly in Jim's position at the conference table. It Jim and Karen's six month anniversary, yet they are not sitting next to one another. Indeed, there is quite a bit of distance between them in comparison to the conference room scene in Product Recall. The distance that separates them physically is symbolic of the distance that separates them emotionally. Despite Jim's best efforts to forge a relationship with Karen, he is not connecting to her on an emotional level.

In the Women's Bathroom:

As the men of the office take pleasure in the plush surroundings of the women's bathroom, Toby asks Jim, "Where did you decide to take Karen tonight?" Jim immediately falls into the facade of his relationship when he answers "Ana Maria's." He wears an incredibly slight smile that matches his trademark nervous smiles of Season 2. These smiles appear when he trying to mask his emotions. Ryan jumps in and asks, "What's the occasion?" Jim quickly replies, "Six month anniversary," with little emotion as the nervous smile persists. It's obvious at this point that Jim's heart is not in this relationship. The benchmark of 6 months is what he's clinging to as it gives him the illusion the relationship is working. There is more of a sense of pride in his face and tone than one of warmth or enthusiasm.

Ryan doesn't respond with anything besides a look and that sends Jim's defenses into alert. He asks Ryan, "Whhaat?" with that nervous smile still entrenched on his face. He feels Ryan's scrutiny of his relationship and that causes him to squirm. He tosses a glance at Kevin as a result of feeling a little cornered. He's checking to see if Kevin's faces matches Ryan's puzzled expression. Ryan finally tells Jim, "Nothing, I think, uh, we all kind of thought you guys were just like hooking up." The self-defense alarm is screaming in Jim's head. Jim is now in the position of holding up the illusion of his relationship to Ryan as well as himself.

Ryan pointed out to Jim that his relationship status with Karen is not obvious. Although, Jim has been keeping it relatively quiet in the office, he had no idea that it appeared so superficial to his co-workers. This contradicts the internal image Jim has for his relationship that exists as part of his self preservation model. He needs Karen to be more than a rebound or a "hook-up." Jim immediately responds, "Nnno, we've been dating for 6 months." Again, Jim's face is graced with a larger version of his nervous smile. His emotions are starting to get antsy and it's showing up on his face.

He breaks eye contact with Ryan almost immediately. Subconsciously, he knows he's building up a facade to both Ryan and himself. The extension on Jim's "no" is another indicator of Jim's nervousness. Ryan has him cornered and he's getting more and more nervous with having to defend his relationship. If Ryan keeps prodding him about his relationship, Jim runs into the possibility of facing a truth he chosen to keep buried for the last 5 months. Jim knew in A Benihana Christmas that Karen is a rebound, but he's chosen to disregard that truth and forge ahead. Despite his intention to push ahead, it's again obvious his heart is not with Karen.

Jim's earlier tone of pride again carries over to this statement. He is again clinging to the anniversary itself more than he is to Karen. He was careful to say he's "dating" Karen, rather than refer to her as his girlfriend. He's, in fact, never called her his girlfriend. The closest Jim ever got to this was telling the camera, 'I'm with Karen," in both Business School and Phyllis's Wedding. His hesitance to refer to her with this term of endearment ties in with his inability to attach himself to her on an emotional level. It's safer to refer to it as dating. He still has the security the relationship without having to admit a lack of emotional attachment.

Jim self-preservation model is highly dependent on the security Karen provides, otherwise he'll be forced to admit the feelings he still harbors for Pam. He can't risk Ryan bursting his bubble. As Jim finishes reasserting his relationship to Ryan, he reestablishes eye contact with him with a pleading face. He's desperate for Ryan to believe him. Ryan's acceptance of Jim's relationship status helps to reinforce the illusion and solidifies his self-preservation model.

As Ryan accepts Jim's assertion, he feels the need to fess up to an e-mail he sent to Karen. Jim is again in defense mode, but he uses a different tactic. This time around Jim decides to use humor as a way to hide his lack of attachment to Karen. Ryan's e-mail apparently asked Karen out, but Jim shows no signs of jealousy. His reaction to Ryan's admission was very similar to his reactions to Karen's "past" in Cocktails as he is very nonchalant. Jim's sarcasm takes over as he tells Ryan, "Oh, right. I remember that one. She read it to me. She said she's not really ready to date somebody in the office, but she really likes you as a friend." A smile is showing up on his face, but it's his prankster smile rather than his nervous smile.

Making fun of Ryan diverts attention away from himself. Jim's humor has always shielded him from difficult situations. This one is raging internally, as he's struggling with the fact that he isn't jealous when he knows he should be. His head is telling him he should be jealous, while his heart is telling him he can't be jealous of Ryan's e-mail to Karen when his feelings lie with Pam. Humor allows Jim to bypass this struggle and ignore it completely. Subconsciously, Jim is hiding his lack of jealousy from himself and everyone else around him.

Jim's statement also carries a double meaning that is highly symbolic of his relationship with Karen. The truth is literally flying out of Jim's mouth, but of course it escapes his attention. Jim really isn't ready to date anyone as his feelings and heartbreak for Pam have yet to be resolved. However, Jim feels he has to date someone as a means of survival. He doesn't want to wallow in his own pain any further, so the logical step is to find someone new rather than face his internal demons. It's an easier path that gives the illusion of getting over Pam. It's a normal and completely acceptable path to follow, but as Jim will find out he's simply taking the scenic route to the truth that still awaits him. Jim may want to love Karen with every fiber of his being, but he all he can muster is 'liking" her, In effect, he is dating someone he likes as a friend. Wake up Jim, reality is calling.

On a side note, I thought it was hilarious how the men of the office behaved like women in the women's bathroom by eating candy, reading magazines, gossiping, etc. Ryan was particularly funny when he indulged in some purple lotion. And let's not forget how cute Jim was while napping on the couch. Okay, I'm done gushing now.

Pam's Prank:

Jim may have reassured himself of his relationship with Karen, but Pam refuses to be ignored even when absent. Jim meanders into the kitchen and rummages through the refrigerator for a snack. As he looks up, he notices Pam's drawing of Dwight on the informational flier posted on the refrigerator door. He immediately knows it's Pam's work. He smiles and slightly laughs to himself. He is obviously amused, but he is also impressed. Pam has pulled a prank on Jim's level and he can't help but be proud of her. He points at the picture and tells the camera, "That is pretty cool," to show off Pam's awesome prank.

He glances at the flier again with his smile lingering and soft eyes. For the moment his defenses are minimal. For this fleeting moment, he allowed himself to love her, (albeit on a subconscious level). Jim has always loved Pam's humor and this prank gave him reminder of those feelings. Unfortunately, Jim self-preservation model won't acknowledge this lapse and he will return to his previous mode of denying his buried feelings. Well, at least for the time being.

Elevator:

As Pam runs to reopen the door with the push of a button, Jim is in the elevator standing next to Karen. The distance between them is again telling of his emotional status. It's their 6 month anniversary yet Jim isn't even holding her hand. His hands are firmly stuffed in his pockets as his body carries an air of indifference. Furthermore, there's a fair amount of distance between them as they stand together in the elevator. Ryan's observations hold true here, as it's hard to tell these two are dating.

As Pam enters the elevator, Jim celebrates her presence with a warm smile and eye contact. Jim hasn't smiled at Pam like this A Benihana Christmas, when he agreed to join her in her CIA prank on Dwight. It's apparent his smile in the elevator is a remnant of the feelings her most recent prank stirred up in the kitchen, just as her prank woke up old feelings in ABC. That flier reminded him of one of the primary reasons he can connect to her and why he loves her. Therefore, he can't help but smile at her. As much as his head tells him to avoid Pam, his heart simply refuses.

Continuing Pam's Prank:

Jim evidently can't resist extending Pam's prank on Dwight. He calls Dwight and tells him he has information about the flasher. He directs Dwight to look above the sink in the women's bathroom where he has artfully drawn a mustache on the mirror to match the facial hair in Pam's drawing. As Dwight runs to the bathroom, Jim's face is wrought with anticipation, but also a little hidden anxiety. He knows he just crossed a line by extending Pam's prank on Dwight.

Jim wanted in on the prank, but he was unable to go to Pam. The last time he included her in a prank he found himself consciously connected to Pam and cornered by Karen in The Return. Besides that, Dwight pranks are hallowed ground between himself and Pam and Jim knows that. By simply extending Pam's prank he's joining her without actually having to include her. Her perceives this as being safe, seeing as Pam is not by is side. Little does he know, he's actually gravitating towards Pam.

The Bottom Line:

Jim's paradox continues as his avoidance tactic does little to break the connection he shares with Pam. Even by avoiding Pam, he is still connecting to her on some level.
Jim continues to thrive in the illusion he's created of his relationship with Karen. His self preservation model is still active in protecting Jim from the pain of his broken heart as well as providing him with motivation to move on with Karen. Jim is still in survival mode, but his defenses are showing slight signs of weakness.

- - -

JAM Song of the Week:

Back to You
Artist: John Mayer
Album: Room for Squares


Questions to Ponder:

1) How will Jim react to an honest Pam at this point? Consider the status of his self defense mechanisms, (the wall, denial, buried feelings, Karen, etc.).

2) Is Jim fully aware of the distance that exists between himself and Karen?

3) Now that Jim is aware of how his co-workers perceive his relationship with Karen, will he try to alter their perception by being more affectionate with Karen?

4) Does Jim trust Pam? Karen? How about himself?

Jim continues to live in his fantasy world where he has new life, a new girlfriend, and the illusion of no pain. Ryan's statements in the women's bathroom last week are still ringing in Jim's head. He and Karen seemed more like a couple as they hung out together at the beach. Jim was a little more affectionate towards her and the casual observer might be able to peg them as a couple for once. However, it is important to note that Jim's affection towards Karen was only slightly raised. It's clear he enjoys her company, but his body language still fails to convey any deep feelings for Karen that extend beyond simply liking her.

The surroundings likely provided more freedom to be a couple, but Jim's motivations lie mostly with his self preservation model. He literally ignored Pam along with everyone else and focused his attention entirely on Karen. He is following his pattern of throwing himself back into Karen, whenever pieces of Pam sneak through his wall. He didn't have to deal with Pam due to Michael relegating her to the sidelines. For Jim, she was out of sight and out of mind. As a result, he spent the day with his defenses down. He was ripe for the picking when Pam made her speech.

In every sense of the word Jim is lost. He is still running from the truth as he still refuses to deal with the pain of his broken heart. He's still functioning under the guise that his feelings no longer exist. He blocks his buried emotions with denial and pretends everything is peachy keen. However, Jim is starting to see the cracks in the facade he's created for himself. The escape Karen provides is not enough and Jim now has his sights set on New York as a possible new haven to hide from the truth. Jim's original mode of self preservation lead him to Stamford as part of the moving on plane. Jim is looking to move on again and escape the pitfalls of Scranton for good, unless Pam was able to shake him to the core.

On the Bus/Beach Arrival:

On the bus ride to the lake, Jim and Karen are sitting next to one another as Pam sits in the back out of Jim's line of sight. Already, he can ignore her presence. As Kevin leads the group in a rousing rendition of Kenny Rogers's "The Gambler" the camera pans over to Jim and Karen. For once, they are touching as they sit together, but it tough to say if it's intentional given the close confines of the bus. Jim's arms are tightly against his body and his hands are likely in his lap. He is very closed off, much like he was on the couch in Cocktails.

As Michael begins his funtivities speech, the camera catches them again, but they are no longer sitting as closely together. As usual, it's tough to peg these two as a couple, unless there is background knowledge that they are dating.

Once the bus arrives at the beach everyone stakes their spot on the beach, including Jim and Karen. After Michael, announces for everyone to get up and gather around, the camera catches a glance of Jim and Karen sitting together. They are close to one another and have the appearance of a couple. Aside from, A Benihana Christmas, this is the most they've seemed a couple via body language. It's highly likely that the environment is playing heavily into Jim's behavior around Karen. They are not at work and therefore have a little more freedom to exhibit their relationship. Jim is more comfortable doing so, given the fact that Pam is on the sidelines.

Furthermore, Jim has Ryan's comments from Women's Appreciation quietly repeating in the back of his mind. Jim knows he needs to up the ante with Karen if he wishes to maintain the facade of having a real relationship with her. However, once again, Jim's body language always gives him away. He may be giving off the illusion that he has feelings for Karen, but his body language refuses to agree. He doesn't give off the aura of a man whose been in a relationship with someone for 6 months. It's not like he has to be all over her, but holding her hand wouldn't kill him if he really had feelings for her. Jim showed more PDA with Pam when he wasn't even with her, so it's known he is more than capable of showing affection.

Picking Teams:

Jim continues to show more affection towards to Karen when he chooses her first for his "Survivor" team. He smiles warmly at her as he calls her name. There's no doubt he cares about her, but his smile lacked the depth that Pam always received. Once Karen meets up with Jim, they playfully and flirtatiously chest bump one another as the gear up for competition. Jim is again playing into the illusion of his relationship with Karen. He wants it to be more than it is, so he is upping the affection, albeit very slightly.

Egg Race:

Jim is having a hard time taking Michael's games serious, so he decides to engage in a good-natured prank. In the egg race, Karen is blindfolded and it's responsibility to guide her around the racecourse while she carries an egg. Instead of leading her around the course, he leads her to the lake and proceeds to get her to take a big step into the water. He is again being very flirtatious and playful.

Karen and Jim definitely give the impression they are a couple. Jim doesn't play with Karen like this in the office, but the lack of boundaries on the beach provide a new insight into their relationship. He obviously enjoys her company as she clearly sees the humor in his prank as she chases him down. Karen may not be his soul mate, but she is fun to be around and passes the time quite nicely as a fun distraction.

Hot Dogs:

Michael becomes infuriated as the group refuses to partake in a hot dog eating contest. In his frustration he blurts that he is trying to find a replacement for his job. He goes on to explain that he is interviewing for a job at corporate. Michael mentions they are interviewing a hand full of people and a little light bulb goes off in Jim's head. His self preservation model kicks into action as he contemplates the possibility of going to New York.

Deep down Jim knows his moving on plan is not working as well as he would like in Scranton. He is all too aware that Pam has wiggled her way through his wall on more than one occasion. His transfer to Stamford saved him the first (at least from his point of view), so he figures New York can remove Pam and the associated pain from his life for good. For Jim, the facade of is his new life will lose the cracks if he changes his environment into one where Pam is not around. He is exhausted from constantly having to keep his defenses on high alert and fending off his bubbling emotions. New York would be a welcome escape.

Calling David Wallace:

Although it isn't known how Jim got into contact with David Wallace, it's highly probable Jim called him. It was on his personal cell phone and Karen states she wants to be considered for the corporate position "as well" which is a small indicator that Jim said something very similar earlier. Jim's light bulb moment during the hot dog scene is, however, the strongest indicator that he made the call. The possible escape that New York embodies is tough to ignore.

He's had an entire day of lowered defenses and feels pretty good. New York would provide this relief on a daily basis. The fact that he has no problem with Karen trying out for the job as well, hints at his intention of joining Karen in New York, regardless of who gets the job between them. Jim wants to take his safety net to New York with him, to ensure his illusion of a new life is firmly in place. Jim has been in survival mode for quite some time and is desperate to move on past his pain. New York provides the perfect opportunity.

Jim seems very confident on the phone with David Wallace, but his body language gives him away again. Once he hands the phone to Karen, he becomes very fidgety with his hands. He plays continuously with his fingers and the sand on the ground. He looks out onto the water knowing he's taken a very big step in both his life and his career. He is nervous and even shows some signs of uncertainty. He showed the same insecurity during his decision to transfer to Stamford. Deep down Jim feels the pull to Scranton and Pam, but he won't acknowledge it. Jim has established yet another mode of escape, by using his job as a way to escape his pain.

Jim has always hated his job and made the infamous statement that he'd throw himself in front of a train if e advances any further. That all went out the window when Jim's self preservation model took over. He's advanced two positions higher since Season 1 and he's still hanging around. His job is just another way to divert his attention away from his feelings and his pain. His job has allowed him to avoid Pam. This time is no different. Jim probably doesn't want the job, but he needs it.

Jim covers his nerves with his humor as he makes fun of Karen for misspeaking "as well" with "in whale." Jim teases her as she speaks to Wallace with "In whale? How would that work, in whale? I just want to know. Wait a minute, if this job is in a whale, I don't want it. I don't." He's been teasing her all day and he's continuing to do so both as a way to avoid his discomfort, but he's also having fun with his distraction.

The Coal Walk:

Michael introduces the next game as walking through fire. The goal behind this game is to show him who has guts and courage. As Stanley walks away from the game Michael says, "the rest of us will have a super fun time defeating our fear. " The fire springs into action and Jim's face has fear painted all over it. Michael's statement held double meaning for Pam, but it does for Jim as well.

The coal walk is representative of overcoming fears and struggles of which Jim has plenty. Pam immediately had the courage and willpower to cross the coals as she eventually does later in the episode. However, when Michael calls on Jim to walk the coals he refuses immediately, "Nope." Michael pushes him further with, "Why not? C'mon." Jim promptly replies, "Oh, 'cause I don't want my feet to get burned." Therein lies the basis of Jim's self preservation model. On the surface, Jim really doesn't want his feet to get burned. Symbolically, however, his refusal is all about not wanting to get emotionally burned. Pam's coal walk was about more than just facing hot coals as it was about finding her courage and herself.

For Jim, the coal walk is also a representation of his struggles. He is still running from his truths and therefore can't face the "coal walk" in his soul that stands in the way of finding himself. His fear paradox dictates his behavior as he is terrified of feeling his pain or getting "burned" again if he allows himself to deal with the truth of his feelings. His avoidance tactic applies to more than just Pam. He is essentially avoiding certain parts of himself that are too painful to visit.

The Circle:

After everyone refuses to do the coal walk, Michael decides a sudden death tribal council round is the way to choose his successor. Essentially, the person who as the best sense of humor should replace him. Michael calls on Jim first, but Jim is again reluctant to comply. Jim says, "I gotta be honest. I really don't think I should be considered as your replacement." Michael thinks Jim is being too modest and prods him further. Jim tells Michael straight up that he is interviewing for the open corporate position in New York. Jim may be looking out for himself when it comes to this job but he also has a sense of loyalty and overall honesty. He could have easily kept it quiet, but Jim doesn't have it in him to go behind Michael's back.

Pam's Speech:

Jim was likely just as surprised as everyone else, when Pam sprinted into the circle. Pam excitedly proclaims she just did the coal walk. The camera doesn't show Jim's expression until she asks "Why didn't any of you come to my art show?" It's obvious he was wearing a dumbfounded smile prior to Pam's questions. He was in awe of FNB doing the coal walk and sticking it to Michael. He'd never seen her behave this way and it's a little jarring. It's also possible to detect that Jim was proud of her. Pam is being the Pam he always knew she could be. His awe fades as soon as Pam brings up the art show. His smile noticeably fades from his face. Jim feels bad and even a little guilty for not showing up, (but again who can blame him choosing not to go). He had no idea his co-workers failed to show up as well. Along with everyone else, he had no clue this hurt Pam so much.

Pam suddenly spins around and faces him. She hits him with a bombshell straight away, "Jim, I called off my wedding because of you." Jim is floored. His eyes grow wide as if he's a deer caught in the headlights. His expression strongly mirrors Pam's face after he dropped the truth on her in Casino Night. Just as she asked him "What are you doing?" and "What do you expect me to say to that?" that night, he is now sending her the same questions nonverbally. He is at a loss on what to do or say as he sits in stunned silence. Jim is in mortal shock as Pam has just hit him right between the eyes.

Jim is surprised that Pam brought up such a private issue between them. He's never seen her so brave and outwardly confident. His awe of FNB continues, despite his internal struggles. On the outside, he appears to be somewhat composed, but on the inside, there is frantic activity to reinstate his defenses. Pam caught him at a point where he has little or no defenses. He's spent the entire day with his wall down and he did not have time to rebuild it before Pam pegged him with her slice of truth. He has nowhere to run internally or externally. His wall is nonexistent and his safety net, Karen, is not sitting next to him. He is essentially forced to face Pam on his own. Despite his best efforts to rebuild, it is already too late. The simple shock of her statements is impeding the process of rebuilding his wall. Without defenses Jim's inner feelings are exposed and unprotected. This vulnerability is what allows Jim to listen.

The internal struggle between his head and his heart is effectively at a standstill, with Jim's heart in total control. A piece of him needs to hear her out. Ever since he found out Pam's wedding was cancelled, he's wanted to know why and Pam is starting to answer that question. Jim needs to know she left Roy because of him. He can now start to piece together the reality that Pam was not rejecting [i] him [i], but rather the circumstances and timing of his confession. Whether he ever reaches this reality is still up in the air, but he is beginning to receive and process information.

Jim is still reeling from her first declaration, which leaves him completely unprepared for Pam's next statement, "And now we're not even friends. And things are like just weird between us, and that sucks. And I miss you." His face is visibly knotted in pain as he allows himself to "feel" her for the first time in a very long time. Not only does he feel her pain, but he's dealing with the return of his own pain. It's no longer buried and can no longer be denied. It's in this moment that he realizes he misses her, too. He looks as though he wants to tell her, but he is still stunned into silence. She got him right in the heart with her "I miss you."

Jim has never seen Pam look at him with so much emotion. In fact, he's never really seen her love him. He had no idea Pam feels the same pain he's been struggling with since Casino Night. With this realization Jim's fear paradox makes an appearance. Alongside the pain on his face, fear resides. He is terrified of the feelings Pam is bringing to the surface, however, he has no defensive measures in place to push them back. She is pulling him back to the past, a place he fears more than anything as that's where he left his broken heart.

Pam is on a roll and she continues to pummel him with the truth, "You were my best friend before you went to Stamford. And I really miss you. The camera doesn't pan over to see Jim's reaction, but the sentiment she expresses surely reached him. He was so hurt in Casino Night he was unable to accept Pam's statement, "You have no idea what your friendship means to me." Now, with no defenses or a freshly broken heart, he is in a position to at least begin to understand just how much he means to Pam. Pam made a smart move to simply tell him she missed him. He's not ready to hear "I love you." Her "I miss you" already had a profound impact on him.

An "I love you" would've ignited his fear paradox enough to create a temporary shield and a place to hide. Pam drops another bombshell that Jim needed to hear, "I shouldn't have been with Roy, and there were a lot of reasons to call off my wedding. But the truth is, I didn't care about any of those reasons until I met you." Pam has meandered back to the past and Jim's face is still shows signs of the pain that is surging through him. His brow is still knotted and his eyes carry the same hurt that he wore in Casino Night. However, he can't help but nonverbally express to her, "Pam, I had no idea." He is again "feeling" her.

Knowing Pam shares his pain speaks loudly to his heart. It's comforting for him to know that he is not the only one hurting from Casino Night. More importantly, Jim needed to hear Pam admit Roy was a mistake. He knows she was referring to both her original relationship with Roy and her rekindled relationship from Phyllis's Wedding. Jim was cut deep both in GWH and PW. Despite the pain in his eyes, they also have a softness that is the direct result of Pam owning up to her mistake. He can't help but melt with Pam's heartfelt admission that she is aware she hurt him. Pam's last statement in this segment effected Jim as well. She is again letting him know how important he is to her and he feels her warmth. That in itself stirs emotions Jim hasn't allowed himself to acknowledge since CN. The wall isn't there to stop her from touching his heart or to stop his emotions from flowing.

Jim continues to listen as Pam loses her train of thought, "And now you're with someone else, and that's fine. It's . . . whatever." Instead of maintaining focus on Jim, the camera pans to Karen's face. However, it highly probable Jim caught a glimpse of Pam's jealousy, despite her best effort to push it aside. It's the first time he's seen Pam react to his relationship with Karen with any type of emotion. He's now aware that it does bother her and that impacts him heavily. Again, she's waking up emotions that he kept carefully buried. Jim doesn't want to be impacted by her flustered words, but his defenses have yet to be repaired.

Pam regains her composure and simply tells him, "The thing that I'm just trying to say to you, Jim . . . . is that I miss having fun with you." Jim 's expression is much softer as his pain gives way to his own honest response of missing her for the same reason. Pam isn't the only one who lost her best friend. Jim, too, has felt the empty void from Pam's absence as his best friend. He knows he is partially responsible for widening the gap, even though he felt he had no choice. But the reality of the situation still stands, he misses her plain and simple.

Karen has never been able to replace Pam, no matter how hard Jim tries to convince himself otherwise. The fear paradox has also abated as Jim realized Pam didn't expect him to do or say anything in response. He understands she just needed to say her peace. Now he just needs to figure out what it all means to him.

Pam takes her leave as she heads towards the lake to cool her burned feet. Jim doesn't move. He sits stoically as he stares at Pam's previous position. The shock of it all is still slowing down his brain function as he tries to sort through everything Pam just told him. He can't bring himself to look away from Pam's spot. In a sense, Pam's former space is now occupied by the truth. All the feelings he's denied are staring him in the face and like Pam, they refuse to be invisible. His unmoving body does little convey the overwhelming torrent of emotions raging inside of him.

His face, however, gives him away as it carries an expression of bewilderment. The dam has broken and Jim is once again flooded with the feelings he's been denying and burying for so long. The "water" is flooding every part of his subconscious and conscious thoughts. The wall is crumbled at his feet. There is no escape and no protective barrier. Jim doesn't dare look at Karen. Subconsciously, he knows the truth is all over his face. Besides, she can't save him anyway and he knows it.

Throughout Pam's entire speech, Jim never breaks eye contact. He was listening to her wholeheartedly. The lack of defenses gave Pam the open door she needed. It just goes to show how thick Jim's defenses were. Once they are down, he doesn't stand a chance. Pam had his attention from the start as she exhibited FNB. Everything she did and said directly contradicts everything he thought he knew about her. He was enamored.

Pam may have only spoken for a couple minutes, but she was able to pull him out of his escape for that brief time. He spent the day basking in his fantasy and Pam snapped him back to the reality he's refused to acknowledge. However, only time will tell if he'll remain in reality or sprint back to his fantasy world. Pam forced Jim to face every aspect of his denial and buried feelings. It's now up to Jim on whether he'll deal with those feelings or if he'll try to push them all back behind the dam. Through all the turmoil, it's important to note that Jim's perception of Pam is entirely new. He saw FNB and realizes he's not dealing with the same Pam he walked away from on CN.

Pam won back some of his trust with her honesty. Pam scored huge points by admitting her fault with Roy. Jim needed to know he was right about Roy being all wrong for Pam. Beyond the satisfaction of being right, Jim walks away with something much more important. He realizes he's not the only one hurting and that levels the playing field. Above all else, Jim saw and felt honest emotions from Pam directed squarely at him. He's never seen Pam look at him that way. It's a face he won't soon forget. The hope Jim has carefully stowed away since PW, is quietly awake and is gently tugging on Jim's heart.

The Bottom Line:

The ball is in Jim's court. Game on.

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1) Will Jim approach Pam in response to her speech? Does he need to?

2) Assess Jim's defenses. How will his self preservation model change? What about the wall? Will it stay down or will Jim find a way to rebuild it?

3) How will Pam's speech effect Jim's relationship with Karen?

4) Does Jim know Pam loves him? Does Jim know he still loves her?

In the first segment of The Job, it's obvious that Jim is at a loss when it comes to Pam, his feelings, and Karen. The struggle between his head and his heart has reached the pinnacle of conflict.   He has a huge choice in front of him, but he has absolutely no idea how to proceed.  As a result, Jim's self defense mechanisms step in to put him in his all too familiar mode of limbo, (see The Convict and A Benihana Christmas for this concept), until he sorts through the whirlwind of emotions set off by Pam's beach day speech.  However, Jim self defense mechanisms are functioning at a different level.  The wall is down, but has been replaced by a glass barrier.  The window allows him to see Pam, but he is still protected.  Albeit, by a very fragile and easily broken barrier, but it provides enough of a defense to keep Pam from totally breaking through to him for the time being. 

Jim clearly enjoys the relaxation of tensions between himself and Pam.  However, it's also causing him to return to his previous escape tactics.  Jim continues his facade of New Jim with Karen and his new possible escape of New York.  He has willingly put himself back into the "friend zone," as a temporary safe haven.  It's all about keeping Pam near without letting her get too close, while he sorts out the mess that is his life and his feelings.  The fear paradox is at the root of this newly employed defense tactic.  Jim's underlying fear of losing Pam has been around since Season 1, but it's now coupled with the fear of his feelings, her feelings, and getting hurt again.  He needs her, but he is terrified of actually making the decision to be with her.  

The friend zone keeps Pam in his life, but also allows him to continue to explore the possibility of moving on with Karen.  It's limbo at it's finest.  Part of Jim's motivations to explore his relationship with Karen, lie with the fact that he is more aware the faults in his relationship with Karen.  He's starting to see through the facade of  not only Karen but New Jim.  He's not sure if he wants to continue on the route to a new life or go back to a life where Pam is waiting for him.  Pam's open door is tempting, but fear enlivens the prospect of a new life in a new place.

Special Note: As in the PD, the beach day flashback scenes will be analyzed in chronological order, rather than as they appeared in the episode in order to create stronger continuity between Beach Games and The Job.

Beach Scene #1 - Jim Responds to Pam's Speech:

From Beach Games analysis:

He sits stoically as he stares at Pam's previous position.  The shock of it all is still slowing down his brain function as he tries to sort through everything Pam just told him.  He can't bring himself to look away from Pam's spot.  In a sense, Pam's former space is now occupied by the truth.  All the feelings he's denied are staring him in the face and like Pam, they refuse to be invisible.    His unmoving body does little convey the overwhelming torrent of emotions raging inside of him.  His face, however, gives him away as it carries an expression of bewilderment. The dam has broken and Jim is once again flooded with the feelings he's been denying and burying for so long.  The "water" is flooding every part of his subconscious and conscious thoughts.  The wall is  crumbled at his feet.  There is no escape and no protective barrier.

Despite being stunned and overwhelmed, Jim knows he has to talk to Pam.  Part of him wants to make sure she's okay, but the rest of him feels compelled to respond to her with the same kind honesty.  So many things were left unexplained and unsaid between them and he wants to take advantage of the opportunity Pam has laid out before him.  However, Jim isn't about to head into the situation with no defenses in place.  He can't let her see the emotional firestorm that is raging inside of him.  The last time he allowed her to see his vulnerabilities he was crushed.  He can't afford to do that again. 

Instead of a wall, Jim has the equivalent of a glass barrier.  He can see Pam and she can see him, but she can't get too close.  It's a fragile barrier, but it's enough for Jim to be able to function in an emotionally charged situation.  He walks up to her with his head down and his hands stuffed in his pockets.  He is nervous and remains a little shaken from Pam’s earlier revelation.  He takes his place next to her and a long pause ensues as Jim tries to find his words.  He doesn’t know where to start or what to say, so he resorts to a simple ice breaker to ease his way into the conversation, “How are your feet?”  Pam responds, “Medium rare.” Her unexpected humor was a welcome surprise.  He looks at her and smiles warmly.  His smile grows larger and he even chuckles slightly as she makes eye contact and smiles back at him. 

Jim is in awe of the fact that Pam can make him laugh, even in a difficult and awkward situation.  As a result, Jim is much more at ease despite the chattering of his nerves.    He jumps right in and says, “The real reason I went to Stamford was because I wanted to be  . . . . not here.”  He is acknowledging that Stamford was an escape both geographically and emotionally.  Jim knows Pam probably already has an idea on why he left, but he still felt he needed to tell her.  She needs to know his emotional reasons for leaving not just the simple logistics of separating himself from her. 

He starts off his explanation with a stronger tone, but he quickly drifts off when it starts to get emotional. This is testament to the weaker defense barrier.  He needs to let her know she hurt him, but he can’t let her see too much.  There is a pause and loss of eye contact before Jim says, “not here.”  He feels his vulnerabilities surfacing and he’s trying to find the right words.  The torrent of emotions are swirling inside, but he doesn’t want to run the risk of conveying too much outward emotion.  The loss of eye contact results from his nerves as he’s hesitant to cross this line.  He’s opening up to her in way he hasn’t since Casino Night and it’s terrifying. 

Jim knows he can get in a lot of trouble if he uses the wrong words.  His phrase of “not here” says it all but also keeps Jim’s heart well guarded.  Jim makes strong eye contact with Pam when he finally finds his words.  His eyes tell her the words  “not here” means so much more that geographic distance.  All the pain that Jim has held in since CN poured from his eyes and his angst ridden voice.  In two words Jim was able to tell Pam his reasons for leaving boiled down the this very moment or “here” of having to face her and the situation in general.  Jim is telling her he essentially left to avoid the pain, awkwardness, and embarrassment that resulted from Casino Night.  He wanted to escape the deterioration of the relationship with a clean break, not to mention the pain of his broken heart.  

It’s difficult for him to tell her he couldn’t be around her, especially since being with her is all he ever wanted.  Jim is also letting Pam know he is hurting from the distance caused by their fractured relationship.  He, too feels the loss and he never wanted their relationship to be this awkward.  All he knew is that he couldn’t stay in Scranton, it was just too painful.  He is making it very clear that he left of because of her.  This is really the first time that Jim has attempted to tell Pam she broke his heart.  It’s the primary reason he left Scranton and Jim needs Pam to know.  Pam looks at him at simply says, “I know.” Jim needed to hear this from her.  It’s a huge relief that she understands why he left, but it’s also reassuring to know that Pam doesn’t blame him for leaving.

Jim next addresses his behavior since returning to Scranton, “And even though I came back, I just feel like I’ve never really come back.”  This is a direct response to Pam’s earlier “I miss you.”  He knew she missed more than the friendship and that she really missed “him.”  Jim knows he’s a different person, but he’s trying to tell her he had to change.  It was the only way he knew how to get past the pain.  The jury is still out on whether the person he has become is the person he wants to be.  He’s been uncomfortable in his own skin all season long.  The problem is he doesn’t know [i] if [i] he can go back to the Old Jim Pam misses so much.  He misses him too, but the pain he fears so much lies in Old Jim.  Hence, his reasoning in only being able to return geographically, but not emotionally.

Jim’s eye contact throughout his statement is fleeting  as he breaks eye contact with Pam more than he makes eye contact.  The vulnerability he is exhibiting is making him nervous and a little insecure.  It’s the first time he’s talked about this with Pam or even himself.  When he isn’t looking at Pam, he is looking inward.  Although Jim has known all along that he is a new person, he hasn’t fully examined the ramifications of those changes until Pam brought it to his attention.  He realizes he is hurting Pam.  In effect, Jim is apologizing for his cold shoulder.  His statement was short on words, but his face carries the remorse and hurt his words can’t convey.  It’s his way of telling her he didn’t know how to “be” around her and he doesn’t know how to fix it or if he even can.  He’s sorry for not coming back, but he doesn’t think he can come back.  

Pam doesn’t respond right away, but instead peers right into his soul.  She drops another bombshell with “I wish you would.”  Jim returns to his previous mode of stunned silence.  His face is a dead on match to the one he wore following Pam’s speech.  She literally knocked the breath out of him.  Jim realizes Pam has feelings for him.  It’s no longer a hypothetical, but a reality that is staring him in the face.  She is asking for Old Jim to come back. 

He views his new life as “easier” and pain free, but he sees the open door to come back to himself and to her.  It never occurred to him that he could really come back.  It’s tempting and he feels the pull, but the fear paradox keeps him from walking through.  He’s not sure he can go back to being the man that loves Pam, (on a conscious level anyway).  The fear paradox is in full swing as he is afraid to let her in, but he’s also afraid to lose her.  The emotional chaos he’s managed to keep contained is again tearing through him on an internal level.  Part of him wants to hold her in his arms while the rest of him is paralyzed by the fear of getting hurt again.

Beach Scene #2 - The Hug: 

Pam’s call for the return of Old Jim sends Jim’s defenses into high alert.  Unfortunately, the flashback scene doesn’t document Jim’s dialogue.  His response to Pam’s bombshell is known only through Pam’s talking head as she paraphrases, “He just basically said that, he missed my friendship, too, and I would always mean a lot to him.”  Jim really does miss Pam and the friendship they shared.  He wants the tension and awkwardness to end.  He is exhausted and wants to find some peace.  As hard as he has tried to move on, he’s never been able to sever the connection completely.  The trick therefore becomes, figuring out how to keep her in his life, while keeping his distance at the same time.  

When Jim “tells” Pam he misses her friendship, he is reinstating the friend zone.  The friendship essentially becomes Jim’s new escape.  He can hide there until he figures out his feelings, who he is and what he wants.  Prior to this, the friend zone was his greatest enemy in that it prevented him from telling Pam how he really felt.  In an odd reversal, the friend zone now serves as a safe haven that allows Jim to push his pain aside.  By reestablishing the friendship he keeps himself in emotional limbo.  He can still have Pam in his life while also having the freedom to explore New Jim.  

Jim still feels like he has to move on to make the pain go away.  He is afraid of his feelings, Pam’s feelings and most of all of getting hurt again.  Moving on still seems like the best plan to bypass the pain and the fear.  His head’s logic tells him his best bet is leaving it behind so he doesn’t have to deal with it.  His heart, however, isn’t going to allow him to let her go that easily.  By letting Pam know she would always be special to him, he is creating enough distance between himself and his feelings to keep her from getting to close to him without actually losing her. 

He still can’t admit to himself that he loves her as he fears the pain that admission would entail.  He doesn’t want to hurt Pam anymore and he doesn’t want to hurt anymore either.  The friend zone seemingly provides a safe place where neither will hurt the other.  In effect, renewing the friendship is a way to bypass the pain. With this defense in place, Jim has set himself up for the ultimate decision.  He didn’t close Pam’s door, nor did he walk through.  Instead, he sits on the doorstep with Pam one side and Karen on the other. 

Jim and Pam seal the friend zone deal with a hug.  Jim actually reaches out to her first (by a millisecond - but still first!).  This small gesture demonstrates the strong connection he feels towards her and his need to be close to her.  He still loves her, but his own confusion and fears cloud his ability to find his way to her.  He hangs onto her arm once the hug ends, which is another subconscious action that shows he doesn’t want to lose her.  He motions for her to walk with him as they leave the shoreline.  Both are breathing in the clear air between them with a new sense of ease.

Haircut/Talking Head/Pam’s Compliment:

Jim walks into work sporting a brand new haircut, and it’s obvious he is self-conscious about his appearance.  He knows he is going get attention, but he’s still hoping he’ll slip under the radar of his co-workers.  However, his discomfort is primarily rooted in the fact that he doesn’t feel like himself.  Ever since Pam pointed out the absence of Old Jim, he has been more aware of New Jim.  The haircut itself is another indicator that Jim is still entertaining the idea of a full escape from the past, but his discomfort shows his uncertainty is still pulling him towards a return to Old Jim.  He doesn’t look at Pam, even as he nears her desk to hang up his coat.  He’s worried about how she’ll respond to New Jim’s new look.   

Kevin is the first to say something, “What’s different about you?”  Jim’s sarcasm immediately jumps into action as a means of dealing with the unwanted attention.  His facial expression is “playing” with Kevin, “Gee, I don’t know,” all the while conveying his annoyance at the absurdity of Kevin’s question.  Jim would really like to say, “Isn’t it obvious?”  Kevin goes on to say, “You look worse.”  Jim responds with more sarcasm on his face as he says, “Thank you.” It’s not what he needed or wanted to hear.  He is already a little uncomfortable with how he looks and Kevin’s comment didn’t help.  To make matters worse, Meredith adds her two cents with, “He got a haircut and it’s sexy hot.”  Jim looks at the camera completely mortified and utters a matching, “Oh.”  Her comment was beyond inappropriate to him and certainly doesn’t want [i] that [i] kind of attention from Meredith. 

Just when he thinks his discomfort level can’t go any higher, Meredith asks him to turn around.  He politely says “No” with a nervous smile as he is horrified at her request.  He doesn’t think of himself as sexy or hot and doesn’t enjoy this kind of attention.  Meredith presses him further, but Jim again sticks to being polite and tells her “No thanks” hoping that will be the end of the issue.  However, Meredith belts out a forceful, “Do it!’ in response.  Jim horror continues as he silently tells himself, “Oh my God.  Make it stop.”  He doesn’t respond to Meredith this time hoping non-response will make her stop. 

He makes his way to his desk careful not to reestablish eye contact with her.  Jim’s torment continues as Andy jumps into the fray, “What’s up big haircut?”  Jim is amused at first as he has accepted the fact that he is going to be inundated with comments.  He looks at the camera with a “here we ago again” expression on his face.  Andy goes onto explain that Jim’s new nickname will be big haircut.  Jim tires quickly of Andy’s comments and lets out a frustrated breath as he says “Andy,” in a pleading voice that begs him to stop.

The motivation behind Jim’s haircut becomes clearer as he explains it was Karen’s idea in his talking head.  Jim explains, “Karen suggested that I get a haircut for the interview tomorrow,” with a noticeable air of annoyance.  Jim smiles slightly throughout his comment, as he resorts to his usual coping strategy of humor.  Everything but his humor is beyond his control.  Despite his obvious misgivings about his appearance, Jim can still find the humor in his situation.  Jim loses eye contact with the camera during the first half of his statement, which indicates his irritation with Karen.  This is furthered by the fact that he never looks at Karen while everyone comments on his hair in the previous or subsequent scenes.  His reaction almost seems like it was a rather forceful suggestion on Karen’s part. 

Jim goes on to say, “so that I could look presentable and not as she so lovingly puts it . . . homeless.”  Jim’s comment is dripping in sarcasm but is also laced with a little bit of aggravation.  He seems a little upset about his appearance and is clearly frustrated that he gave in to Karen’s “suggestion.“  He never thought himself as looking “homeless” and is a little insulted.  Karen make him feel bad about his appearance, which explains his bout of self consciousness as he walked into work.  

Jim’s clear annoyance with Karen is the first time he’s shown any outward awareness of the cracks that exist in the facade he’s created with his relationship with Karen.  She is “running” his life and he’s more aware of it.  However, he’s still allowing her to do it so he can stay in limbo.  Karen is still a safe place and she is the foundation of his escape tactics.  She makes New Jim a real possibility.  He is simply along for the ride while he figures out exactly who he is and what he wants.  Jim’s behavior is reminiscent of a teenager who experiments with feelings and outward appearance until his self-truth is finally revealed, only Jim is letting someone else run the show.  It’s another manifestation of the limbo Jim has inflicted upon himself in order to avoid dealing with the mess of his emotions for the time being.

As Jim gets ready to sit at his desk, Pam calls to him, “Hey, I think it looks great.”  He warmly replies, “Thanks, Pam” as he makes eye contact with her.  He throws a glance at Kevin and Meredith feeling totally redeemed in spite of their earlier comments.  Jim grins warmly at Pam, with his eyes non-verbally telling her, “thanks, I really needed that.“  He then turns around continuing to grin to himself as he still feels her warmth wrapping around him.  Her gesture was a small reminder of why he loves her.  When in doubt, she makes him feel good about himself, plain and simple.

Karen at Jim’s Desk:

Karen takes a seat on Jim’s desk and suggests they leave for New York early to, “get a bite, get a hotel room, enjoy the city a little bit.”  It’s written all over Jim’s face that he doesn’t want to as he lets out a drawn out “uhhhhh.”  His head is nodding “no” initially as a subconscious tic.  The Old Jim in him is content with spending the evening at home in Scranton, probably in front of the TV (otherwise who would watch it?).  However, he decides to go along with it as the escape factor changes his mind.  It’s another way Karen is offering a chance for Jim to explore New Jim and the new escape of New York. 

The draw of moving away from the past and the pain is too much for Jim to pass up.  Jim resorts to humor to hide his uncertainty from Karen as he says, “I just have so much paperwork to do.”  He feigns a labored breath, signs his paperwork and tells her, “Wow, done.  Let‘s do it.”  Seeing as Karen is calling the shots, it’s just easier to agree with her and go along for the ride. 

Karen vs. Pam According to Kevin:

Jim finds himself in Kevin's corner later in the day and once again finds himself in an uncomfortable spot.  Kevin bluntly asks him, "Who do you think is hotter: Pam or Karen?"  Jim's reaction closely resembles his behavior in The Secret.  He is beyond uncomfortable with his personal life being the subject of office gossip.  The real issue however, is the fact that Kevin is poking at the truth with a little too much accuracy.  Jim hasn't even begun to sort through the chaos of emotions that broke free from the dam in Beach Games.  He doesn't want to talk about it with himself, much less Kevin. 

Jim responds to Kevin's question with a polite yet strong answer of, "Yeah, I'm not gonna talk about this now."  Jim is hoping this will be a strong enough message for Kevin to stop poking around in his personal life.  Kevin, of course, completely misses the cue and continues to assess Pam and Karen by observing their height and breast size.  Once Kevin tells Jim Pam has bigger breasts, Jim gets incredibly fidgety and nervous.  He utters a beleaguered "Wow" to himself.  He's attracted to Pam and always has been.  Kevin is again making him uncomfortable by forcing Jim to deal with his internal truth. 

Aside from that, Kevin is continuing to bring forth the ultimate decision Jim must make between Pam and Karen.  It’s not just a choice of which woman he wants to be with, but also a decision on the man he wants to be.  It’s a decision he hasn’t been able to make and has avoided since his return to Scranton.  Jim is desperate to get the spotlight off of his impending choice, so he turns to his sense of humor to bail him out once again.  Kevin continues to blabber on by explaining Karen has a prettier face.  Jim suddenly looks “interested” in Kevin’s observations and asks him “What else?”  Sarcasm is once again Jim’s ally when it comes to wiggling out of tough situations.  Kevin continues to say Pam also has a pretty face and Jim responds with an affirmative facial expression, but the sarcasm remains.  It’s his way of avoiding the truth that he is still attracted to Pam.  If he makes it into a joke, he doesn’t have to deal with his deeper emotions. 

The friend zone escape can’t work if Jim owns up the fact that he is attracted to Pam.  It’s imperative that Jim sees her as just a friend and nothing more.  Kevin then says the magic words, “It’s a tough call.”  These simple and casual words sum up Jim’s entire situation.  Jim mirrors Kevin’s phrase “Really tough call” with continued sarcasm, but the symbolism is unmistakable.  Jim knows he has a tough decision ahead of him but isn’t able to make it quite yet.  In the mean time, Jim has managed to escape Kevin’s prodding comments.  At the same time, Jim can amuse himself by sending Kevin on a wild goose chase.  Jim will always be the eternal prankster. 

The Bottom Line:

There is a fork in the road and Jim lost his map.

- - -

JAM Song of the Week:

Comatose

Artist: Eagle Eye Cherry

Album: Desireless

- - -

Questions to Ponder:

1) Can Jim be happy without Pam?  Why or Why not?

2) What did Jim learn about Pam on the shoreline?  Is it enough to forgive her?  What about himself?

3) What is Jim’s biggest fear?

4) Is Jim capable of putting Casino Night behind him at this point?  

5) Does Jim trust himself?

6) What are your thoughts on the friend zone? (Only if you want to weigh in on the debate.  I’m just curious!)

 

The choices that lie before Jim are becoming more and more apparent as Jim wades through the chaos of his emotions.  The decision at hand extends much deeper that whether he should stay with Karen or take another chance with Pam.  Jim ultimately has to decide who he wants to be: New Jim or Old Jim.  Jim has spent the better part of year trying to reinvent himself as a means to bypass the pain of his broken heart and start over. 

The events of Beach Games cleared some of the fog and allowed Jim to see a clearer picture of himself.  He can now distinguish between the man he was and the man he’s struggled to become all year.  This awareness is what makes his choice unavoidable and imminent.  In the name of self-preservation, he’s maintaining limbo status with the friend zone and Karen as a temporary safe haven as he grapples with his feelings and weighs his options. 

The problem with this self-preservation dynamic is that it’s failing on both sides.  The glass barrier allows Jim to see Pam and that’s enough to let her in.  He wasn’t expecting that at all and it’s too late to rebuild the wall.  He’s finding he still enjoys her company and her warmth.  He can’t help himself as he responds to her with equal warmth.   He is drawn to her and feels the pull of “home.”  But, this scares him a little.  The fear paradox kicks in and forces him to run towards Karen, his now traditional mode of escape.  Karen fails to live up to her role as his safe haven as she pushes for change he isn’t ready for, but also corners him with the ultimatum that he has to choose between her or Pam.  No matter where Jim goes he is faced with the reality of his situation.

Jim thought he knew what he wanted and now he’s not so sure.  He’s beginning to question the actions of his own self-preservation.  He’s starting to realize his emotions are matching up with his behavior.  This of course scares him and sends him running even further into his perceived escape in the hopes of finding a safe place to hide.  He’s so lost and overwhelmed he doesn’t know where else to go.  As a result, his confidence in himself is taking a hit.  On the outside he’s fine, but on the inside he’s a mess.  His self-preservation model is no longer functioning at a level that allows Jim to numb his feelings.  His emotions aren’t under his total control and that creates a little insecurity.  This explains his reliance on Karen.  She is very strong and overbearing, but she gives Jim a foundation and something to hang onto so he doesn’t drown.

Aside from the tough decisions Jim must make, he is faced with the overwhelming task of finding himself.  He’s spent so much time reinventing himself he got lost along the way.  He’s finally found his way back to the fork in the road that where one path leads to the man he was and the other leads to a man he can see himself becoming.  The path he chooses will lead to the choice he must make between Pam and Karen.  Jim is basically faced with the definitive question of “What do I want?” 

Jan’s Big News: 

Jim doesn’t initially notice Jan as she emerges from Michael’s office.  Pam’s “Oh my God” alerts him to Jan’s new physique.  He immediately sees the humor of the situation and turns his attention to Pam.  Interestingly, Karen is within close proximity, but Jim does not turn to her.  His position in between the two women is symbolic of the decision he is faced with making.  In this instance he chooses Pam (a nice bit of foreshadowing).  Subconsciously, he is drawn to Pam because he knows she will understand and condone the humor of Jan’s boob job.  He looks at her with disbelief and matching sarcasm all over his face.  Non-verbal communication takes over as they are both thinking the same thing.  Jim knows he doesn’t need to say a word.  Pam already knows what he’s thinking.  That relaxes him a great deal as he falls into the old familiar mode of friendly banter with Pam.    

Pam takes the joke further and mimics Jan’s large chest with her hands while mouthing the word “Huge” with an animated face.  Jim can’t help but silently laugh at Pam’s humorous exaggeration.  He loves her humor and smiles affectionately at her as they share this moment of laughter.  He misses her and this nostalgia is why Jim responds so warmly to Pam.  Unbeknownst to him, he is totally smitten by Pam’s behavior and it’s all over his face.  The friend zone has created a false sense of security and he thinks he can trust himself.  However, the glass barrier is failing as Pam is easily making her way into his heart.  He decides to build on her joke and says, “Bigger actually,” as he continues to smile.  It’s this moment where Jim is in a little bubble with Pam.   

He’s not thinking about the past or the pain, only her. He had a similar moment with her in Traveling Salesmen (newpeat) where he was alone with Pam even with Karen right behind him.  He feels her warmth even as she’s poking fun at Jan.  Her humor is lighthearted and good natured, rather than cold or mean spirited.  Pam responds by whispering “That‘s crazy.” He’s still amused and simply says, “Mmmhmmm.”  Pam takes it a step further and whispers “Wow!’ with another animated facial expression.  Jim is taken in by her humor again as he smiles widely at Pam and acknowledges -her “Wow” with a non-verbal “wow” of his own via facial expression.  He slightly laughs under his breath as he clearly enjoys the moment with Pam.  For a moment, Jim let himself “come back” and it felt good. 

He turns to take another look at Jan, when Karen walks up to his desk.  His smile remains in place until he turns to face Karen.  His posture and face immediately stiffens in her presence.  He shifted immediately into New Jim when he faced Karen.  As he looks up at her he wears an expression befitting of someone who just got their hand caught in the cookie jar.  The bubble has popped and he’s now having to own up to being in the bubble in the first place, (both to himself and Karen).  The only way to cover himself is to joke around with Karen.  She set him up with “Oh my God. Can you believe that?“ 

However, it’s important to note his humor completely changes in that he isn’t laughing or smiling as he tells Karen, “Unbelievable.”  His tone is much more stiff and controlled rather than loose and easy.  She didn’t respond to the humor of Jan with the same flare as Pam and Jim feels the difference.  He and Karen have been able to share a laugh in the past, but Jim can now see it’s not the same as with Pam.  Karen doesn’t always get Jim’s humor and he is careful to find the right words and response to fit her idea of funny.  Jim went from total freedom with Pam, to feeling the boundaries of Karen in a matter of seconds.  Those few seconds are enough for him to be aware of the difference.  He won’t forget the feeling of acceptance and warmth he felt from Pam, (this will connect to Part 3, so keep it in the back of your mind!).

Pam’s Good Luck Wishes:

Jim grabs his coat as he prepares to leave for the day.  He is amused by Dwight’s antics of telling everyone to wish only Michael luck.  He can’t help but love the fact that everyone wished Karen and himself luck.  He smiles briefly in Pam’s direction to once again share the humor that is Dwight.  He pairs his smile with a knowing and slightly sarcastic face.  She’s the only one who understands.  She looks back at him and wishes him luck warmly.  He is a little surprised, but genuinely appreciates her well wishes, “Thanks.”  It felt good to hear it from her.  She’s giving him support in a time of uncertainty and he needs that desperately.  

He smiles warmly and waves directly at [I] her [I].  Everyone else disappeared.  His eyes stayed on Pam even as Karen approached him.  Just as he did during earlier in the day (the haircut compliment) he felt Pam’s warmth wrapping around him.  He doesn’t want to let that feeling go.  It feels good and familiar.  The glass barrier does little to block Pam, as it only keeps Jim trapped in his illusion of feeling safe.  He thinks his self-preservation model is functioning when in reality it is failing miserably. 

He starts to walk away but he doesn’t turn around right away.  He lingers and steals a couple of glances as he waves goodbye.  He is again completely focused on her.  It’s hard to say goodbye to her.  It’s throwing him for a loop.  All year he’s done everything he can think of to get Pam out of his system and now he’s having a hard time doing so.  In a word, Jim is reaching a new level of confusion.  For another brief moment he let himself be Old Jim.  The second he turns around, he becomes New Jim heading out the door with Karen and to New York for a new life where he must say goodbye to Pam.  Part of him wants to find a life without Pam, while the rest of him can’t let her go.  Leaving for Stamford was a different kind of goodbye.  He simply left.  This time it’s different.  The air is clear and he is reconnected to Pam.  Goodbye isn’t so simple.

The decision he must make is again staring him in the face.  In another example of subtle symbolism, Jim is standing in the middle with Pam on one side and Karen on the other.  On the same parallel, Old Jim sits with Pam while New Jim waits to stand by Karen.  Jim is hesitant to walk out the door with Karen as he is uncertain of what he wants.  All he knows for certain is that he thinks he‘s doing the right thing by going to New York. 

Driving to New York:

As Jim drives, Karen turns to him and says, “Hey, thank you so much for driving me down for my interview.”  Her sarcasm is unmistakable.  Jim picks up on it immediately and decides to play along, “Totally, no problem. What are you interviewing for, by the way, my assistant? Or…”  Jim likes a little playful banter if it’s all in good fun.  Aside from that, the humor gives the illusion that he’s connecting with Karen.  She fires right back, “Oh, you know I'm gonna have a congratulations Karen party um, tomorrow night at my friend's house.” Jim continues to play along as they go back and forth, teasing each other on who is going to get the job. 

Throughout the conversation it’s easy to see that Jim is not connecting to Karen.  He has the same stiff and controlled demeanor he had with her earlier in the day.  There is absolutely no sparkle in his eyes.  He’s playful, but it’s more of crutch.  His humor in this instance is a self defense mechanism due to the fact that he doesn’t feel supported by Karen.  Therefore, he feels the need to play her game in order to elevate his confidence.   It’s an old tactic he’s used since Season 1 (see original JP).  His response to Karen is about surviving with some internal dignity intact.  Karen’s  behavior is sharply contrasting the warmth he felt from Pam.  Karen isn’t encouraging him or wishing him luck, the way Pam did earlier in the day.  Her comments aren’t about playing around, they are about competition.  It took him a while to catch on, but can now see the her humor was not entirely about joking around. 

As a result, Jim likely felt a little chill in the car.  Karen is like a winter day.  It’s cold on the outside, but her occasional fire is warming.  Jim never noticed it before because it was cold behind his wall.  Karen just seemed to blend into his surroundings, offering bouts of warmth when he needed it.  In contrast, Pam is a warm spring day.  She embodies constant warmth and comfort.  The absence of his wall allows him to relive the warmth he was drawn to prior to Casino Night.  Jim isn’t totally aware of the difference, but he is starting to feel it in his bones. 

The Subway: 

As Jim and Karen emerge from the underground (my first ride on a subway was in London, hence the British terminology), Karen asks Jim, “We have all night.  Where do you want to go first?” He replies sheepishly, “I dunno.  How about the U.N.?”  Jim is simply at a loss as he feels out of place and overwhelmed.  He is looking all around him trying to take in everything he sees and hears.  His hands are stuff in his pockets, but not in his usual relaxed way.  He appears introverted like a turtle hiding in his shell.  The U.N. was the only place he could think of on the spot. 

It’s hard not to notice Jim’s innocence in this scene.   He’s a simple guy from a small town that thrives on excitement in small doses, (being from a small town myself, I understand this concept implicitly).   He’s totally serious about visiting the U.N.  Karen responds a little befuddled by Jim’s suggestion, “How often do you come here?“  Jim is a little surprised and thrown by Karen’s question.  He’s picking up on the mild sarcasm.  He’s aware of his inexperience, but doesn’t like it that Karen is pointing it out to him so blatantly.  It’s a small blow to his confidence and he feels a little cut down. Jim covers this with a little light humor, “Um, every time my sixth grade class has a field trip.”  He smiles hoping Karen will lighten up a little bit. 

His humor is once again a tactic to elevate his confidence.  His sense of humor is his best asset and it’s saved him many times in the past.  Jim can always find humor in any situation as well as in himself.  He continues to look all around him, awestruck, at the sites and smells that surround him.  Despite Jim’s nerves, he is anxious to explore.  He just doesn’t have a clue on how to proceed.  Karen gives him some direction when she says, “I think you'll really enjoy this, adult Jim.” Her intentions may be good, but her comment feels like another jab to Jim. 

He doesn’t make eye contact and he turns away from her.  He doesn’t want her to see his weakness, nor does he want to deal with it himself.  He continues to wear a smile to maintain the shield of his humor.  He retains his attention to the city as he sets out on exploring the possibility of New York and New Jim, despite his misgivings and overall feeling displacement.  He isn’t sure what he wants and he needs to explore his options.  He needs Karen to take him on this journey, but he’s having a hard time seeing himself the way she does.

Part of him embraces the changes Karen is trying to make in his life, but he’s starting to become more hesitant.  Jim initially had no problem with Karen calling the shots in his life.  It seemed easier and allowed him to sit back a hang on for the ride.  His relationship with Karen allowed him to numb his feelings and the pain while maintaining the illusion of moving on to something better.  He believed himself to be happy as he hung out in limbo.  Jim is starting to catch onto the fallacies in his self-preservation mode.  Jim has lost control of his own destiny and himself. 

That is a big scary pill to swallow.  In another contrast, Jim is starting realize he felt good about himself around Pam, while Karen makes him question everything about himself.  It’s not something he’s literally thinking about, but rather a little tug in the back of his mind.  Karen’s influence on Jim’s self image isn’t all bad as Jim does need to take a closer look at himself, but the fact of the matter is he isn’t sure he likes what he’s trying to become.  

“Fun” in New York:

Jim engages in an impromptu talking head while Karen is at the ATM.  He is noticeably more relaxed as he begins to explain the events of the evening, Yeah, we went to the Spotted Pig for dinner. It's in the Village. Uh, Karen knew it.  And then we second acted Spamalot. That's when you sneak in at intermission with all the smokers. And then we went to a bar that used to be a church. Oh and at this one bar, I swear I saw Lorne Michaels. ”  As he describes dinner, it’s obvious that Karen has taken total control of the night.  He acknowledges his own inexperience when he mentions Karen is the one who chose the restaurant.  

There is an edge of insecurity in his voice.  He feels the “follower” in him coming out and it’s a little awkward.  It never bothered him before, but he can now make the distinction.  In Scranton, he’s not a follower, he’s the life of the party.  That being said, Jim is perfectly fine with Karen controlling the situation.  He needs to see what’s out there and she can show him.  

He describes the process of second acting Spamalot with the wonder of someone whose never heard of such a thing.  His description overlaps a scene that shows him walking out of the theater with Karen.  In an odd display of PDA, he puts his arm around her shoulders while he wears a smile.  There is a little bit of euphoria on his face from sneaking into the show and he attributes it to her.  This creates a perceived connection that translates to touch.  His PDA is slight, but it’s the closest we’ve seen him with Karen outside of the hug in A Benihana Christmas.  He is obviously enjoying the night and there is a lot of excitement in his voice.  New experiences are good for the soul and enlightening.  Jim has a little bit of a rush from breaking out of his shell.  It’s a whole new world to him and he is awestruck.

Despite his excitement, Jim is experiencing some growing pains.  As he carries Karen piggy-back it’s possible to detect a glimmer of bewilderment on Jim’s face.  He looks a little tired, overwhelmed and unsure.  The overall experience of feeling lost dominates him.  The novelty of the evening is fun for him, but he’s not sure it’s a lifestyle he can live all the time.   This kind of fun is too big for him.  He’d have to change and he would lose pieces of himself in the process.  It’s here that Jim’s self preservation model takes on a new dimension.  His hesitance to jump into New Jim headfirst is rooted in his instinct to hold onto Old Jim.  A new dynamic to his already full plate of choices develops: Is it worth the trade off?  At the moment he is having fun with the concept of New Jim dictating his perception.  Old Jim has a different sense of fun where a good prank and an evening at home is enough to leave him content.  He is experimenting and he’s letting Karen “tell” him what New Jim would find fun.  He’s along for the ride and as always Karen is providing a pleasant escape from his emotional turmoil. 

Jim ends his talking head by explaining he saw Lorne Michaels in one of the bars they visited.  Karen jumps in an says “That wasn’t him,” but Jim refuses to give in.  He silently mouths to the camera, “Yes, it was.”  He may be inexperienced in New York, but the man knows his TV.  It another way Jim is clinging to his confidence.  The ego in him refuses to be told he doesn’t know what he saw.  Karen can’t control everything!

The prospect of a new life in New York is appealing, but Jim isn’t sure he’s ready for it or even wants it.  To echo Dorothy, Jim knows “We’re not in Scranton anymore.”  New York means New Jim and he doesn’t know if he can make that transition. 

Walking with Karen:

Jim is again taking in his surroundings when Karen starts to speak, “So, what’s going to happen to us when I get this job.”  He’s been dreading this question and he avoids eye contact.  He’s thought about it himself, but he hasn’t found an answer.  This is the equivalent of a “where is this relationship going” conversation.  Jim has no idea and he’s terrified to talk about it out in the open.  He attempts to use humor as a way to dodge the question by reprising their earlier banter, “Oh, do you mean when I get the job?”  He finally makes eye contact with her as a result of the shield his humor provides, but breaks it off soon after Karen responds, “If you get the job . . .” Jim knows already, Karen is not going to let this go.  His humorous remark wasn’t enough to throw her off the scent and he is stuck.  

He directs his attention the ground as he tries to prepare himself for the inevitable topic of conversation that is to follow.  However, Jim isn’t even close to being ready for the bombshell Karen is about to lay on him, “ . . . I’d move here with you.” Jim’s attention is pulled from the ground as he stares at Karen utterly stunned.  He wasn’t expecting this at all.  He’s feeling the same terror and hesitance that befell him in Back From Vacation when Karen wanted to move onto his street, only at a higher level.  He’s always known that Karen is more serious about their relationship than he is, but he never fully admitted to himself.  He still can’t.  The New Jim in him wants to work past the rebound aspect of their relationship.  Jim cares about Karen and he wants to love her.  Despite his best efforts he just can’t hand over his heart.  Besides a lack of spark, he is leery about giving his heart to anyone. 

Karen finishes out her ambush with a question that sends Jim into panic mode, “Would you move with me?”  He manages to hold eye contact with her, but he is horrified.  He feels like she’s forcing him to make a decision he isn’t ready to make.  As he looks at her, his face is pleading, Please don’t do this to me. I‘m not ready. Deep down Jim knows his answer is no, even though part of him wants the answer to be yes.  He doesn’t love her, but he’s still holding onto the notion that he can one day.  Karen is forcing him to deal with the reality of choices that lie before him. 

He breaks eye contact as soon as Karen presses him further, “I’m not stupid, okay.  I was at the beach.”  He turns away from her in order to hide his fear and hesitance, but also in hopes of avoiding the topic.  Jim begins to direct is attention everywhere and anywhere but Karen.  He’s desperately searching for a way out.  She’s got him cornered and he’s trying to wriggle away like a worm on hook.  He doesn’t want to talk about the beach or anything else Pam related.  Pam is very personal to him and he doesn’t want Karen to see the newly raw emotions that surfaced on the shoreline.  He still trying to sort through that chaos and he doesn’t want Karen involved in that process.  She is supposed to be his escape.  Jim feels the torrent of emotions flaring up inside of him and he is rapidly losing control.   Jim’s face becomes increasingly desperate as he’s praying for a miracle that the topic of conversation will change.  He’s in the odd position of wanting an escape from his escape.

Karen isn’t allowing him to avoid his emotions or the decisions that loom over him.  He manages to find a little bit of courage and that gives him the ability to regain some semblance of control.  He eventually realizes that Karen isn’t going to let this go and he reestablishes eye contact with Karen.  She hits another soft spot when she says, “You don’t have a future in Scranton. There’s one too many people there.”  Jim breaks eye contact again.  He doesn’t say anything.   He knows he has the possibility of future in Scranton and he doesn’t like being told otherwise.  Karen is overpowering right now, but for the first time he is consciously contradicting her influence.  He’s starting to think for himself again rather than letting the circumstances of his surroundings dictate his actions. He knows exactly “who” Karen is referring to and a non-response is the only way he knows to keep it from going any further. 

Aside from that, he doesn’t know what to say anyway and he’s afraid of what will come out of his mouth.  Jim tries to dodge to subject again with light humor.  Instead of acknowledging Karen’s reference to Pam, Jim says, “You mean Kevin?”  He needed this little humor break anyway to give him a reprieve from the tension.  Karen laughs and that allows Jim to let out a small smile.  He looks away from her, realizing that it’s not enough to distract her from the pushing him further.  His smile fades away and is replaced with discomfort and fear.  Karen comes after him again, “You get it, right, you can’t stay there.”  Jim maintains eye contact with Karen throughout her statement.  He knows she’s right if he stays with her.  He’s known this all along as it’s the foundation of his self-preservation model. Moving on with Karen was always about moving away from Pam. 

Faced with the prospect of never being able to go back, Jim is seriously questioning what he really wants.   Karen laid out his choice plain and simple:  Her or Pam.  Jim knows the decision goes much deeper in that he must choose who he wants to be as well.  The decision is no longer in the distance, but is right in front of him staring him in the face.  Suddenly, his escape is no longer a safe haven and he now must decide what he wants.  Either way, he has to let someone go completely.  It’s a decision that frightens him to the core.  There are too many variables and emotions at stake to make a quick and easy choice. 

The conflict within Jim goes much deeper has his awareness of the contrast between Pam and Karen heightens.  A mere week before Pam stood on the shoreline and told him he could come back and now Karen is telling him he can’t.  Karen is literally giving him an ultimatum, while Pam simply showed him an open door.  Jim feels the cold truth of Karen’s words, but also the warmth of Pam’s standing offer.  He stands in the middle and feels the pull from both sides.  It’s head vs. heart all over again.  At the moment, he isn’t willing to give up Karen or Pam given the limbo he’s created for himself.  However, Karen has made it clear she won’t tolerate his middle of the road tactic.  Jim acknowledges his understanding to Karen with a simple, “Yeah, I do.”  He gets it that she giving him an ultimatum and he has to make a choice.  Oddly, Jim has a slight grin on his face and is more relaxed. 

It’s here that his self-preservation model is kicking in once again.  He is choosing Karen for the time being as a way to reinstate her role as a safe haven.  He loses that if he continues to dodge the question.  He’s tired of being cornered, so he tells her what she wants to hear, despite his inability to make a definitive choice.  His little smile is all about convincing Karen to get off the subject.  He’s finished discussing it and his more relaxed stance is his signal that he’s done.  He tells her, “C’mon” as he nods his head towards the street.  He doesn’t make eye contact with her, but reaches out for her hand. 

Once her hand is in his, Jim feels the safety net that Karen provides.  She’s keeping him anchored at a time in his life where everything is up in the air.  The only problem is he isn’t connected to her the way he needs to be, hence the lack of eye contact.  Pam holds that distinction, but she doesn’t offer the escape Karen has given him all season long.  Jim hangs onto to Karen as they run across the street.  Jim is aware of the decision at hand, but he is still trying to run away.

The Bottom Line:

Jim has to decide who he is before he can decide who he wants to be with. 

- - -

JAM Song of the Week:

When the Heartache Ends

Artist: Rob Thomas

Album: Something to Be

Questions to Ponder: 

1) Who is the most responsible for the changes in Jim: Pam, Karen, or himself?  Is it even possible for him to return to Old Jim?

2) What does Jim need? 

3) Does Jim know how to find his own happiness or does he need someone to show him the way? 

4)  Is Jim as strong as Pam?

5) From Jim’s perspective, what are the pros and cons for both Karen and Pam?

 

 

In the final segment of The Job, a new day is upon Jim in more ways than one.  A literal new day has started as he sits in the New York headquarters of Dunder Mifflin awaiting an interview that can change his life.  Figuratively, Jim is waiting for a brand new day in self-discovery.  It’s the day he finds himself and realizes where he belongs.  It’s the day he’s finally honest with himself in terms of his emotions, who he is, and what he wants.Jim’s impending decisions are pulling at him even stronger than before as the final battle between his head and his heart ensues. 

Jim continues to toy with the notion of starting anew in New York, but the call of home echoes in his ears.  Throughout the interview experience Jim walks in the shoes of New Jim, but they never quite fit him no matter how hard he tries.  Jim is finally beginning to see through the fallacies of his own self defense mechanisms.  The façade he’s created for himself is stifling and contributes to the haze clouding his vision.  Pam’s warmth cleared up the fog.  The note she lovingly put with this paperwork helped Jim to find what he was missing all along: himself.  Jim realized he doesn’t have to change.  He can go home. 

Jim’s trip to New York was all about exploring the possibility of a new life and a new Jim.  It was all part of his elaborate self defense mechanism that served as an escape from the pain of the past that Jim is terrified to face.  Both Karen and New York are his perceived safe havens.  Despite all Karen and New York have to offer, Jim is left feeling cold and empty.  Karen continues to send a blizzard-like chill in Jim’s direction, while New York is cold and overwhelming.  Yet, he clings to both to avoid the pain he’s been hiding from for a year.  Through a series of events, Jim finally realizes the pain is only there if he chooses to hold on to it. In the end, love and friendship override the pain.

Throughout, season 3, Jim attempted to reinvent himself with such fervor that he lost sight of his very being.  He spent a year in almost constant fear as he avoided dealing with his broken heart and all the pain from CN.  As a result, he constructed a massive self defense system that included barriers, escape, and avoidance.  He ran to another state, another woman, and an alter ego (New Jim) to escape dealing with the reality of his feelings for Pam.  Each served as a façade for a new life where Jim thought he could be happy without Pam.  Instead, each gave him a false sense of security and contentment.  He solidified his defenses with a rock solid wall that blocked Pam, Karen, and even himself from his emotions and his heart as a means of survival.  All the pain and love Jim feels for Pam were buried deeply and shielded further with denial.  Through a combination of self discovery and Pam’s ability to worm her way into Jim’s heart, the wall eventually crumbles.  A slight surge in fear results, causing Jim to run again.  It’s in his final attempt to escape in New York that Jim learns “the job” can’t save him and neither can Karen.  Only he can save himself.  Loving Pam doesn’t have to hurt and he can be himself with her by his side. 

Jan’s Meltdown:

Jim sits with Karen in the lobby as Jan makes her exit with her belongings in tow.  Jim watches Jan with an air of sympathy.  He’s a little shocked, but he feels sorry for her more than anything else.  Soon after, Michael learns he will not get the job and leaves as Karen and Jim sit and watch silently.  Jim’s eyes grow wide with apparent amusement and a touch of leftover shock.    He’s getting ready to make a joke that will lighten the mood and ease the tension in the room.  Before he can speak, Karen beats him to the punch, “Wow. That was some serious, hardcore self destruction.”  Jim briefly makes eye contact with her but quickly looks away, mainly because he realizes immediately that Karen’s take on the situation is different from his.  He responds with a simple,”Yeah,” coupled with a slight chuckle, but his heart isn’t in it. 

Jim respects Jan and has always been kind to her, (notably in Casino Night and Branch Closing).  He’s not above making fun of her, but never with a mean spirited affectation.  Jim’s humor is never about hurting someone or insulting someone.  He likes to poke fun at people without forgetting they are human.  He usually cares about the people on which he pulls pranks, (Dwight is his favorite target, but Season 3 really showed that Jim does care about him).  Karen’s comments felt very cold and unforgiving to Jim and he feels disconnected from her.  As a result, Jim tries to redirect Karen to a warmer climate, “I kinda feel bad for her, though.”  Jim may be trying to soften Karen’s regard towards Jan, but he also really means what he says.  His earlier sympathetic expression ties into this statement.  Jan isn’t a bad person and Jim is surprised and saddened to see her fall apart.  Karen doesn’t respond the way Jim hopes when she blatantly tells him, “Don’t.  She’s nuts.”  Her statement is frigid and Jim’s feels the chill.  He looks right at her, but it’s more out of shock that she could be so cold. 

Jim realizes it’s more than just a joke to Karen. She really means every word she said.  He maintains eye contact with her and laughs with her, but again he’s not feeling the connection.  His laugh is more like a polite laugh that frequents cocktail parties where lame jokes are the order of the day.  He breaks eye contact with her again as he feels the chasm that divides them grow even wider.  He utters an, “Oh man,” in a detached tone.  He can’t joke with Karen and he feels awkward around her for reasons he can’t quite put his finger on yet.  Buried deep in the back of his mind, is the fact that Pam would have reacted to Jan’s situation differently with warm humor.  The previous day Jim shared a bit of humor with Pam at Jan’s expense, but it was warm and lighthearted.  The sharp contrast between the two is starting to become more and more apparent.  Jim wants Pam’s warmth, but is simply too stubborn to admit it to himself. 

He looks down at his watch trying to find some excuse to be alone.  He needs to thaw out from the chill and put an end to the awkwardness.   He tells her, “You know what? This might take a while. You really don't have to stay, if you don't want.”  His tone is overly casual and flippant to convince her to leave.  He doesn’t want her to suspect that he’s uncomfortable around her so he tries his best to sound laid back.  Pam would’ve caught his forced tone immediately, but Karen totally buys it as she readily accepts his alternative to waiting, “Okay, good! Because, um, a bunch of my friends are meeting downtown for lunch. And, I was gonna meet them, so…”  His spirits begin to lift as Karen gathers her things to leave.  He happily responds with, “Okay.”  Karen tells him to call her when he’s done and Jim agrees to do so, with the same casual tone. 

His discomfort is still apparent, but he doesn’t want Karen to see the internal struggle currently raging inside of him.  He’s a little confused by the awkwardness between himself and Karen.  Old Jim and New Jim are tugging at him from opposite directions while he’s stuck hopelessly in the middle.  His head continues to cling to Karen, while his heart is looking towards home.   A little alone time is exactly what he needs to calm down the storm.  Karen wishes Jim good luck before she gets up to leave and Jim thanks her.  It’s the first time Karen has given him any genuine encouragement, but it lacks the warmth of Pam’s earlier well wishes.  He feels the difference a cold breeze brushes past his face.

Once Karen is gone, Jim becomes a little more relaxed.  He leans back and reopens his magazine.  The phone rings and Jim hears an all too familiar phrase, “Dunder Mifflin, this is Grace.”  Jim’s thoughts immediately turn to Pam.  He’s listened to Pam’s voice deliver the same greeting countless times.  It’s the first time he consciously allowed himself to think of her.  A piece of him wishes it were Pam sitting at reception in place of Grace.   He feels the void of her absence as the warmth he needed earlier washes over him.  A simple thought of her is enough to feel her presence.  He’s getting closer to putting his finger on his feelings from earlier while with Karen. 

He just hasn’t made the connection between his disconnection with Karen and feeling Pam’s absence.  He misses her despite his head’s insistence on directing his attention back to his magazine.  Old Jim is lost in thoughts of Pam, while New Jim is fighting to yank Jim back to New York.  Despite his best attempts to return to his escape, a small smile sneaks out of the corner of Jim’s mouth as he thinks of Pam fondly.  Her warmth is irresistible to a man who just emerged from the arctic. 

The Interview:

New Jim is in full swing as Jim jokes with David Wallace during his interview.  Wallace jokingly expresses his misgivings about hiring a Sixers fan and Jim returns the humor with, “I should leave.”  Jim is a little nervous but he hides it well, despite his soft spoken words.  He’s determined to test new waters, especially since he allowed Pam to permeate his thoughts in the lobby.  Even though New Jim is calling the shots, aspect of Old Jim are alive and kicking.  The laid back laughter and joking around are patented Old Jim behaviors that are being implemented to cope with the stress of the interview. 

On a deeper level, it’s getting harder for him to resist coming all the way “back.“  Therein lies the roots of his nerves in that he’s not sure if he’s doing the right thing by pursuing this job.  The familiar internal struggle between his head and his heart continues to rage despite Jim’s seemingly relaxed exterior.  He’s relying on the loose nature and humor of Old Jim to carry him through.  Wallace continues the interview by praising Jim’s qualities, when Jim puts his humor to good use again by interrupting and asking Wallace, “I'm sorry, wait, so is the question ‘How'd I get to be so awesome?’  Because, I don't have an answer for you.”  Wallace laughs, which puts Jim more at ease. 

The interview continues as Wallace asks Jim for his quarterly numbers.  Jim pulls the papers out of his folders when a small unassuming piece of paper falls into his lap.  Jim is immediately befuddled as he tries to wrap his fingers around it to get a better look.  After a few seconds he has a chance to see it’s a note lovingly crafted by Pam.  He reads: Jim, Don’t forget us when you’re famous.  Pam.  In the upper right hand corner he sees a memento signifying a fun day from what seems so long ago; a gold medal yogurt lid.  It literally knocks the breath out of him as Pam’s warmth hits him right in the heart.   His face softens as he takes in Pam’s simple and warm words.  Her token of good luck means the world to him.  His earlier awkwardness with Karen now makes perfect sense as Pam’s warmth outshines Karen’s cold demeanor. 

The gray cloud that’s been snowing on him all morning has been replaced with warm gentle wind.  The Pam he loves is right there on that piece of paper and she managed to snap him back into the man that loves her in the space of a few seconds.  Any and all defenses that Jim had in place have been demolished as he can’t help but “feel” her as he reads her note.  In her simple words she reminded Jim he can always come back and she’ll be there waiting for him.  She reminded him not to forget who he is, but she is also telling him not to forget the special connection they share.  Jim has spent the last year tirelessly trying to forget Pam, but he finally realizes Pam can’t be forgotten and more importantly he doesn’t want to forget her.  She’s been with him all along.   All this time he’s tried to put the past behind him because all it meant to him was pain.  The yogurt lid took him to past where Pam made him happy and the only pain he had came from not being with her. 

Suddenly, all his avoidance and escape tactics seem ridiculous an pointless.  All they did was create more pain by keeping Pam at a distance.  Pam reminded Jim that the past is a place where Jim could be himself with her at his side.  Jim remembers the Office Olympics as a day where he was entirely himself.  That simple memento gave Jim the permission he needed to be Old Jim.  His brow wrinkles with the realization that he doesn’t have to change.  The past doesn’t have to hurt.  Wallace continues to speak, but Jim doesn’t hear a word.  His emotions have literally exploded and are circling around him beyond his control.  Just like Pam, he is sitting in the eye of an emotional hurricane, (see PD, The Job Pt. 3). 

It isn’t until Wallace’s chatter trails off that Jim tries bring himself back to the business of his interview. His composure is barely holding together as he hands over his paperwork.   His breath hasn’t returned as he speaks a choked, “Here you go.”  He is still hanging onto her note, but has it hidden under his folder.  His mind remains with Pam as leans back into his chair.  He can’t stop thinking about that small piece of paper in his hands.  Emotions he had been too afraid to trifle with all year refuse to be buried again. 

Impulsively, he sneaks another look at the note.  He stares at it and allows himself to feel long denied emotions.  To his surprise they don’t hurt, they simply exist.  Jim is once again forced to refocus on Wallace as he asks, “How do you think you’d function here in New York?”  Jim’s head snaps up and out of his own world as he suddenly remembers where he is, “What’s that . . .Oh, uh, great.”  He’s almost a little bothered that Wallace keeps interrupting his thoughts.  He wants more time to contemplate everything that has awakened in his mind and heart.  He needs more time with Pam. 

Jim struggles to save face and put together an answer even though his mind is still spinning.  New Jim jumps in and takes the reins while Old Jim tries pull himself together, “I just um, I really appreciate the buildings, and uh, the people, and um, there's just a energy... New York has, uh... Not to mention, they have places that are open past eight. So that's a... bonus”  Jim’s face wears slight desperation for Wallace to  buy into his answer.  He knows he didn’t come off as believable as he should have.  His answer is disjointed and awkward  as he tries to redirect his mindset to Wallace’s question.  His mind is back in Scranton.  He grabs at anything he can to answer the question, but he can’t give a solid answer. 

The same uncertainty and sense of being overwhelmed that plagued him the previous evening pervades his description of New York.  He’s felt out of place since he arrived in New York and that feeling continues to chase him as he sits in Wallace’s office.  He knows he doesn’t belong here, but he’s not quite ready to let New Jim go completely.  Although, Pam’s note brought Old Jim back, he’s still trying to make sense of his emotions.  The decision that’s been haunting him is fresh in his mind.  Pam’s note made him realize he can go home, but the struggle continues between his head and his heart.  His head is not ready to let New Jim go quite yet as the path has not been fully explored. 

However, it’s getting more and more difficult to remain focused on New Jim when Pam is calling to his heart.   The decisions he must make are still looming but, Jim is getting closer to the answer.  Jim doesn’t keep eye contact with Wallace as he knows his answer isn’t the total truth.  He is in awe of New York, but deep down he knows he doesn’t belong. Furthermore, he doesn’t want Wallace to catch a hint of the hurricane of unleashed emotions swirling around Jim’s head.  To cover his tracks, Jim makes a little joke at the end of his answer, “Not to mention, they have places that are open past eight. So that's a... bonus.”  The tactic works as Wallace chuckles, causing Jim to relax for a moment. 

Wallace’s next question causes Jim to think long and hard about what he wants, “You’ve been at the Scranton branch a long time.  What have you liked most about that place”  The camera pans back over to Jim who is again giving his attention to Pam’s note.  He‘s drawn to it like a high powered magnet.  He’s only paying attention to Wallace when he absolutely must.  Jim thinks long and hard about his answer to Wallace’s question.  He knows the answer should give and the answer he wants to give.  Every moment of everyday he’s every spent with Pam flashes through his mind.  The pull towards home and to her is getting stronger and even harder to resist.  He finally answers, “The friendships” in a somewhat far off tone.  Underneath his answer lies simply one name: Pam.  She’s always been his reason for getting up in the morning to go to a job he loathes.

His answer is also a blatant reference to the friend zone, where his relationship with Pam stands at this moment. It suddenly hits him that he still wants “more than that.”  The truth is no longer shielded by countless layers of self defense mechanisms.   For the first time since CN, he is consciously aware that he still needs her.  Karen just isn’t Pam and can’t even come close.  All the pieces are starting to come together as the wheels in Jim’s mind continue to turn.  His emotions make his impending decisions seems so easy, but logic is holding Jim back.  The painful lessons he learned in CN, haven’t been forgotten, which creates hesitance.  Even though he’s realized the past doesn’t have to hurt, there is still fear that pain could befall him again.  This is the fear that has pushed him towards New Jim, New York, and Karen.  The real question is whether Jim can learn to let go of the fear that has been ingrained in him for the better part of year.  Until then, Jim remains in a contorted mess of emotions that are pulling him in two opposing directions. 

Wallace unwittingly helps Jim wade through his sea of chaos by asking him a pivotal question, “Where do you see yourself in ten years.”  Jim remains silent, but the answer is all over his face, (I) Not here, not in New York, and not with Karen.(I)  Wallace made Jim look at himself closer than he has in a year.  His self-preservation model was in place for only the present and didn’t allow him to see the big picture.  He thought he knew what he was doing by moving on and now his folly is crystal clear.  The epiphany hit him square in the face and migrated into his head.  There’s no room for questions or fear.  His thoughts have been centered on Pam ever since her note nailed him in the heart, but now he isn’t second guessing himself.  He knows what he wants. 

The corners of his mouth slowly turn up into a smile.  The decision has been made and it came to him easier than he ever thought it could.  And it didn’t hurt.  A general sense of euphoria is pulsing through Jim’s veins.  It was all so simple and right in front of his face the whole time.  Jim has always wanted to come all the way back to Scranton and most of all to Pam, (the beach scene flashback now makes total sense!).  Jim finally realized that his fear was creating pain rather than saving him from pain.  He is finally able to admit to himself that it was hurting him more to move on and be something he’s not.  His eyes begin to sparkle as he realizes all he wants is to move towards Pam rather than away.  He has a chance with Pam and it’s up to him to walk through the open door Pam has kept for him.  He knows he has to at least give it a try.  Pam deserves a second chance and so does he.  The path is lit up like a airport runway at night, all he has to do is follow the lights home.  Anticipation and impatience begin to make their presence known as Jim is likely thinking, “Pam is in Scranton, so what am I doing here?”

Pam’s Overlapping Talking Head: 

As Pam discusses all the reasons why Jim would get the job, Jim sits in Wallace’s office with a goofy smile and eyes that have Old Jim’s spark.  He’s “come back” and let himself out of the cage created by his defenses, fears, emotions and pain.  The bars have been replaced with wings of hope.  The emotional hurricane that surrounded him earlier has dissipated.  All that’s left are a few clouds that will soon part.  Just as before, he is anxious to leave Wallace’s office.  He checked out a long time ago and he’s ready to start heading home. 

As anxious as Jim is to make his way towards Pam, he realizes his decision may have been easy to make, but implanting the changes to make it happen are another story.  As he walks out of Dunder-Mifflin headquarters he is a little concerned as he realizes the gravity of his choice.  His decision to be Old Jim (but new and improved!), means things must end with Karen.  She is the foundation of all that trapped him.  He can’t be the man he wants to be if she remains in his life.  It’s a task he’s not looking forward to as he doesn’t want to hurt her.  Even though, things were far from perfect with her, she was there when he needed someone.  Jim really does care about Karen, so dumping her will be difficult.  He looks a little stressed as he walks out.  Not only is he a little drained from making a life changing decision and dealing with a rush of emotions, but he is now on his way to crush Karen.  New York is overwhelming Jim on an entirely new level.  Jim suspected New York would be a new life for him, he just had no idea what it really had in store for him.

The camera next shows Jim driving home.  He’s alone.  Unfortunately, there is no information to explain what happened between Jim and Karen.  The situation could go a number of different ways, but Jim’s expression can help fill in some of the blanks.  The ride home is a chance for Jim to decompress and fully process everything that happened to him in New York.  His face is decorated with bewilderment caused by dropping the safety net Karen provides.  He’s on his own with no place to hide.  Although, this is very liberating for Jim (even euphoric at times), it also leaves him vulnerable.  He may know what he wants, but the unknown is still a little frightening. 

Jim’s previous fears may have been wiped away, but they are now replaced with the fear of actually going after what he wants.  His life has changed very quickly and it’s a little disarming.  He’s trying to find a foundation on which to stand until he stops shaking from all the changes in his life.  Plus, he has the weight of hurting someone on his mind.  We may not specifically know what happened between Jim and Karen, but the empty seat next to him says enough.  He’s heading home and leaving New Jim behind him.  Despite the bewilderment, Jim is deep in thought contemplating his next move.  He knows he wants to be with Pam, but how he should go about letting her know is his next worry.  One CN is enough for one lifetime.  A very slight one-sided smile develops on Jim’s face, and then quickly disappears.  He is thinking of Pam and realizes the situation is different.  He’s not alone in wanting “more than that,“ and there is nothing standing in his way.  It’s here that he decides his next move . . . 

Asking Pam Out:

After a long ride home, Jim wastes no time in finding Pam.  Jim knew what he wanted in Wallace’s office and he decided to act on it sooner rather than later.  His contemplation time in the car gave him time to decide he wasn’t going to let Pam get away again.  He has a chance and he’s not going to let it pass him by.  Jim learned his lesson about hesitating last season.  He knew what he wanted then, but he didn’t do anything about it until it was too late.  Not this time.  He’s spent an entire year not having a clue about what he was doing and now he knows exactly what to do. 

With urgency, he opens the door to the conference room and blurts out her name.  His voice is determined and sprinkled with impatience to reach his goal.  He is so focused on her he only notices the camera as afterthought.  He feels bad for interrupting Pam’s talking head and apologizes to the camera.  However, he has no intention of leaving without getting what he came for.  Pam’s talking head will just have to wait.  Within a split second his focus is off the camera and squarely on Pam.  The distraction throws Jim off a little bit as does his own impatience.  Pam’s eyes are locked with his and he’s on the spot.  The adrenaline begins to subside and is replaced with nerves as he looks at everything he always wanted. 

After a second or two he pulls it together and asks her in soft spoken and slightly cracked voice, “Are you free for dinner tonight?”  His left hand nervously reaches out towards her as if to hold her hand.  The awkward hand gesture is really meant to show confidence, but instead it conveys nerves.  Just as he did a year ago, he’s putting it all on the line again.  Only this time he feels somewhat safer.  Pam’s new straightforward stance with him (Beach Games) gives him a little more confidence.  Part of him already knows, she will accept.  Between her speech on the shoreline, the note, and her warmth over the last few days, Jim knows he’s reading her correctly.   She is not longer an ambiguous mystery of nonstop guessing games.  His question is about more than just dinner.  It’s letting her know, If you’re in, I’m in.  

Pam is quick to answer “Yes,” much to Jim’s delight.  He’s relieved, but at the same time not surprised at her answer.  There is no pause before he says, “Alright.”  An elated smile graces Jim’s face.  The same euphoria from before is back.  It’s the yes he’s always dreamed of hearing from Pam’s lips.  Pam’s warmth is wrapping around him all over again like a homemade quilt.  She is back in his life sans the pain and confusion.  The comfort zone is no longer the limbo where he purposely lingered as part of his self-preservation model.  Pam is now his comfort zone.  Her yes put Jim well on his way to all he needs. 

Jim follows up quickly with, “Then it’s a date.”  He wants to make it unequivocally clear that this is a date and it means “more than that,” to him.  Jim wants Pam to know he wants to explore a relationship beyond the friend zone.  His smile remains, but his eyes soften as he stays locked with her eyes.  He’s giving her one of his patented “looks” that he hasn’t dared to conjure up since last year.  His words were very clear, but he can’t help but send Pam a number of non-verbal messages.  First, he wants her to know he’s not going anywhere.  His soft eyes were all about showing Pam he’s “come back” just as she wished he would on the shoreline.  He needed her to see that Old Jim spark.  His smile tells her he’s sorry it took him so long to find his way back to her.  His feelings haven’t changed and he’s glad she’s still here for him.  He almost wants to tell her, “I finally get it.”  He knows she was there for him the whole time and he was too blind and stubborn to see it.  Hidden deep in his smile is a small “thank you” for her note.  He knows he wouldn’t be standing in this position if it wasn’t for her small token of affection.  She saw the man he needed to be when he couldn’t. 

Jim has a peace about him he hasn’t had all season.  Aside from the fact that Pam didn’t contradict his notion of a date, Jim has his first sense of being back home.   He knows he is where he belongs and that brings him enormous comfort.  He’s been the equivalent of a square peg trying to fit in a round hole ever since CN.  He didn’t seem to fit anywhere in Stamford, New York, or Scranton.  An air of excitement surrounds him as he prepares to leave the room.  He’s starting something new with her where heartbreak is only in the past, where it will stay.  Just the future lies before them and it’s looking very bright.  It feels right. 

He taps the side of the doorframe with a sense of excitement.  It’s releasing his earlier nerves, but is also serves as a little high five to himself, “Wow, did I really just do that?”  He views his bold move with a little humor as well, as it was so much easier than he thought it would be.  Furthermore, he can’t contain his anticipation, “Yeah, we’re really going to do this.”  He leaves the room and shuts the door behind him knowing he made the right choice to return to Pam, but also to himself.  He’s returned to the man that hates his job, but loves Pam.

The Bottom Line:

Jim followed his heart all the way home. 

- - -

JAM Song of the Week:

Reunion

Artist: Collective Soul

Album: Collective Soul 

 Questions to Ponder:

1) How much of a role did David Wallace have in Jim’s decision? 

2) Did Jim get the job?  (I know Ryan got it, but was Jim offered the job first?) 

3) Did Jim and Karen break up?  Is Jim morally correct in asking Pam out so quickly after spending the previous night with Karen? 

4) Is Jim ready to be in a relationship with Pam? Is he ready to love her as he did before?

5) Does Jim trust Pam?

6) What is the next stop on Jim’s road to self-discovery?